diff options
| author | Miles Bader | 2007-04-24 21:56:25 +0000 |
|---|---|---|
| committer | Miles Bader | 2007-04-24 21:56:25 +0000 |
| commit | 991a760232de757d71d8dbbed47ee12d81e29d53 (patch) | |
| tree | 2440730c37ae3f167a50f5c3ac5eaeab9b72b7b0 /etc | |
| parent | 0bb328f8f6fce06a7fc65670c7d5c011b613e1c5 (diff) | |
| parent | 3851329262d6558d5e1a93157d44777d0a39e38e (diff) | |
| download | emacs-991a760232de757d71d8dbbed47ee12d81e29d53.tar.gz emacs-991a760232de757d71d8dbbed47ee12d81e29d53.zip | |
Merge from emacs--devo--0
Patches applied:
* emacs--devo--0 (patch 698-710)
- Update from CVS
- Merge from gnus--rel--5.10
* gnus--rel--5.10 (patch 216)
- Update from CVS
Revision: emacs@sv.gnu.org/emacs--unicode--0--patch-196
Diffstat (limited to 'etc')
| -rw-r--r-- | etc/COOKIES | 2 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | etc/ChangeLog | 28 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | etc/DEBUG | 4 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | etc/DEVEL.HUMOR | 6 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | etc/FTP | 8 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | etc/MACHINES | 12 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | etc/MORE.STUFF | 29 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | etc/NEWS | 1031 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | etc/ORDERS | 2 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | etc/PROBLEMS | 36 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | etc/SERVICE | 1376 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | etc/TODO | 28 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | etc/emacs.1 | 67 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | etc/images/icons/emacs_16.png | bin | 783 -> 705 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | etc/images/icons/emacs_24.png | bin | 1068 -> 988 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | etc/images/icons/emacs_32.png | bin | 2488 -> 2404 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | etc/images/icons/emacs_48.png | bin | 3526 -> 3431 bytes |
17 files changed, 284 insertions, 2345 deletions
diff --git a/etc/COOKIES b/etc/COOKIES index fa8894795f0..1d8c0955d42 100644 --- a/etc/COOKIES +++ b/etc/COOKIES | |||
| @@ -26,7 +26,7 @@ Cream together: 2 cups butter | |||
| 26 | Add: 4 eggs | 26 | Add: 4 eggs |
| 27 | 2 tsp. vanilla | 27 | 2 tsp. vanilla |
| 28 | 28 | ||
| 29 | Mis together in | 29 | Mix together in |
| 30 | separate bowl: 4 cups flour | 30 | separate bowl: 4 cups flour |
| 31 | 5 cups oatmeal (put small | 31 | 5 cups oatmeal (put small |
| 32 | amounts of oatmeal in blender until it turns to | 32 | amounts of oatmeal in blender until it turns to |
diff --git a/etc/ChangeLog b/etc/ChangeLog index a93960ea9ef..cbe51839529 100644 --- a/etc/ChangeLog +++ b/etc/ChangeLog | |||
| @@ -1,3 +1,31 @@ | |||
| 1 | 2007-04-22 Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org> | ||
| 2 | |||
| 3 | * NEWS: Change to EMACS env-var was reverted, so delete this entry. | ||
| 4 | |||
| 5 | 2007-04-19 Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org> | ||
| 6 | |||
| 7 | * PROBLEMS: Expand a little on Emacs not knowing fqdn. | ||
| 8 | |||
| 9 | 2007-04-17 David Kastrup <dak@gnu.org> | ||
| 10 | |||
| 11 | * NEWS: Mention `query-replace-regexp-eval' being deprecated. | ||
| 12 | |||
| 13 | 2007-04-15 Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org> | ||
| 14 | |||
| 15 | * FTP: Make it a duplicate of ../FTP. | ||
| 16 | |||
| 17 | 2007-04-14 Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org> | ||
| 18 | |||
| 19 | * SERVICE: Replace with a pointer to the web version. | ||
| 20 | |||
| 21 | * emacs.1: Update some of the more obsolete information. | ||
| 22 | |||
| 23 | 2007-04-13 Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org> | ||
| 24 | |||
| 25 | * MACHINES: emacserver is removed. | ||
| 26 | |||
| 27 | * MORE.STUFF: Update some links, remove some dead ones. | ||
| 28 | |||
| 1 | 2007-04-04 Slawomir Nowaczyk <slawomir.nowaczyk.847@student.lu.se> | 29 | 2007-04-04 Slawomir Nowaczyk <slawomir.nowaczyk.847@student.lu.se> |
| 2 | 30 | ||
| 3 | * emacs.py (format_exception): New function. | 31 | * emacs.py (format_exception): New function. |
| @@ -567,7 +567,7 @@ are involved in the crash. | |||
| 567 | 567 | ||
| 568 | Once you discover the corrupted Lisp object or data structure, grep | 568 | Once you discover the corrupted Lisp object or data structure, grep |
| 569 | the sources for its uses and try to figure out what could cause the | 569 | the sources for its uses and try to figure out what could cause the |
| 570 | corruption. If looking at the sources doesn;t help, you could try | 570 | corruption. If looking at the sources doesn't help, you could try |
| 571 | setting a watchpoint on the corrupted data, and see what code modifies | 571 | setting a watchpoint on the corrupted data, and see what code modifies |
| 572 | it in some invalid way. (Obviously, this technique is only useful for | 572 | it in some invalid way. (Obviously, this technique is only useful for |
| 573 | data that is modified only very rarely.) | 573 | data that is modified only very rarely.) |
| @@ -731,7 +731,7 @@ prints the backtrace for a crash. It is usually best to look at the | |||
| 731 | disassembly to determine exactly what code is being run--the | 731 | disassembly to determine exactly what code is being run--the |
| 732 | disassembly will probably show several source lines followed by a | 732 | disassembly will probably show several source lines followed by a |
| 733 | block of assembler for those lines. The actual point where Emacs | 733 | block of assembler for those lines. The actual point where Emacs |
| 734 | crashes will be one of those source lines, but not neccesarily the one | 734 | crashes will be one of those source lines, but not necessarily the one |
| 735 | that the debugger reports. | 735 | that the debugger reports. |
| 736 | 736 | ||
| 737 | Another problematic area with the MS debugger is with variables that | 737 | Another problematic area with the MS debugger is with variables that |
diff --git a/etc/DEVEL.HUMOR b/etc/DEVEL.HUMOR index 5a291c458bd..10353c6517a 100644 --- a/etc/DEVEL.HUMOR +++ b/etc/DEVEL.HUMOR | |||
| @@ -178,3 +178,9 @@ still out about that end of time thing." | |||
| 178 | constants with anything like the universality of e and pi." | 178 | constants with anything like the universality of e and pi." |
| 179 | "42" | 179 | "42" |
| 180 | -- Alan Mackenzie and David Hansen | 180 | -- Alan Mackenzie and David Hansen |
| 181 | |||
| 182 | ---------------------------------------------------------------------- | ||
| 183 | |||
| 184 | "[...] So please do not delete anything." | ||
| 185 | "Done." | ||
| 186 | -- RMS and David Kastrup | ||
| @@ -1,2 +1,6 @@ | |||
| 1 | Please refer to <http://www.gnu.org/software/emacs/> for information | 1 | For information about how to obtain GNU Emacs and other GNU software |
| 2 | about obtaining Emacs. | 2 | by FTP, please see <http://www.gnu.org/order/ftp.html>. |
| 3 | |||
| 4 | Information about Emacs is also available at | ||
| 5 | <http://www.gnu.org/software/emacs/>. | ||
| 6 | |||
diff --git a/etc/MACHINES b/etc/MACHINES index 09abc4f0770..83723fccbbc 100644 --- a/etc/MACHINES +++ b/etc/MACHINES | |||
| @@ -126,7 +126,7 @@ Apple PowerPC Macintosh running GNU/Linux | |||
| 126 | Emacs distribution, and remove the "#if 0" and "#endif" directives | 126 | Emacs distribution, and remove the "#if 0" and "#endif" directives |
| 127 | which surround the following block near the end of the file: | 127 | which surround the following block near the end of the file: |
| 128 | 128 | ||
| 129 | #if 0 /* This breaks things on PPC GNU/Linux ecept for Yellowdog, | 129 | #if 0 /* This breaks things on PPC GNU/Linux except for Yellowdog, |
| 130 | even with identical GCC, as, ld. Let's take it out until we | 130 | even with identical GCC, as, ld. Let's take it out until we |
| 131 | know what's really going on here. */ | 131 | know what's really going on here. */ |
| 132 | /* GCC 2.95 and newer on GNU/Linux PPC changed the load address to | 132 | /* GCC 2.95 and newer on GNU/Linux PPC changed the load address to |
| @@ -156,9 +156,8 @@ Apollo running X Windows (m68k-apollo-bsd) | |||
| 156 | installations may have to edit src/Makefile manually after it is created. | 156 | installations may have to edit src/Makefile manually after it is created. |
| 157 | There are too many versions of both cc and X to automate this easily. | 157 | There are too many versions of both cc and X to automate this easily. |
| 158 | 158 | ||
| 159 | In `lib-src/Makefile', emacsclient and emacsserver compile and work fine | 159 | In `lib-src/Makefile', emacsclient compiles and works fine under CC 6.9. |
| 160 | under CC 6.9. They now probably work under other versions of the compiler, | 160 | It now probably works under other versions of the compiler, as well. |
| 161 | as well. | ||
| 162 | 161 | ||
| 163 | The Apollo Domain CC compiler will issue quite a few warning messages, | 162 | The Apollo Domain CC compiler will issue quite a few warning messages, |
| 164 | mostly complaining about incompatible pointers. In general, these are | 163 | mostly complaining about incompatible pointers. In general, these are |
| @@ -1395,7 +1394,7 @@ System V rel 3 (usg5.3) | |||
| 1395 | cannot be made to work. Whether or not the GNU relocating malloc is | 1394 | cannot be made to work. Whether or not the GNU relocating malloc is |
| 1396 | used, the symptom is that the first call Emacs makes to sbrk(0) returns | 1395 | used, the symptom is that the first call Emacs makes to sbrk(0) returns |
| 1397 | (char *)-1. Sorry, you're stuck with character-only mode. Try | 1396 | (char *)-1. Sorry, you're stuck with character-only mode. Try |
| 1398 | installing Xfree86 to fix this. | 1397 | installing XFree86 to fix this. |
| 1399 | 1398 | ||
| 1400 | System V rel 4.0.3 and 4.0.4 (usg5.4) | 1399 | System V rel 4.0.3 and 4.0.4 (usg5.4) |
| 1401 | 1400 | ||
| @@ -1499,11 +1498,10 @@ Xenix (xenix) | |||
| 1499 | to make the Emacs meta key work. | 1498 | to make the Emacs meta key work. |
| 1500 | 1499 | ||
| 1501 | Local variables: | 1500 | Local variables: |
| 1502 | mode: indented-text | 1501 | mode: text |
| 1503 | fill-prefix: " " | 1502 | fill-prefix: " " |
| 1504 | End: | 1503 | End: |
| 1505 | 1504 | ||
| 1506 | |||
| 1507 | This file is part of GNU Emacs. | 1505 | This file is part of GNU Emacs. |
| 1508 | 1506 | ||
| 1509 | GNU Emacs is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify | 1507 | GNU Emacs is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify |
diff --git a/etc/MORE.STUFF b/etc/MORE.STUFF index 80ef61ec5bf..8d05d1c4d2c 100644 --- a/etc/MORE.STUFF +++ b/etc/MORE.STUFF | |||
| @@ -47,9 +47,6 @@ You might find bug-fixes or enhancements in these places. | |||
| 47 | 47 | ||
| 48 | * Battery and Info Look: <URL:http://www-cdf.fnal.gov/~sthrlnd/emacs/> | 48 | * Battery and Info Look: <URL:http://www-cdf.fnal.gov/~sthrlnd/emacs/> |
| 49 | 49 | ||
| 50 | * BibTeX: | ||
| 51 | <URL:http://www.ida.ing.tu-bs.de/people/dirk/bibtex/index.html> | ||
| 52 | |||
| 53 | * BS: <URL:http://www.geekware.de/software/emacs/index.html> | 50 | * BS: <URL:http://www.geekware.de/software/emacs/index.html> |
| 54 | 51 | ||
| 55 | * Calculator: <URL:http://www.barzilay.org/misc/calculator.el> | 52 | * Calculator: <URL:http://www.barzilay.org/misc/calculator.el> |
| @@ -85,26 +82,24 @@ You might find bug-fixes or enhancements in these places. | |||
| 85 | 82 | ||
| 86 | * MH-E: <URL:http://mh-e.sourceforge.net/> | 83 | * MH-E: <URL:http://mh-e.sourceforge.net/> |
| 87 | 84 | ||
| 88 | * PC Selection: <URL:ftp://ftp.thp.uni-duisburg.de/pub/source/elisp/> | ||
| 89 | |||
| 90 | * PS mode: <URL:http://odur.let.rug.nl/%7Ekleiweg/postscript/> | 85 | * PS mode: <URL:http://odur.let.rug.nl/%7Ekleiweg/postscript/> |
| 91 | 86 | ||
| 92 | * PS-print: <URL:http://www.cpqd.com.br/~vinicius/emacs/> | 87 | * PS-print: <URL:http://www.emacswiki.org/cgi-bin/wiki/PsPrintPackage> |
| 93 | 88 | ||
| 94 | * QuickURL: <URL:http://www.davep.org/emacs/> | 89 | * QuickURL: <URL:http://www.davep.org/emacs/> |
| 95 | 90 | ||
| 96 | * RefTeX: <URL:http://staff.science.uva.nl/~dominik/Tools/reftex/> | 91 | * RefTeX: <URL:http://www.gnu.org/software/auctex/reftex.html> |
| 97 | 92 | ||
| 98 | * Speedbar, Checkdoc etc: <URL:http://cedet.sourceforge.net/> | 93 | * Speedbar, Checkdoc etc: <URL:http://cedet.sourceforge.net/> |
| 99 | 94 | ||
| 100 | * SQL: <URL:http://www.geocities.com/TimesSquare/6120/emacs.html> | 95 | * SQL: <URL:http://www.emacswiki.org/cgi-bin/wiki/sql.el> |
| 101 | 96 | ||
| 102 | * Tramp: Remote file access via rsh/ssh | 97 | * Tramp: Remote file access via rsh/ssh |
| 103 | <URL:http://savannah.gnu.org/projects/tramp/> | 98 | <URL:http://savannah.gnu.org/projects/tramp/> |
| 104 | 99 | ||
| 105 | * Webjump: <URL:http://www.neilvandyke.org/webjump> | 100 | * Webjump: <URL:http://www.neilvandyke.org/webjump> |
| 106 | 101 | ||
| 107 | * Whitespace: <URL:http://www.dsmit.com/lisp/> | 102 | * Whitespace: <URL:http://www.dsmit.com/lisp/whitespace.el> |
| 108 | 103 | ||
| 109 | * Auxiliary files | 104 | * Auxiliary files |
| 110 | 105 | ||
| @@ -147,7 +142,7 @@ Several are for Debian GNU/Linux in particular. | |||
| 147 | mirrors of the `CTAN' TeX archives. | 142 | mirrors of the `CTAN' TeX archives. |
| 148 | 143 | ||
| 149 | * Dismal: spreadsheet: | 144 | * Dismal: spreadsheet: |
| 150 | <URL:http://www.gnu.org/software/dismal/dismal.html> | 145 | <URL:http://ritter.ist.psu.edu/dismal/dismal.html> |
| 151 | 146 | ||
| 152 | * ECB: Emacs Code Browser: <URL:http://ecb.sourceforge.net/> | 147 | * ECB: Emacs Code Browser: <URL:http://ecb.sourceforge.net/> |
| 153 | 148 | ||
| @@ -177,8 +172,7 @@ Several are for Debian GNU/Linux in particular. | |||
| 177 | <URL:http://emacspeak.sourceforge.net/> | 172 | <URL:http://emacspeak.sourceforge.net/> |
| 178 | 173 | ||
| 179 | * Emacs-w3m : <URL:http://emacs-w3m.namazu.org/> | 174 | * Emacs-w3m : <URL:http://emacs-w3m.namazu.org/> |
| 180 | A simple Emacs interface to w3m, which is a text-mode | 175 | A simple Emacs interface to w3m, which is a text-mode WWW browser |
| 181 | WWW browser | ||
| 182 | 176 | ||
| 183 | * Emacs Wiki Mode: <URL:http://www.mwolson.org/projects/EmacsWiki.html> | 177 | * Emacs Wiki Mode: <URL:http://www.mwolson.org/projects/EmacsWiki.html> |
| 184 | A wiki-like publishing tool and personal information manager | 178 | A wiki-like publishing tool and personal information manager |
| @@ -198,7 +192,7 @@ Several are for Debian GNU/Linux in particular. | |||
| 198 | HTML-specific editing. Can work with PSGML. | 192 | HTML-specific editing. Can work with PSGML. |
| 199 | 193 | ||
| 200 | * Hyperbole: | 194 | * Hyperbole: |
| 201 | <URL:http://ftp.gnu.org/pub/gnu/hyperbole/> | 195 | <URL:http://directory.fsf.org/hyperbole.html> |
| 202 | Hyperbole is an open, efficient, programmable information | 196 | Hyperbole is an open, efficient, programmable information |
| 203 | management and hypertext system. | 197 | management and hypertext system. |
| 204 | 198 | ||
| @@ -222,11 +216,11 @@ Several are for Debian GNU/Linux in particular. | |||
| 222 | nXML mode is an addon for GNU Emacs, which makes GNU Emacs into a | 216 | nXML mode is an addon for GNU Emacs, which makes GNU Emacs into a |
| 223 | powerful XML editor. | 217 | powerful XML editor. |
| 224 | 218 | ||
| 225 | * Planner Mode: <URL:http://www.plannerlove.com/> | 219 | * Planner Mode: <URL:http://wjsullivan.net/PlannerMode> |
| 226 | Planner is an organizer and day planner for Emacs. | 220 | Planner is an organizer and day planner for Emacs. |
| 227 | 221 | ||
| 228 | * Preview LaTeX: embed preview LaTeX images in source buffer. | 222 | * Preview LaTeX: embed preview LaTeX images in source buffer. |
| 229 | <URL:http://preview-latex.sourceforge.net/> | 223 | <URL:http://www.gnu.org/software/auctex/preview-latex> |
| 230 | 224 | ||
| 231 | * PSGML: <URL:http://www.lysator.liu.se/projects/about_psgml.html> | 225 | * PSGML: <URL:http://www.lysator.liu.se/projects/about_psgml.html> |
| 232 | DTD-aware serious SGML/XML editing. | 226 | DTD-aware serious SGML/XML editing. |
| @@ -253,7 +247,7 @@ Several are for Debian GNU/Linux in particular. | |||
| 253 | 247 | ||
| 254 | * Tiny Tools: <URL:http://tiny-tools.sourceforge.net/> | 248 | * Tiny Tools: <URL:http://tiny-tools.sourceforge.net/> |
| 255 | 249 | ||
| 256 | * VM (View Mail): <URL:http://www.wonderworks.com/vm/> Alternative | 250 | * VM (View Mail): <URL:http://www.nongnu.org/viewmail/> Alternative |
| 257 | mail reader. There is a VM newsgroup: <URL:news:gnu.emacs.vm.info> | 251 | mail reader. There is a VM newsgroup: <URL:news:gnu.emacs.vm.info> |
| 258 | 252 | ||
| 259 | * W3: <URL:http://savannah.gnu.org/projects/w3/> | 253 | * W3: <URL:http://savannah.gnu.org/projects/w3/> |
| @@ -269,8 +263,7 @@ Several are for Debian GNU/Linux in particular. | |||
| 269 | shell-script daemon and some LaTeX macros. | 263 | shell-script daemon and some LaTeX macros. |
| 270 | 264 | ||
| 271 | * X-Symbol: <URL:http://x-symbol.sourceforge.net/> | 265 | * X-Symbol: <URL:http://x-symbol.sourceforge.net/> |
| 272 | Quasi-WYSIWYG editing of TeX & al. (It will be improved to take | 266 | Quasi-WYSIWYG editing of TeX & al. |
| 273 | better advantage of Emacs 21 features.) | ||
| 274 | 267 | ||
| 275 | Local Variables: | 268 | Local Variables: |
| 276 | mode: text | 269 | mode: text |
| @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ | |||
| 1 | GNU Emacs NEWS -- history of user-visible changes. 2006-06-04 | 1 | GNU Emacs NEWS -- history of user-visible changes. |
| 2 | 2 | ||
| 3 | Copyright (C) 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007 | 3 | Copyright (C) 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007 |
| 4 | Free Software Foundation, Inc. | 4 | Free Software Foundation, Inc. |
| @@ -110,7 +110,7 @@ any older versions of these packages to ensure that the Emacs 22 | |||
| 110 | version is used. You can use M-x list-load-path-shadows to find such | 110 | version is used. You can use M-x list-load-path-shadows to find such |
| 111 | older packages. | 111 | older packages. |
| 112 | 112 | ||
| 113 | Some specific packages which are known to cause problems are: | 113 | Some specific packages that are known to cause problems are: |
| 114 | 114 | ||
| 115 | ** Semantic (used by CEDET, ECB, JDEE): upgrade to latest version. | 115 | ** Semantic (used by CEDET, ECB, JDEE): upgrade to latest version. |
| 116 | ** cua.el, cua-mode.el: remove old versions. | 116 | ** cua.el, cua-mode.el: remove old versions. |
| @@ -118,7 +118,10 @@ Some specific packages which are known to cause problems are: | |||
| 118 | 118 | ||
| 119 | * Installation Changes in Emacs 22.1 | 119 | * Installation Changes in Emacs 22.1 |
| 120 | 120 | ||
| 121 | --- | 121 | ** You can build Emacs with Gtk+ widgets by specifying `--with-x-toolkit=gtk' |
| 122 | when you run configure. This requires Gtk+ 2.4 or newer. This port | ||
| 123 | provides a way to display multilingual text in menus (with some caveats). | ||
| 124 | |||
| 122 | ** Emacs comes with a new set of icons. | 125 | ** Emacs comes with a new set of icons. |
| 123 | These icons are displayed on the taskbar and/or titlebar when Emacs | 126 | These icons are displayed on the taskbar and/or titlebar when Emacs |
| 124 | runs in a graphical environment. Source files for these icons can be | 127 | runs in a graphical environment. Source files for these icons can be |
| @@ -127,152 +130,117 @@ Emacs by changing these files directly. On X, the icon is compiled | |||
| 127 | into the Emacs executable; see gnu.h in the source tree. On MS | 130 | into the Emacs executable; see gnu.h in the source tree. On MS |
| 128 | Windows, see nt/icons/emacs.ico.) | 131 | Windows, see nt/icons/emacs.ico.) |
| 129 | 132 | ||
| 130 | --- | ||
| 131 | ** Emacs now supports new configure options `--program-prefix', | ||
| 132 | `--program-suffix' and `--program-transform-name' that affect the names of | ||
| 133 | installed programs. | ||
| 134 | |||
| 135 | --- | ||
| 136 | ** Emacs can now be built without sound support. | ||
| 137 | |||
| 138 | --- | ||
| 139 | ** You can build Emacs with Gtk+ widgets by specifying `--with-x-toolkit=gtk' | ||
| 140 | when you run configure. This requires Gtk+ 2.4 or newer. This port | ||
| 141 | provides a way to display multilingual text in menus (with some caveats). | ||
| 142 | |||
| 143 | --- | ||
| 144 | ** The `emacsserver' program has been removed, replaced with Lisp code. | ||
| 145 | |||
| 146 | --- | ||
| 147 | ** The `yow' program has been removed. | ||
| 148 | Use the corresponding Emacs feature instead. | ||
| 149 | |||
| 150 | --- | ||
| 151 | ** By default, Emacs now uses a setgid helper program to update game | ||
| 152 | scores. The directory ${localstatedir}/games/emacs is the normal | ||
| 153 | place for game scores to be stored. You can control this with the | ||
| 154 | configure option `--with-game-dir'. The specific user that Emacs uses | ||
| 155 | to own the game scores is controlled by `--with-game-user'. If access | ||
| 156 | to a game user is not available, then scores will be stored separately | ||
| 157 | in each user's home directory. | ||
| 158 | |||
| 159 | --- | ||
| 160 | ** Leim is now part of the Emacs distribution. | ||
| 161 | You no longer need to download a separate tarball in order to build | ||
| 162 | Emacs with Leim. | ||
| 163 | |||
| 164 | +++ | ||
| 165 | ** The Emacs Lisp Reference Manual is now part of the distribution. | 133 | ** The Emacs Lisp Reference Manual is now part of the distribution. |
| 166 | 134 | ||
| 167 | The Emacs Lisp Reference Manual in Info format is built as part of the | 135 | The Emacs Lisp Reference Manual in Info format is built as part of the |
| 168 | Emacs build procedure and installed together with the Emacs User | 136 | Emacs build procedure and installed together with the Emacs User |
| 169 | Manual. A menu item was added to the menu bar that makes it easy | 137 | Manual. A menu item was added to the menu bar to make it easily |
| 170 | accessible (Help->More Manuals->Emacs Lisp Reference). | 138 | accessible (Help->More Manuals->Emacs Lisp Reference). |
| 171 | 139 | ||
| 172 | --- | ||
| 173 | ** The Introduction to Programming in Emacs Lisp manual is now part of | 140 | ** The Introduction to Programming in Emacs Lisp manual is now part of |
| 174 | the distribution. | 141 | the distribution. |
| 175 | 142 | ||
| 176 | This manual is now part of the standard distribution and is installed, | 143 | This manual is now part of the standard distribution and is installed, |
| 177 | together with the Emacs User Manual, into the Info directory. A menu | 144 | together with the Emacs User Manual, into the Info directory. A menu |
| 178 | item was added to the menu bar that makes it easy accessible | 145 | item was added to the menu bar to make it easily accessible |
| 179 | (Help->More Manuals->Introduction to Emacs Lisp). | 146 | (Help->More Manuals->Introduction to Emacs Lisp). |
| 180 | 147 | ||
| 181 | --- | 148 | ** Leim is now part of the Emacs distribution. |
| 149 | You no longer need to download a separate tarball in order to build | ||
| 150 | Emacs with Leim. | ||
| 151 | |||
| 182 | ** New translations of the Emacs Tutorial are available in the | 152 | ** New translations of the Emacs Tutorial are available in the |
| 183 | following languages: Brasilian Portuguese, Bulgarian, Chinese (both | 153 | following languages: Brasilian Portuguese, Bulgarian, Chinese (both |
| 184 | with simplified and traditional characters), French, and Italian. | 154 | with simplified and traditional characters), French, Russian, and |
| 185 | Type `C-u C-h t' to choose one of them in case your language setup | 155 | Italian. Type `C-u C-h t' to choose one of them in case your language |
| 186 | doesn't automatically select the right one. | 156 | setup doesn't automatically select the right one. |
| 187 | 157 | ||
| 188 | --- | 158 | ** New translations of the Emacs reference card are available in the |
| 189 | ** A Portuguese translation of Emacs' reference card has been added. | 159 | Brasilian Portuguese and Russian. The corresponding PostScript files |
| 190 | Its name is `pt-br-refcard.tex'. The corresponding PostScript file is | 160 | are also included. |
| 191 | also included. | ||
| 192 | 161 | ||
| 193 | --- | ||
| 194 | ** A French translation of the `Emacs Survival Guide' is available. | 162 | ** A French translation of the `Emacs Survival Guide' is available. |
| 195 | 163 | ||
| 196 | --- | ||
| 197 | ** Emacs now includes support for loading image libraries on demand. | 164 | ** Emacs now includes support for loading image libraries on demand. |
| 198 | (Currently this feature is only used on MS Windows.) You can configure | 165 | (Currently this feature is only used on MS Windows.) You can configure |
| 199 | the supported image types and their associated dynamic libraries by | 166 | the supported image types and their associated dynamic libraries by |
| 200 | setting the variable `image-library-alist'. | 167 | setting the variable `image-library-alist'. |
| 201 | 168 | ||
| 202 | --- | 169 | ** Support for GNU/Linux systems on X86-64 machines was added. |
| 203 | ** Support for a Cygwin build of Emacs was added. | ||
| 204 | |||
| 205 | --- | ||
| 206 | ** Support for FreeBSD/Alpha has been added. | ||
| 207 | 170 | ||
| 208 | --- | ||
| 209 | ** Support for GNU/Linux systems on S390 machines was added. | 171 | ** Support for GNU/Linux systems on S390 machines was added. |
| 210 | 172 | ||
| 211 | --- | ||
| 212 | ** Support for GNU/Linux systems on Tensilica Xtensa machines was added. | 173 | ** Support for GNU/Linux systems on Tensilica Xtensa machines was added. |
| 213 | 174 | ||
| 214 | --- | 175 | ** Support for FreeBSD/Alpha has been added. |
| 176 | |||
| 177 | ** Support for a Cygwin build of Emacs was added. | ||
| 178 | |||
| 215 | ** Support for MacOS X was added. | 179 | ** Support for MacOS X was added. |
| 216 | See the files mac/README and mac/INSTALL for build instructions. | 180 | See the files mac/README and mac/INSTALL for build instructions. |
| 217 | 181 | ||
| 218 | --- | ||
| 219 | ** Support for GNU/Linux systems on X86-64 machines was added. | ||
| 220 | |||
| 221 | --- | ||
| 222 | ** Mac OS 9 port now uses the Carbon API by default. You can also | 182 | ** Mac OS 9 port now uses the Carbon API by default. You can also |
| 223 | create non-Carbon build by specifying `NonCarbon' as a target. See | 183 | create a non-Carbon build by specifying `NonCarbon' as a target. See |
| 224 | the files mac/README and mac/INSTALL for build instructions. | 184 | the files mac/README and mac/INSTALL for build instructions. |
| 225 | 185 | ||
| 226 | --- | 186 | ** The `emacsserver' program has been removed, replaced with Lisp code. |
| 187 | |||
| 188 | ** The `yow' program has been removed. | ||
| 189 | Use the corresponding Emacs feature instead. | ||
| 190 | |||
| 191 | ** Emacs now supports new configure options `--program-prefix', | ||
| 192 | `--program-suffix' and `--program-transform-name' that affect the names of | ||
| 193 | installed programs. | ||
| 194 | |||
| 195 | ** By default, Emacs now uses a setgid helper program to update game | ||
| 196 | scores. The directory ${localstatedir}/games/emacs is the normal | ||
| 197 | place for game scores to be stored. You can control this with the | ||
| 198 | configure option `--with-game-dir'. The specific user that Emacs uses | ||
| 199 | to own the game scores is controlled by `--with-game-user'. If access | ||
| 200 | to a game user is not available, then scores will be stored separately | ||
| 201 | in each user's home directory. | ||
| 202 | |||
| 203 | ** Emacs can now be built without sound support. | ||
| 204 | |||
| 227 | ** Building with -DENABLE_CHECKING does not automatically build with union | 205 | ** Building with -DENABLE_CHECKING does not automatically build with union |
| 228 | types any more. Add -DUSE_LISP_UNION_TYPE if you want union types. | 206 | types any more. Add -DUSE_LISP_UNION_TYPE if you want union types. |
| 229 | 207 | ||
| 230 | --- | ||
| 231 | ** When pure storage overflows while dumping, Emacs now prints how | 208 | ** When pure storage overflows while dumping, Emacs now prints how |
| 232 | much pure storage it will approximately need. | 209 | much pure storage it will approximately need. |
| 233 | 210 | ||
| 234 | --- | ||
| 235 | ** The script etc/emacs-buffer.gdb can be used with gdb to retrieve the | 211 | ** The script etc/emacs-buffer.gdb can be used with gdb to retrieve the |
| 236 | contents of buffers from a core dump and save them to files easily, should | 212 | contents of buffers from a core dump and save them to files easily, should |
| 237 | Emacs crash. | 213 | Emacs crash. |
| 238 | 214 | ||
| 239 | --- | ||
| 240 | ** The Emacs terminal emulation in term.el uses a different terminfo name. | 215 | ** The Emacs terminal emulation in term.el uses a different terminfo name. |
| 241 | The Emacs terminal emulation in term.el now uses "eterm-color" as its | 216 | The Emacs terminal emulation in term.el now uses "eterm-color" as its |
| 242 | terminfo name, since term.el now supports color. | 217 | terminfo name, since term.el now supports color. |
| 243 | 218 | ||
| 244 | --- | ||
| 245 | ** Emacs Lisp source files are compressed by default if `gzip' is available. | 219 | ** Emacs Lisp source files are compressed by default if `gzip' is available. |
| 246 | 220 | ||
| 247 | --- | ||
| 248 | ** All images used in Emacs have been consolidated in etc/images and subdirs. | 221 | ** All images used in Emacs have been consolidated in etc/images and subdirs. |
| 249 | See also the changes to `find-image', documented below. | 222 | See also the changes to `find-image', documented below. |
| 250 | 223 | ||
| 251 | 224 | ||
| 252 | * Startup Changes in Emacs 22.1 | 225 | * Startup Changes in Emacs 22.1 |
| 253 | 226 | ||
| 254 | +++ | ||
| 255 | ** New command line option -Q or --quick. | 227 | ** New command line option -Q or --quick. |
| 256 | This is like using -q --no-site-file, but in addition it also disables | 228 | This is like using -q --no-site-file, but in addition it also disables |
| 257 | the fancy startup screen. | 229 | the fancy startup screen. |
| 258 | 230 | ||
| 259 | +++ | ||
| 260 | ** New command line option -D or --basic-display. | 231 | ** New command line option -D or --basic-display. |
| 261 | Disables the menu-bar, the tool-bar, the scroll-bars, tool tips, and | 232 | Disables the menu-bar, the tool-bar, the scroll-bars, tool tips, and |
| 262 | the blinking cursor. | 233 | the blinking cursor. |
| 263 | 234 | ||
| 264 | +++ | ||
| 265 | ** New command line option -nbc or --no-blinking-cursor disables | 235 | ** New command line option -nbc or --no-blinking-cursor disables |
| 266 | the blinking cursor on graphical terminals. | 236 | the blinking cursor on graphical terminals. |
| 267 | 237 | ||
| 268 | +++ | ||
| 269 | ** The option --script FILE runs Emacs in batch mode and loads FILE. | 238 | ** The option --script FILE runs Emacs in batch mode and loads FILE. |
| 270 | It is useful for writing Emacs Lisp shell script files, because they | 239 | It is useful for writing Emacs Lisp shell script files, because they |
| 271 | can start with this line: | 240 | can start with this line: |
| 272 | 241 | ||
| 273 | #!/usr/bin/emacs --script | 242 | #!/usr/bin/emacs --script |
| 274 | 243 | ||
| 275 | +++ | ||
| 276 | ** The option --directory DIR now modifies `load-path' immediately. | 244 | ** The option --directory DIR now modifies `load-path' immediately. |
| 277 | Directories are added to the front of `load-path' in the order they | 245 | Directories are added to the front of `load-path' in the order they |
| 278 | appear on the command line. For example, with this command line: | 246 | appear on the command line. For example, with this command line: |
| @@ -282,69 +250,57 @@ appear on the command line. For example, with this command line: | |||
| 282 | Emacs looks for library `foo' in the parent directory, then in /tmp, then | 250 | Emacs looks for library `foo' in the parent directory, then in /tmp, then |
| 283 | in the other directories in `load-path'. (-L is short for --directory.) | 251 | in the other directories in `load-path'. (-L is short for --directory.) |
| 284 | 252 | ||
| 285 | +++ | ||
| 286 | ** The command line option --no-windows has been changed to | 253 | ** The command line option --no-windows has been changed to |
| 287 | --no-window-system. The old one still works, but is deprecated. | 254 | --no-window-system. The old one still works, but is deprecated. |
| 288 | 255 | ||
| 289 | --- | ||
| 290 | ** If the environment variable DISPLAY specifies an unreachable X display, | 256 | ** If the environment variable DISPLAY specifies an unreachable X display, |
| 291 | Emacs will now startup as if invoked with the --no-window-system option. | 257 | Emacs will now startup as if invoked with the --no-window-system option. |
| 292 | 258 | ||
| 293 | +++ | ||
| 294 | ** The -f option, used from the command line to call a function, | 259 | ** The -f option, used from the command line to call a function, |
| 295 | now reads arguments for the function interactively if it is | 260 | now reads arguments for the function interactively if it is |
| 296 | an interactively callable function. | 261 | an interactively callable function. |
| 297 | 262 | ||
| 298 | +++ | ||
| 299 | ** When you specify a frame size with --geometry, the size applies to | 263 | ** When you specify a frame size with --geometry, the size applies to |
| 300 | all frames you create. A position specified with --geometry only | 264 | all frames you create. A position specified with --geometry only |
| 301 | affects the initial frame. | 265 | affects the initial frame. |
| 302 | 266 | ||
| 303 | --- | ||
| 304 | ** Emacs built for MS-Windows now behaves like Emacs on X does, | 267 | ** Emacs built for MS-Windows now behaves like Emacs on X does, |
| 305 | wrt its frame position: if you don't specify a position (in your | 268 | with respect to its frame position: if you don't specify a position |
| 306 | .emacs init file, in the Registry, or with the --geometry command-line | 269 | (in your .emacs init file, in the Registry, or with the --geometry |
| 307 | option), Emacs leaves the frame position to the Windows' window | 270 | command-line option), Emacs leaves the frame position to the Windows' |
| 308 | manager. | 271 | window manager. |
| 309 | 272 | ||
| 310 | +++ | ||
| 311 | ** Emacs can now be invoked in full-screen mode on a windowed display. | 273 | ** Emacs can now be invoked in full-screen mode on a windowed display. |
| 312 | When Emacs is invoked on a window system, the new command-line options | 274 | When Emacs is invoked on a window system, the new command-line options |
| 313 | `--fullwidth', `--fullheight', and `--fullscreen' produce a frame | 275 | `--fullwidth', `--fullheight', and `--fullscreen' produce a frame |
| 314 | whose width, height, or both width and height take up the entire | 276 | whose width, height, or both width and height take up the entire |
| 315 | screen size. (For now, this does not work with some window managers.) | 277 | screen size. (For now, this does not work with some window managers.) |
| 316 | 278 | ||
| 317 | +++ | ||
| 318 | ** Emacs now displays a splash screen by default even if command-line | 279 | ** Emacs now displays a splash screen by default even if command-line |
| 319 | arguments were given. The new command-line option --no-splash | 280 | arguments were given. The new command-line option --no-splash |
| 320 | disables the splash screen; see also the variable | 281 | disables the splash screen; see also the variable |
| 321 | `inhibit-startup-message' (which is also aliased as | 282 | `inhibit-splash-screen' (which is also aliased as |
| 322 | `inhibit-splash-screen'). | 283 | `inhibit-startup-message'). |
| 323 | 284 | ||
| 324 | +++ | 285 | ** The default is now to use a bitmap as the icon. |
| 325 | ** The default is now to use a bitmap as the icon, so the command-line options | 286 | The command-line options --icon-type, -i have been replaced with |
| 326 | --icon-type, -i has been replaced with options --no-bitmap-icon, -nbi to turn | 287 | options --no-bitmap-icon, -nbi to turn the bitmap icon off. |
| 327 | the bitmap icon off. | ||
| 328 | 288 | ||
| 329 | +++ | ||
| 330 | ** New user option `inhibit-startup-buffer-menu'. | 289 | ** New user option `inhibit-startup-buffer-menu'. |
| 331 | When loading many files, for instance with `emacs *', Emacs normally | 290 | When loading many files, for instance with `emacs *', Emacs normally |
| 332 | displays a buffer menu. This option turns the buffer menu off. | 291 | displays a buffer menu. This option turns the buffer menu off. |
| 333 | 292 | ||
| 334 | +++ | ||
| 335 | ** Init file changes | 293 | ** Init file changes |
| 336 | If the init file ~/.emacs does not exist, Emacs will try | 294 | If the init file ~/.emacs does not exist, Emacs will try |
| 337 | ~/.emacs.d/init.el or ~/.emacs.d/init.elc. Likewise, if the shell init file | 295 | ~/.emacs.d/init.el or ~/.emacs.d/init.elc. Likewise, if the shell init file |
| 338 | ~/.emacs_SHELL is not found, Emacs will try ~/.emacs.d/init_SHELL.sh. | 296 | ~/.emacs_SHELL is not found, Emacs will try ~/.emacs.d/init_SHELL.sh. |
| 339 | 297 | ||
| 340 | +++ | ||
| 341 | ** Emacs now reads the standard abbrevs file ~/.abbrev_defs | 298 | ** Emacs now reads the standard abbrevs file ~/.abbrev_defs |
| 342 | automatically at startup, if it exists. When Emacs offers to save | 299 | automatically at startup, if it exists. When Emacs offers to save |
| 343 | modified buffers, it saves the abbrevs too if they have changed. It | 300 | modified buffers, it saves the abbrevs too if they have changed. It |
| 344 | can do this either silently or asking for confirmation first, | 301 | can do this either silently or asking for confirmation first, |
| 345 | according to the value of `save-abbrevs'. | 302 | according to the value of `save-abbrevs'. |
| 346 | 303 | ||
| 347 | +++ | ||
| 348 | ** If the environment variable EMAIL is defined, Emacs now uses its value | 304 | ** If the environment variable EMAIL is defined, Emacs now uses its value |
| 349 | to compute the default value of `user-mail-address', in preference to | 305 | to compute the default value of `user-mail-address', in preference to |
| 350 | concatenation of `user-login-name' with the name of your host machine. | 306 | concatenation of `user-login-name' with the name of your host machine. |
| @@ -352,52 +308,42 @@ concatenation of `user-login-name' with the name of your host machine. | |||
| 352 | 308 | ||
| 353 | * Incompatible Editing Changes in Emacs 22.1 | 309 | * Incompatible Editing Changes in Emacs 22.1 |
| 354 | 310 | ||
| 355 | +++ | 311 | ** You can now follow links by clicking Mouse-1 on the link. |
| 312 | |||
| 313 | See below for more details. | ||
| 314 | |||
| 356 | ** M-g is now a prefix key. | 315 | ** M-g is now a prefix key. |
| 357 | M-g g and M-g M-g run goto-line. | 316 | M-g g and M-g M-g run goto-line. |
| 358 | M-g n and M-g M-n run next-error (like C-x `). | 317 | M-g n and M-g M-n run next-error (like C-x `). |
| 359 | M-g p and M-g M-p run previous-error. | 318 | M-g p and M-g M-p run previous-error. |
| 360 | 319 | ||
| 361 | +++ | ||
| 362 | ** C-u M-g M-g switches to the most recent previous buffer, | 320 | ** C-u M-g M-g switches to the most recent previous buffer, |
| 363 | and goes to the specified line in that buffer. | 321 | and goes to the specified line in that buffer. |
| 364 | 322 | ||
| 365 | When goto-line starts to execute, if there's a number in the buffer at | 323 | When goto-line starts to execute, if there's a number in the buffer at |
| 366 | point then it acts as the default argument for the minibuffer. | 324 | point then it acts as the default argument for the minibuffer. |
| 367 | 325 | ||
| 368 | +++ | 326 | ** M-o now is the prefix key for setting text properties; |
| 327 | M-o M-o requests refontification. | ||
| 328 | |||
| 369 | ** The old bindings C-M-delete and C-M-backspace have been deleted, | 329 | ** The old bindings C-M-delete and C-M-backspace have been deleted, |
| 370 | since there are situations where one or the other will shut down | 330 | since there are situations where one or the other will shut down |
| 371 | the operating system or your X server. | 331 | the operating system or your X server. |
| 372 | 332 | ||
| 373 | +++ | ||
| 374 | ** line-move-ignore-invisible now defaults to t. | ||
| 375 | |||
| 376 | +++ | ||
| 377 | ** When the undo information of the current command gets really large | 333 | ** When the undo information of the current command gets really large |
| 378 | (beyond the value of `undo-outer-limit'), Emacs discards it and warns | 334 | (beyond the value of `undo-outer-limit'), Emacs discards it and warns |
| 379 | you about it. | 335 | you about it. |
| 380 | 336 | ||
| 381 | +++ | ||
| 382 | ** `apply-macro-to-region-lines' now operates on all lines that begin | ||
| 383 | in the region, rather than on all complete lines in the region. | ||
| 384 | |||
| 385 | +++ | ||
| 386 | ** A prefix argument is no longer required to repeat a jump to a | ||
| 387 | previous mark if you set `set-mark-command-repeat-pop' to t. I.e. C-u | ||
| 388 | C-SPC C-SPC C-SPC ... cycles through the mark ring. Use C-u C-u C-SPC | ||
| 389 | to set the mark immediately after a jump. | ||
| 390 | |||
| 391 | +++ | ||
| 392 | ** The info-search bindings on C-h C-f, C-h C-k and C-h C-i | ||
| 393 | have been moved to C-h F, C-h K and C-h S. | ||
| 394 | |||
| 395 | +++ | ||
| 396 | ** In incremental search, C-w is changed. M-%, C-M-w and C-M-y are special. | 337 | ** In incremental search, C-w is changed. M-%, C-M-w and C-M-y are special. |
| 397 | 338 | ||
| 398 | See below under "incremental search changes". | 339 | See below under "incremental search changes". |
| 399 | 340 | ||
| 400 | --- | 341 | ** When Emacs prompts for file names, SPC no longer completes the file name. |
| 342 | This is so filenames with embedded spaces could be input without the | ||
| 343 | need to quote the space with a C-q. The underlying changes in the | ||
| 344 | keymaps that are active in the minibuffer are described below under | ||
| 345 | "New keymaps for typing file names". | ||
| 346 | |||
| 401 | ** C-x C-f RET (find-file), typing nothing in the minibuffer, is no longer | 347 | ** C-x C-f RET (find-file), typing nothing in the minibuffer, is no longer |
| 402 | a special case. | 348 | a special case. |
| 403 | 349 | ||
| @@ -408,28 +354,10 @@ directory with Dired. | |||
| 408 | You can get the old behavior by typing C-x C-f M-n RET, which fetches | 354 | You can get the old behavior by typing C-x C-f M-n RET, which fetches |
| 409 | the actual file name into the minibuffer. | 355 | the actual file name into the minibuffer. |
| 410 | 356 | ||
| 411 | +++ | ||
| 412 | ** The completion commands TAB, SPC and ? in the minibuffer apply only | 357 | ** The completion commands TAB, SPC and ? in the minibuffer apply only |
| 413 | to the text before point. If there is text in the buffer after point, | 358 | to the text before point. If there is text in the buffer after point, |
| 414 | it remains unchanged. | 359 | it remains unchanged. |
| 415 | 360 | ||
| 416 | +++ | ||
| 417 | ** When Emacs prompts for file names, SPC no longer completes the file name. | ||
| 418 | This is so filenames with embedded spaces could be input without the | ||
| 419 | need to quote the space with a C-q. The underlying changes in the | ||
| 420 | keymaps that are active in the minibuffer are described below under | ||
| 421 | "New keymaps for typing file names". | ||
| 422 | |||
| 423 | +++ | ||
| 424 | ** M-o now is the prefix key for setting text properties; | ||
| 425 | M-o M-o requests refontification. | ||
| 426 | |||
| 427 | +++ | ||
| 428 | ** You can now follow links by clicking Mouse-1 on the link. | ||
| 429 | |||
| 430 | See below for more details. | ||
| 431 | |||
| 432 | +++ | ||
| 433 | ** In Dired's ! command (dired-do-shell-command), `*' and `?' now | 361 | ** In Dired's ! command (dired-do-shell-command), `*' and `?' now |
| 434 | control substitution of the file names only when they are surrounded | 362 | control substitution of the file names only when they are surrounded |
| 435 | by whitespace. This means you can now use them as shell wildcards | 363 | by whitespace. This means you can now use them as shell wildcards |
| @@ -437,11 +365,22 @@ too. If you want to use just plain `*' as a wildcard, type `*""'; the | |||
| 437 | doublequotes make no difference in the shell, but they prevent | 365 | doublequotes make no difference in the shell, but they prevent |
| 438 | special treatment in `dired-do-shell-command'. | 366 | special treatment in `dired-do-shell-command'. |
| 439 | 367 | ||
| 440 | --- | 368 | ** A prefix argument is no longer required to repeat a jump to a |
| 369 | previous mark if you set `set-mark-command-repeat-pop' to t. I.e. C-u | ||
| 370 | C-SPC C-SPC C-SPC ... cycles through the mark ring. Use C-u C-u C-SPC | ||
| 371 | to set the mark immediately after a jump. | ||
| 372 | |||
| 373 | ** The info-search bindings on C-h C-f, C-h C-k and C-h C-i | ||
| 374 | have been moved to C-h F, C-h K and C-h S. | ||
| 375 | |||
| 376 | ** `apply-macro-to-region-lines' now operates on all lines that begin | ||
| 377 | in the region, rather than on all complete lines in the region. | ||
| 378 | |||
| 379 | ** line-move-ignore-invisible now defaults to t. | ||
| 380 | |||
| 441 | ** Adaptive filling misfeature removed. | 381 | ** Adaptive filling misfeature removed. |
| 442 | It no longer treats `NNN.' or `(NNN)' as a prefix. | 382 | It no longer treats `NNN.' or `(NNN)' as a prefix. |
| 443 | 383 | ||
| 444 | --- | ||
| 445 | ** The register compatibility key bindings (deprecated since Emacs 19) | 384 | ** The register compatibility key bindings (deprecated since Emacs 19) |
| 446 | have been removed: | 385 | have been removed: |
| 447 | C-x / point-to-register (Use: C-x r SPC) | 386 | C-x / point-to-register (Use: C-x r SPC) |
| @@ -452,7 +391,6 @@ have been removed: | |||
| 452 | 391 | ||
| 453 | * Editing Changes in Emacs 22.1 | 392 | * Editing Changes in Emacs 22.1 |
| 454 | 393 | ||
| 455 | +++ | ||
| 456 | ** !MEM FULL! at the start of the mode line indicates that Emacs | 394 | ** !MEM FULL! at the start of the mode line indicates that Emacs |
| 457 | cannot get any more memory for Lisp data. This often means it could | 395 | cannot get any more memory for Lisp data. This often means it could |
| 458 | crash soon if you do things that use more memory. On most systems, | 396 | crash soon if you do things that use more memory. On most systems, |
| @@ -460,71 +398,57 @@ killing buffers will get out of this state. If killing buffers does | |||
| 460 | not make !MEM FULL! disappear, you should save your work and start | 398 | not make !MEM FULL! disappear, you should save your work and start |
| 461 | a new Emacs. | 399 | a new Emacs. |
| 462 | 400 | ||
| 463 | +++ | ||
| 464 | ** The max size of buffers and integers has been doubled. | 401 | ** The max size of buffers and integers has been doubled. |
| 465 | On 32bit machines, it is now 256M (i.e. 268435455). | 402 | On 32bit machines, it is now 256M (i.e. 268435455). |
| 466 | 403 | ||
| 467 | +++ | ||
| 468 | ** You can now switch buffers in a cyclic order with C-x C-left | 404 | ** You can now switch buffers in a cyclic order with C-x C-left |
| 469 | (previous-buffer) and C-x C-right (next-buffer). C-x left and | 405 | (previous-buffer) and C-x C-right (next-buffer). C-x left and |
| 470 | C-x right can be used as well. The functions keep a different buffer | 406 | C-x right can be used as well. The functions keep a different buffer |
| 471 | cycle for each frame, using the frame-local buffer list. | 407 | cycle for each frame, using the frame-local buffer list. |
| 472 | 408 | ||
| 473 | +++ | ||
| 474 | ** `undo-only' does an undo which does not redo any previous undo. | 409 | ** `undo-only' does an undo which does not redo any previous undo. |
| 475 | 410 | ||
| 476 | +++ | ||
| 477 | ** M-SPC (just-one-space) when given a numeric argument N | 411 | ** M-SPC (just-one-space) when given a numeric argument N |
| 478 | converts whitespace around point to N spaces. | 412 | converts whitespace around point to N spaces. |
| 479 | 413 | ||
| 480 | --- | ||
| 481 | ** C-x 5 C-o displays a specified buffer in another frame | 414 | ** C-x 5 C-o displays a specified buffer in another frame |
| 482 | but does not switch to that frame. It's the multi-frame | 415 | but does not switch to that frame. It's the multi-frame |
| 483 | analogue of C-x 4 C-o. | 416 | analogue of C-x 4 C-o. |
| 484 | 417 | ||
| 485 | --- | ||
| 486 | ** New commands to operate on pairs of open and close characters: | ||
| 487 | `insert-pair', `delete-pair', `raise-sexp'. | ||
| 488 | |||
| 489 | +++ | ||
| 490 | ** New command `kill-whole-line' kills an entire line at once. | 418 | ** New command `kill-whole-line' kills an entire line at once. |
| 491 | By default, it is bound to C-S-<backspace>. | 419 | By default, it is bound to C-S-<backspace>. |
| 492 | 420 | ||
| 493 | +++ | ||
| 494 | ** Yanking text now discards certain text properties that can | 421 | ** Yanking text now discards certain text properties that can |
| 495 | be inconvenient when you did not expect them. The variable | 422 | be inconvenient when you did not expect them. The variable |
| 496 | `yank-excluded-properties' specifies which ones. Insertion | 423 | `yank-excluded-properties' specifies which ones. Insertion |
| 497 | of register contents and rectangles also discards these properties. | 424 | of register contents and rectangles also discards these properties. |
| 498 | 425 | ||
| 499 | +++ | ||
| 500 | ** The default values of paragraph-start and indent-line-function have | 426 | ** The default values of paragraph-start and indent-line-function have |
| 501 | been changed to reflect those used in Text mode rather than those used | 427 | been changed to reflect those used in Text mode rather than those used |
| 502 | in Indented-Text mode. | 428 | in Indented-Text mode. |
| 503 | 429 | ||
| 504 | +++ | 430 | ** New commands to operate on pairs of open and close characters: |
| 431 | `insert-pair', `delete-pair', `raise-sexp'. | ||
| 432 | |||
| 505 | ** M-x setenv now expands environment variable references. | 433 | ** M-x setenv now expands environment variable references. |
| 506 | 434 | ||
| 507 | Substrings of the form `$foo' and `${foo}' in the specified new value | 435 | Substrings of the form `$foo' and `${foo}' in the specified new value |
| 508 | now refer to the value of environment variable foo. To include a `$' | 436 | now refer to the value of environment variable foo. To include a `$' |
| 509 | in the value, use `$$'. | 437 | in the value, use `$$'. |
| 510 | 438 | ||
| 511 | +++ | ||
| 512 | ** `special-display-buffer-names' and `special-display-regexps' now | 439 | ** `special-display-buffer-names' and `special-display-regexps' now |
| 513 | understand two new boolean pseudo-frame-parameters `same-frame' and | 440 | understand two new boolean pseudo-frame-parameters `same-frame' and |
| 514 | `same-window'. | 441 | `same-window'. |
| 515 | 442 | ||
| 516 | +++ | ||
| 517 | ** The default for the paper size (variable ps-paper-type) is taken | 443 | ** The default for the paper size (variable ps-paper-type) is taken |
| 518 | from the locale. | 444 | from the locale. |
| 519 | 445 | ||
| 520 | ** Mark command changes: | 446 | ** Mark command changes: |
| 521 | 447 | ||
| 522 | +++ | ||
| 523 | *** A prefix argument is no longer required to repeat a jump to a | 448 | *** A prefix argument is no longer required to repeat a jump to a |
| 524 | previous mark, i.e. C-u C-SPC C-SPC C-SPC ... cycles through the | 449 | previous mark, i.e. C-u C-SPC C-SPC C-SPC ... cycles through the |
| 525 | mark ring. Use C-u C-u C-SPC to set the mark immediately after a jump. | 450 | mark ring. Use C-u C-u C-SPC to set the mark immediately after a jump. |
| 526 | 451 | ||
| 527 | +++ | ||
| 528 | *** Marking commands extend the region when invoked multiple times. | 452 | *** Marking commands extend the region when invoked multiple times. |
| 529 | 453 | ||
| 530 | If you type C-M-SPC (mark-sexp), M-@ (mark-word), M-h | 454 | If you type C-M-SPC (mark-sexp), M-@ (mark-word), M-h |
| @@ -537,14 +461,12 @@ the last command. To start a new region with one of marking commands | |||
| 537 | in Transient Mark mode, you can deactivate the active region with C-g, | 461 | in Transient Mark mode, you can deactivate the active region with C-g, |
| 538 | or set the new mark with C-SPC. | 462 | or set the new mark with C-SPC. |
| 539 | 463 | ||
| 540 | +++ | ||
| 541 | *** M-h (mark-paragraph) now accepts a prefix arg. | 464 | *** M-h (mark-paragraph) now accepts a prefix arg. |
| 542 | 465 | ||
| 543 | With positive arg, M-h marks the current and the following paragraphs; | 466 | With positive arg, M-h marks the current and the following paragraphs; |
| 544 | if the arg is negative, it marks the current and the preceding | 467 | if the arg is negative, it marks the current and the preceding |
| 545 | paragraphs. | 468 | paragraphs. |
| 546 | 469 | ||
| 547 | +++ | ||
| 548 | *** Some commands do something special in Transient Mark mode when the | 470 | *** Some commands do something special in Transient Mark mode when the |
| 549 | mark is active--for instance, they limit their operation to the | 471 | mark is active--for instance, they limit their operation to the |
| 550 | region. Even if you don't normally use Transient Mark mode, you might | 472 | region. Even if you don't normally use Transient Mark mode, you might |
| @@ -562,14 +484,12 @@ deactivate the mark. That typically happens when you type a command | |||
| 562 | that alters the buffer, but you can also deactivate the mark by typing | 484 | that alters the buffer, but you can also deactivate the mark by typing |
| 563 | C-g. | 485 | C-g. |
| 564 | 486 | ||
| 565 | +++ | ||
| 566 | *** Movement commands `beginning-of-buffer', `end-of-buffer', | 487 | *** Movement commands `beginning-of-buffer', `end-of-buffer', |
| 567 | `beginning-of-defun', `end-of-defun' do not set the mark if the mark | 488 | `beginning-of-defun', `end-of-defun' do not set the mark if the mark |
| 568 | is already active in Transient Mark mode. | 489 | is already active in Transient Mark mode. |
| 569 | 490 | ||
| 570 | ** Help command changes: | 491 | ** Help command changes: |
| 571 | 492 | ||
| 572 | +++ | ||
| 573 | *** Changes in C-h bindings: | 493 | *** Changes in C-h bindings: |
| 574 | 494 | ||
| 575 | C-h e displays the *Messages* buffer. | 495 | C-h e displays the *Messages* buffer. |
| @@ -603,17 +523,14 @@ to new-kill-line, these commands now report: | |||
| 603 | - C-h w and C-h f new-kill-line reports: | 523 | - C-h w and C-h f new-kill-line reports: |
| 604 | new-kill-line is on C-k | 524 | new-kill-line is on C-k |
| 605 | 525 | ||
| 606 | --- | ||
| 607 | *** Help commands `describe-function' and `describe-key' now show function | 526 | *** Help commands `describe-function' and `describe-key' now show function |
| 608 | arguments in lowercase italics on displays that support it. To change the | 527 | arguments in lowercase italics on displays that support it. To change the |
| 609 | default, customize face `help-argument-name' or redefine the function | 528 | default, customize face `help-argument-name' or redefine the function |
| 610 | `help-default-arg-highlight'. | 529 | `help-default-arg-highlight'. |
| 611 | 530 | ||
| 612 | +++ | ||
| 613 | *** C-h v and C-h f commands now include a hyperlink to the C source for | 531 | *** C-h v and C-h f commands now include a hyperlink to the C source for |
| 614 | variables and functions defined in C (if the C source is available). | 532 | variables and functions defined in C (if the C source is available). |
| 615 | 533 | ||
| 616 | +++ | ||
| 617 | *** Help mode now only makes hyperlinks for faces when the face name is | 534 | *** Help mode now only makes hyperlinks for faces when the face name is |
| 618 | preceded or followed by the word `face'. It no longer makes | 535 | preceded or followed by the word `face'. It no longer makes |
| 619 | hyperlinks for variables without variable documentation, unless | 536 | hyperlinks for variables without variable documentation, unless |
| @@ -624,38 +541,32 @@ anchor' (in addition to earlier `info node' and `Info node'). In | |||
| 624 | addition, it now makes hyperlinks to URLs as well if the URL is | 541 | addition, it now makes hyperlinks to URLs as well if the URL is |
| 625 | enclosed in single quotes and preceded by `URL'. | 542 | enclosed in single quotes and preceded by `URL'. |
| 626 | 543 | ||
| 627 | +++ | ||
| 628 | *** The new command `describe-char' (C-u C-x =) pops up a buffer with | 544 | *** The new command `describe-char' (C-u C-x =) pops up a buffer with |
| 629 | description various information about a character, including its | 545 | description various information about a character, including its |
| 630 | encodings and syntax, its text properties, how to input, overlays, and | 546 | encodings and syntax, its text properties, how to input, overlays, and |
| 631 | widgets at point. You can get more information about some of them, by | 547 | widgets at point. You can get more information about some of them, by |
| 632 | clicking on mouse-sensitive areas or moving there and pressing RET. | 548 | clicking on mouse-sensitive areas or moving there and pressing RET. |
| 633 | 549 | ||
| 634 | +++ | ||
| 635 | *** The command `list-text-properties-at' has been deleted because | 550 | *** The command `list-text-properties-at' has been deleted because |
| 636 | C-u C-x = gives the same information and more. | 551 | C-u C-x = gives the same information and more. |
| 637 | 552 | ||
| 638 | +++ | ||
| 639 | *** New command `display-local-help' displays any local help at point | 553 | *** New command `display-local-help' displays any local help at point |
| 640 | in the echo area. It is bound to `C-h .'. It normally displays the | 554 | in the echo area. It is bound to `C-h .'. It normally displays the |
| 641 | same string that would be displayed on mouse-over using the | 555 | same string that would be displayed on mouse-over using the |
| 642 | `help-echo' property, but, in certain cases, it can display a more | 556 | `help-echo' property, but, in certain cases, it can display a more |
| 643 | keyboard oriented alternative. | 557 | keyboard oriented alternative. |
| 644 | 558 | ||
| 645 | +++ | ||
| 646 | *** New user option `help-at-pt-display-when-idle' allows to | 559 | *** New user option `help-at-pt-display-when-idle' allows to |
| 647 | automatically show the help provided by `display-local-help' on | 560 | automatically show the help provided by `display-local-help' on |
| 648 | point-over, after suitable idle time. The amount of idle time is | 561 | point-over, after suitable idle time. The amount of idle time is |
| 649 | determined by the user option `help-at-pt-timer-delay' and defaults | 562 | determined by the user option `help-at-pt-timer-delay' and defaults |
| 650 | to one second. This feature is turned off by default. | 563 | to one second. This feature is turned off by default. |
| 651 | 564 | ||
| 652 | +++ | ||
| 653 | *** The apropos commands now accept a list of words to match. | 565 | *** The apropos commands now accept a list of words to match. |
| 654 | When more than one word is specified, at least two of those words must | 566 | When more than one word is specified, at least two of those words must |
| 655 | be present for an item to match. Regular expression matching is still | 567 | be present for an item to match. Regular expression matching is still |
| 656 | available. | 568 | available. |
| 657 | 569 | ||
| 658 | +++ | ||
| 659 | *** The new option `apropos-sort-by-scores' causes the matching items | 570 | *** The new option `apropos-sort-by-scores' causes the matching items |
| 660 | to be sorted according to their score. The score for an item is a | 571 | to be sorted according to their score. The score for an item is a |
| 661 | number calculated to indicate how well the item matches the words or | 572 | number calculated to indicate how well the item matches the words or |
| @@ -665,77 +576,64 @@ matching item. | |||
| 665 | 576 | ||
| 666 | ** Incremental Search changes: | 577 | ** Incremental Search changes: |
| 667 | 578 | ||
| 668 | +++ | ||
| 669 | *** Vertical scrolling is now possible within incremental search. | 579 | *** Vertical scrolling is now possible within incremental search. |
| 670 | To enable this feature, customize the new user option | 580 | To enable this feature, customize the new user option |
| 671 | `isearch-allow-scroll'. User written commands which satisfy stringent | 581 | `isearch-allow-scroll'. User written commands which satisfy stringent |
| 672 | constraints can be marked as "scrolling commands". See the Emacs manual | 582 | constraints can be marked as "scrolling commands". See the Emacs manual |
| 673 | for details. | 583 | for details. |
| 674 | 584 | ||
| 675 | +++ | ||
| 676 | *** C-w in incremental search now grabs either a character or a word, | 585 | *** C-w in incremental search now grabs either a character or a word, |
| 677 | making the decision in a heuristic way. This new job is done by the | 586 | making the decision in a heuristic way. This new job is done by the |
| 678 | command `isearch-yank-word-or-char'. To restore the old behavior, | 587 | command `isearch-yank-word-or-char'. To restore the old behavior, |
| 679 | bind C-w to `isearch-yank-word' in `isearch-mode-map'. | 588 | bind C-w to `isearch-yank-word' in `isearch-mode-map'. |
| 680 | 589 | ||
| 681 | +++ | ||
| 682 | *** C-y in incremental search now grabs the next line if point is already | 590 | *** C-y in incremental search now grabs the next line if point is already |
| 683 | at the end of a line. | 591 | at the end of a line. |
| 684 | 592 | ||
| 685 | +++ | ||
| 686 | *** C-M-w deletes and C-M-y grabs a character in isearch mode. | 593 | *** C-M-w deletes and C-M-y grabs a character in isearch mode. |
| 687 | Another method to grab a character is to enter the minibuffer by `M-e' | 594 | Another method to grab a character is to enter the minibuffer by `M-e' |
| 688 | and to type `C-f' at the end of the search string in the minibuffer. | 595 | and to type `C-f' at the end of the search string in the minibuffer. |
| 689 | 596 | ||
| 690 | +++ | ||
| 691 | *** M-% typed in isearch mode invokes `query-replace' or | 597 | *** M-% typed in isearch mode invokes `query-replace' or |
| 692 | `query-replace-regexp' (depending on search mode) with the current | 598 | `query-replace-regexp' (depending on search mode) with the current |
| 693 | search string used as the string to replace. | 599 | search string used as the string to replace. |
| 694 | 600 | ||
| 695 | +++ | ||
| 696 | *** Isearch no longer adds `isearch-resume' commands to the command | 601 | *** Isearch no longer adds `isearch-resume' commands to the command |
| 697 | history by default. To enable this feature, customize the new | 602 | history by default. To enable this feature, customize the new |
| 698 | user option `isearch-resume-in-command-history'. | 603 | user option `isearch-resume-in-command-history'. |
| 699 | 604 | ||
| 700 | ** Replace command changes: | 605 | ** Replace command changes: |
| 701 | 606 | ||
| 702 | --- | ||
| 703 | *** New user option `query-replace-skip-read-only': when non-nil, | 607 | *** New user option `query-replace-skip-read-only': when non-nil, |
| 704 | `query-replace' and related functions simply ignore | 608 | `query-replace' and related functions simply ignore |
| 705 | a match if part of it has a read-only property. | 609 | a match if part of it has a read-only property. |
| 706 | 610 | ||
| 707 | +++ | ||
| 708 | *** When used interactively, the commands `query-replace-regexp' and | 611 | *** When used interactively, the commands `query-replace-regexp' and |
| 709 | `replace-regexp' allow \,expr to be used in a replacement string, | 612 | `replace-regexp' allow \,expr to be used in a replacement string, |
| 710 | where expr is an arbitrary Lisp expression evaluated at replacement | 613 | where expr is an arbitrary Lisp expression evaluated at replacement |
| 711 | time. In many cases, this will be more convenient than using | 614 | time. `\#' in a replacement string now refers to the count of |
| 712 | `query-replace-regexp-eval'. `\#' in a replacement string now refers | 615 | replacements already made by the replacement command. All regular |
| 713 | to the count of replacements already made by the replacement command. | 616 | expression replacement commands now allow `\?' in the replacement |
| 714 | All regular expression replacement commands now allow `\?' in the | 617 | string to specify a position where the replacement string can be |
| 715 | replacement string to specify a position where the replacement string | 618 | edited for each replacement. `query-replace-regexp-eval' is now |
| 716 | can be edited for each replacement. | 619 | deprecated since it offers no additional functionality. |
| 717 | 620 | ||
| 718 | +++ | ||
| 719 | *** query-replace uses isearch lazy highlighting when the new user option | 621 | *** query-replace uses isearch lazy highlighting when the new user option |
| 720 | `query-replace-lazy-highlight' is non-nil. | 622 | `query-replace-lazy-highlight' is non-nil. |
| 721 | 623 | ||
| 722 | --- | ||
| 723 | *** The current match in query-replace is highlighted in new face | 624 | *** The current match in query-replace is highlighted in new face |
| 724 | `query-replace' which by default inherits from isearch face. | 625 | `query-replace' which by default inherits from isearch face. |
| 725 | 626 | ||
| 726 | ** Local variables lists: | 627 | ** Local variables lists: |
| 727 | 628 | ||
| 728 | +++ | ||
| 729 | *** In processing a local variables list, Emacs strips the prefix and | 629 | *** In processing a local variables list, Emacs strips the prefix and |
| 730 | suffix from every line before processing all the lines. | 630 | suffix from every line before processing all the lines. |
| 731 | 631 | ||
| 732 | +++ | ||
| 733 | *** Text properties in local variables. | 632 | *** Text properties in local variables. |
| 734 | 633 | ||
| 735 | A file local variables list cannot specify a string with text | 634 | A file local variables list cannot specify a string with text |
| 736 | properties--any specified text properties are discarded. | 635 | properties--any specified text properties are discarded. |
| 737 | 636 | ||
| 738 | +++ | ||
| 739 | *** If the local variables list contains any variable-value pairs that | 637 | *** If the local variables list contains any variable-value pairs that |
| 740 | are not known to be safe, Emacs shows a prompt asking whether to apply | 638 | are not known to be safe, Emacs shows a prompt asking whether to apply |
| 741 | the local variables list as a whole. In earlier versions, a prompt | 639 | the local variables list as a whole. In earlier versions, a prompt |
| @@ -750,21 +648,18 @@ Variables can also be marked as safe with the existing | |||
| 750 | However, risky variables will not be added to | 648 | However, risky variables will not be added to |
| 751 | `safe-local-variable-values' in this way. | 649 | `safe-local-variable-values' in this way. |
| 752 | 650 | ||
| 753 | +++ | ||
| 754 | *** The variable `enable-local-variables' controls how local variable | 651 | *** The variable `enable-local-variables' controls how local variable |
| 755 | lists are handled. t, the default, specifies the standard querying | 652 | lists are handled. t, the default, specifies the standard querying |
| 756 | behavior. :safe means use only safe values, and ignore the rest. | 653 | behavior. :safe means use only safe values, and ignore the rest. |
| 757 | :all means set all variables, whether or not they are safe. | 654 | :all means set all variables, whether or not they are safe. |
| 758 | nil means ignore them all. Anything else means always query. | 655 | nil means ignore them all. Anything else means always query. |
| 759 | 656 | ||
| 760 | +++ | ||
| 761 | *** The variable `safe-local-eval-forms' specifies a list of forms that | 657 | *** The variable `safe-local-eval-forms' specifies a list of forms that |
| 762 | are ok to evaluate when they appear in an `eval' local variables | 658 | are ok to evaluate when they appear in an `eval' local variables |
| 763 | specification. Normally Emacs asks for confirmation before evaluating | 659 | specification. Normally Emacs asks for confirmation before evaluating |
| 764 | such a form, but if the form appears in this list, no confirmation is | 660 | such a form, but if the form appears in this list, no confirmation is |
| 765 | needed. | 661 | needed. |
| 766 | 662 | ||
| 767 | +++ | ||
| 768 | *** If a function has a non-nil `safe-local-eval-function' property, | 663 | *** If a function has a non-nil `safe-local-eval-function' property, |
| 769 | that means it is ok to evaluate some calls to that function when it | 664 | that means it is ok to evaluate some calls to that function when it |
| 770 | appears in an `eval' local variables specification. If the property | 665 | appears in an `eval' local variables specification. If the property |
| @@ -777,42 +672,34 @@ confirmation as before. | |||
| 777 | 672 | ||
| 778 | ** File operation changes: | 673 | ** File operation changes: |
| 779 | 674 | ||
| 780 | +++ | ||
| 781 | *** Unquoted `$' in file names do not signal an error any more when | 675 | *** Unquoted `$' in file names do not signal an error any more when |
| 782 | the corresponding environment variable does not exist. | 676 | the corresponding environment variable does not exist. |
| 783 | Instead, the `$ENVVAR' text is left as is, so that `$$' quoting | 677 | Instead, the `$ENVVAR' text is left as is, so that `$$' quoting |
| 784 | is only rarely needed. | 678 | is only rarely needed. |
| 785 | 679 | ||
| 786 | +++ | ||
| 787 | *** find-file-read-only visits multiple files in read-only mode, | 680 | *** find-file-read-only visits multiple files in read-only mode, |
| 788 | when the file name contains wildcard characters. | 681 | when the file name contains wildcard characters. |
| 789 | 682 | ||
| 790 | +++ | ||
| 791 | *** find-alternate-file replaces the current file with multiple files, | 683 | *** find-alternate-file replaces the current file with multiple files, |
| 792 | when the file name contains wildcard characters. It now asks if you | 684 | when the file name contains wildcard characters. It now asks if you |
| 793 | wish save your changes and not just offer to kill the buffer. | 685 | wish save your changes and not just offer to kill the buffer. |
| 794 | 686 | ||
| 795 | +++ | ||
| 796 | *** Auto Compression mode is now enabled by default. | 687 | *** Auto Compression mode is now enabled by default. |
| 797 | 688 | ||
| 798 | --- | ||
| 799 | *** C-x C-f RET, typing nothing in the minibuffer, is no longer a special case. | 689 | *** C-x C-f RET, typing nothing in the minibuffer, is no longer a special case. |
| 800 | 690 | ||
| 801 | Since the default input is the current directory, this has the effect | 691 | Since the default input is the current directory, this has the effect |
| 802 | of specifying the current directory. Normally that means to visit the | 692 | of specifying the current directory. Normally that means to visit the |
| 803 | directory with Dired. | 693 | directory with Dired. |
| 804 | 694 | ||
| 805 | +++ | ||
| 806 | *** When you are root, and you visit a file whose modes specify | 695 | *** When you are root, and you visit a file whose modes specify |
| 807 | read-only, the Emacs buffer is now read-only too. Type C-x C-q if you | 696 | read-only, the Emacs buffer is now read-only too. Type C-x C-q if you |
| 808 | want to make the buffer writable. (As root, you can in fact alter the | 697 | want to make the buffer writable. (As root, you can in fact alter the |
| 809 | file.) | 698 | file.) |
| 810 | 699 | ||
| 811 | +++ | ||
| 812 | *** C-x s (save-some-buffers) now offers an option `d' to diff a buffer | 700 | *** C-x s (save-some-buffers) now offers an option `d' to diff a buffer |
| 813 | against its file, so you can see what changes you would be saving. | 701 | against its file, so you can see what changes you would be saving. |
| 814 | 702 | ||
| 815 | +++ | ||
| 816 | *** The commands copy-file, rename-file, make-symbolic-link and | 703 | *** The commands copy-file, rename-file, make-symbolic-link and |
| 817 | add-name-to-file, when given a directory as the "new name" argument, | 704 | add-name-to-file, when given a directory as the "new name" argument, |
| 818 | convert it to a file name by merging in the within-directory part of | 705 | convert it to a file name by merging in the within-directory part of |
| @@ -820,27 +707,22 @@ the existing file's name. (This is the same convention that shell | |||
| 820 | commands cp, mv, and ln follow.) Thus, M-x copy-file RET ~/foo RET | 707 | commands cp, mv, and ln follow.) Thus, M-x copy-file RET ~/foo RET |
| 821 | /tmp RET copies ~/foo to /tmp/foo. | 708 | /tmp RET copies ~/foo to /tmp/foo. |
| 822 | 709 | ||
| 823 | --- | ||
| 824 | *** When used interactively, `format-write-file' now asks for confirmation | 710 | *** When used interactively, `format-write-file' now asks for confirmation |
| 825 | before overwriting an existing file, unless a prefix argument is | 711 | before overwriting an existing file, unless a prefix argument is |
| 826 | supplied. This behavior is analogous to `write-file'. | 712 | supplied. This behavior is analogous to `write-file'. |
| 827 | 713 | ||
| 828 | --- | ||
| 829 | *** The variable `auto-save-file-name-transforms' now has a third element that | 714 | *** The variable `auto-save-file-name-transforms' now has a third element that |
| 830 | controls whether or not the function `make-auto-save-file-name' will | 715 | controls whether or not the function `make-auto-save-file-name' will |
| 831 | attempt to construct a unique auto-save name (e.g. for remote files). | 716 | attempt to construct a unique auto-save name (e.g. for remote files). |
| 832 | 717 | ||
| 833 | +++ | ||
| 834 | *** The new option `write-region-inhibit-fsync' disables calls to fsync | 718 | *** The new option `write-region-inhibit-fsync' disables calls to fsync |
| 835 | in `write-region'. This can be useful on laptops to avoid spinning up | 719 | in `write-region'. This can be useful on laptops to avoid spinning up |
| 836 | the hard drive upon each file save. Enabling this variable may result | 720 | the hard drive upon each file save. Enabling this variable may result |
| 837 | in data loss, use with care. | 721 | in data loss, use with care. |
| 838 | 722 | ||
| 839 | +++ | ||
| 840 | *** If the user visits a file larger than `large-file-warning-threshold', | 723 | *** If the user visits a file larger than `large-file-warning-threshold', |
| 841 | Emacs asks for confirmation. | 724 | Emacs asks for confirmation. |
| 842 | 725 | ||
| 843 | +++ | ||
| 844 | *** require-final-newline now has two new possible values: | 726 | *** require-final-newline now has two new possible values: |
| 845 | 727 | ||
| 846 | `visit' means add a newline (as an undoable change) if it's needed | 728 | `visit' means add a newline (as an undoable change) if it's needed |
| @@ -850,7 +732,6 @@ when visiting the file. | |||
| 850 | needed when visiting the file, and also add a newline if it's needed | 732 | needed when visiting the file, and also add a newline if it's needed |
| 851 | when saving the file. | 733 | when saving the file. |
| 852 | 734 | ||
| 853 | +++ | ||
| 854 | *** The new option mode-require-final-newline controls how certain | 735 | *** The new option mode-require-final-newline controls how certain |
| 855 | major modes enable require-final-newline. Any major mode that's | 736 | major modes enable require-final-newline. Any major mode that's |
| 856 | designed for a kind of file that should normally end in a newline | 737 | designed for a kind of file that should normally end in a newline |
| @@ -860,17 +741,14 @@ modes do. | |||
| 860 | 741 | ||
| 861 | ** Minibuffer changes: | 742 | ** Minibuffer changes: |
| 862 | 743 | ||
| 863 | +++ | ||
| 864 | *** The new file-name-shadow-mode is turned ON by default, so that when | 744 | *** The new file-name-shadow-mode is turned ON by default, so that when |
| 865 | entering a file name, any prefix which Emacs will ignore is dimmed. | 745 | entering a file name, any prefix which Emacs will ignore is dimmed. |
| 866 | 746 | ||
| 867 | +++ | ||
| 868 | *** There's a new face `minibuffer-prompt'. | 747 | *** There's a new face `minibuffer-prompt'. |
| 869 | Emacs adds this face to the list of text properties stored in the | 748 | Emacs adds this face to the list of text properties stored in the |
| 870 | variable `minibuffer-prompt-properties', which is used to display the | 749 | variable `minibuffer-prompt-properties', which is used to display the |
| 871 | prompt string. | 750 | prompt string. |
| 872 | 751 | ||
| 873 | --- | ||
| 874 | *** Enhanced visual feedback in `*Completions*' buffer. | 752 | *** Enhanced visual feedback in `*Completions*' buffer. |
| 875 | 753 | ||
| 876 | Completions lists use faces to highlight what all completions | 754 | Completions lists use faces to highlight what all completions |
| @@ -891,7 +769,6 @@ listing is triggered at the other normal buffer, you have to pass | |||
| 891 | the common prefix of completions to `display-completion-list' as | 769 | the common prefix of completions to `display-completion-list' as |
| 892 | its second argument. | 770 | its second argument. |
| 893 | 771 | ||
| 894 | +++ | ||
| 895 | *** File-name completion can now ignore specified directories. | 772 | *** File-name completion can now ignore specified directories. |
| 896 | If an element of the list in `completion-ignored-extensions' ends in a | 773 | If an element of the list in `completion-ignored-extensions' ends in a |
| 897 | slash `/', it indicates a subdirectory that should be ignored when | 774 | slash `/', it indicates a subdirectory that should be ignored when |
| @@ -899,19 +776,16 @@ completing file names. Elements of `completion-ignored-extensions' | |||
| 899 | which do not end in a slash are never considered when a completion | 776 | which do not end in a slash are never considered when a completion |
| 900 | candidate is a directory. | 777 | candidate is a directory. |
| 901 | 778 | ||
| 902 | +++ | ||
| 903 | *** The completion commands TAB, SPC and ? in the minibuffer apply only | 779 | *** The completion commands TAB, SPC and ? in the minibuffer apply only |
| 904 | to the text before point. If there is text in the buffer after point, | 780 | to the text before point. If there is text in the buffer after point, |
| 905 | it remains unchanged. | 781 | it remains unchanged. |
| 906 | 782 | ||
| 907 | +++ | ||
| 908 | *** New user option `history-delete-duplicates'. | 783 | *** New user option `history-delete-duplicates'. |
| 909 | If set to t when adding a new history element, all previous identical | 784 | If set to t when adding a new history element, all previous identical |
| 910 | elements are deleted from the history list. | 785 | elements are deleted from the history list. |
| 911 | 786 | ||
| 912 | ** Redisplay changes: | 787 | ** Redisplay changes: |
| 913 | 788 | ||
| 914 | +++ | ||
| 915 | *** Preemptive redisplay now adapts to current load and bandwidth. | 789 | *** Preemptive redisplay now adapts to current load and bandwidth. |
| 916 | 790 | ||
| 917 | To avoid preempting redisplay on fast computers, networks, and displays, | 791 | To avoid preempting redisplay on fast computers, networks, and displays, |
| @@ -919,20 +793,16 @@ the arrival of new input is now performed at regular intervals during | |||
| 919 | redisplay. The new variable `redisplay-preemption-period' specifies | 793 | redisplay. The new variable `redisplay-preemption-period' specifies |
| 920 | the period; the default is to check for input every 0.1 seconds. | 794 | the period; the default is to check for input every 0.1 seconds. |
| 921 | 795 | ||
| 922 | +++ | ||
| 923 | *** The mode line position information now comes before the major mode. | 796 | *** The mode line position information now comes before the major mode. |
| 924 | When the file is maintained under version control, that information | 797 | When the file is maintained under version control, that information |
| 925 | appears between the position information and the major mode. | 798 | appears between the position information and the major mode. |
| 926 | 799 | ||
| 927 | +++ | ||
| 928 | *** New face `escape-glyph' highlights control characters and escape glyphs. | 800 | *** New face `escape-glyph' highlights control characters and escape glyphs. |
| 929 | 801 | ||
| 930 | +++ | ||
| 931 | *** Non-breaking space and hyphens are now displayed with a special | 802 | *** Non-breaking space and hyphens are now displayed with a special |
| 932 | face, either nobreak-space or escape-glyph. You can turn this off or | 803 | face, either nobreak-space or escape-glyph. You can turn this off or |
| 933 | specify a different mode by setting the variable `nobreak-char-display'. | 804 | specify a different mode by setting the variable `nobreak-char-display'. |
| 934 | 805 | ||
| 935 | +++ | ||
| 936 | *** The parameters of automatic hscrolling can now be customized. | 806 | *** The parameters of automatic hscrolling can now be customized. |
| 937 | The variable `hscroll-margin' determines how many columns away from | 807 | The variable `hscroll-margin' determines how many columns away from |
| 938 | the window edge point is allowed to get before automatic hscrolling | 808 | the window edge point is allowed to get before automatic hscrolling |
| @@ -948,21 +818,17 @@ gives the fraction of the window's width to scroll the window. | |||
| 948 | The variable `automatic-hscrolling' was renamed to | 818 | The variable `automatic-hscrolling' was renamed to |
| 949 | `auto-hscroll-mode'. The old name is still available as an alias. | 819 | `auto-hscroll-mode'. The old name is still available as an alias. |
| 950 | 820 | ||
| 951 | --- | ||
| 952 | *** Moving or scrolling through images (and other lines) taller than | 821 | *** Moving or scrolling through images (and other lines) taller than |
| 953 | the window now works sensibly, by automatically adjusting the window's | 822 | the window now works sensibly, by automatically adjusting the window's |
| 954 | vscroll property. | 823 | vscroll property. |
| 955 | 824 | ||
| 956 | +++ | ||
| 957 | *** New customize option `overline-margin' controls the space between | 825 | *** New customize option `overline-margin' controls the space between |
| 958 | overline and text. | 826 | overline and text. |
| 959 | 827 | ||
| 960 | +++ | ||
| 961 | *** New variable `x-underline-at-descent-line' controls the relative | 828 | *** New variable `x-underline-at-descent-line' controls the relative |
| 962 | position of the underline. When set, it overrides the | 829 | position of the underline. When set, it overrides the |
| 963 | `x-use-underline-position-properties' variables. | 830 | `x-use-underline-position-properties' variables. |
| 964 | 831 | ||
| 965 | +++ | ||
| 966 | *** The new face `mode-line-inactive' is used to display the mode line | 832 | *** The new face `mode-line-inactive' is used to display the mode line |
| 967 | of non-selected windows. The `mode-line' face is now used to display | 833 | of non-selected windows. The `mode-line' face is now used to display |
| 968 | the mode line of the currently selected window. | 834 | the mode line of the currently selected window. |
| @@ -970,14 +836,12 @@ the mode line of the currently selected window. | |||
| 970 | The new variable `mode-line-in-non-selected-windows' controls whether | 836 | The new variable `mode-line-in-non-selected-windows' controls whether |
| 971 | the `mode-line-inactive' face is used. | 837 | the `mode-line-inactive' face is used. |
| 972 | 838 | ||
| 973 | +++ | ||
| 974 | *** You can now customize the use of window fringes. To control this | 839 | *** You can now customize the use of window fringes. To control this |
| 975 | for all frames, use M-x fringe-mode or the Show/Hide submenu of the | 840 | for all frames, use M-x fringe-mode or the Show/Hide submenu of the |
| 976 | top-level Options menu, or customize the `fringe-mode' variable. To | 841 | top-level Options menu, or customize the `fringe-mode' variable. To |
| 977 | control this for a specific frame, use the command M-x | 842 | control this for a specific frame, use the command M-x |
| 978 | set-fringe-style. | 843 | set-fringe-style. |
| 979 | 844 | ||
| 980 | +++ | ||
| 981 | *** Angle icons in the fringes can indicate the buffer boundaries. In | 845 | *** Angle icons in the fringes can indicate the buffer boundaries. In |
| 982 | addition, up and down arrow bitmaps in the fringe indicate which ways | 846 | addition, up and down arrow bitmaps in the fringe indicate which ways |
| 983 | the window can be scrolled. | 847 | the window can be scrolled. |
| @@ -997,7 +861,6 @@ in left fringe, the bottom angle bitmap in right fringe, and both | |||
| 997 | arrow bitmaps in right fringe. To show just the angle bitmaps in the | 861 | arrow bitmaps in right fringe. To show just the angle bitmaps in the |
| 998 | left fringe, but no arrow bitmaps, use ((top . left) (bottom . left)). | 862 | left fringe, but no arrow bitmaps, use ((top . left) (bottom . left)). |
| 999 | 863 | ||
| 1000 | +++ | ||
| 1001 | *** On window systems, lines which are exactly as wide as the window | 864 | *** On window systems, lines which are exactly as wide as the window |
| 1002 | (not counting the final newline character) are no longer broken into | 865 | (not counting the final newline character) are no longer broken into |
| 1003 | two lines on the display (with just the newline on the second line). | 866 | two lines on the display (with just the newline on the second line). |
| @@ -1007,12 +870,10 @@ cursor will be displayed in the fringe when positioned on that newline. | |||
| 1007 | The new user option 'overflow-newline-into-fringe' can be set to nil to | 870 | The new user option 'overflow-newline-into-fringe' can be set to nil to |
| 1008 | revert to the old behavior of continuing such lines. | 871 | revert to the old behavior of continuing such lines. |
| 1009 | 872 | ||
| 1010 | +++ | ||
| 1011 | *** When a window has display margin areas, the fringes are now | 873 | *** When a window has display margin areas, the fringes are now |
| 1012 | displayed between the margins and the buffer's text area, rather than | 874 | displayed between the margins and the buffer's text area, rather than |
| 1013 | outside those margins. | 875 | outside those margins. |
| 1014 | 876 | ||
| 1015 | +++ | ||
| 1016 | *** A window can now have individual fringe and scroll-bar settings, | 877 | *** A window can now have individual fringe and scroll-bar settings, |
| 1017 | in addition to the individual display margin settings. | 878 | in addition to the individual display margin settings. |
| 1018 | 879 | ||
| @@ -1020,57 +881,46 @@ Such individual settings are now preserved when windows are split | |||
| 1020 | horizontally or vertically, a saved window configuration is restored, | 881 | horizontally or vertically, a saved window configuration is restored, |
| 1021 | or when the frame is resized. | 882 | or when the frame is resized. |
| 1022 | 883 | ||
| 1023 | +++ | ||
| 1024 | *** The %c and %l constructs are now ignored in frame-title-format. | 884 | *** The %c and %l constructs are now ignored in frame-title-format. |
| 1025 | Due to technical limitations in how Emacs interacts with windowing | 885 | Due to technical limitations in how Emacs interacts with windowing |
| 1026 | systems, these constructs often failed to render properly, and could | 886 | systems, these constructs often failed to render properly, and could |
| 1027 | even cause Emacs to crash. | 887 | even cause Emacs to crash. |
| 1028 | 888 | ||
| 1029 | +++ | ||
| 1030 | *** If value of `auto-resize-tool-bars' is `grow-only', the tool bar | 889 | *** If value of `auto-resize-tool-bars' is `grow-only', the tool bar |
| 1031 | will expand as needed, but not contract automatically. To contract | 890 | will expand as needed, but not contract automatically. To contract |
| 1032 | the tool bar, you must type C-l. | 891 | the tool bar, you must type C-l. |
| 1033 | 892 | ||
| 1034 | ** Cursor display changes: | 893 | ** Cursor display changes: |
| 1035 | 894 | ||
| 1036 | +++ | ||
| 1037 | *** On X, MS Windows, and Mac OS, the blinking cursor's "off" state is | 895 | *** On X, MS Windows, and Mac OS, the blinking cursor's "off" state is |
| 1038 | now controlled by the variable `blink-cursor-alist'. | 896 | now controlled by the variable `blink-cursor-alist'. |
| 1039 | 897 | ||
| 1040 | +++ | ||
| 1041 | *** The X resource cursorBlink can be used to turn off cursor blinking. | 898 | *** The X resource cursorBlink can be used to turn off cursor blinking. |
| 1042 | 899 | ||
| 1043 | +++ | ||
| 1044 | *** Emacs can produce an underscore-like (horizontal bar) cursor. | 900 | *** Emacs can produce an underscore-like (horizontal bar) cursor. |
| 1045 | The underscore cursor is set by putting `(cursor-type . hbar)' in | 901 | The underscore cursor is set by putting `(cursor-type . hbar)' in |
| 1046 | default-frame-alist. It supports variable heights, like the `bar' | 902 | default-frame-alist. It supports variable heights, like the `bar' |
| 1047 | cursor does. | 903 | cursor does. |
| 1048 | 904 | ||
| 1049 | +++ | ||
| 1050 | *** Display of hollow cursors now obeys the buffer-local value (if any) | 905 | *** Display of hollow cursors now obeys the buffer-local value (if any) |
| 1051 | of `cursor-in-non-selected-windows' in the buffer that the cursor | 906 | of `cursor-in-non-selected-windows' in the buffer that the cursor |
| 1052 | appears in. | 907 | appears in. |
| 1053 | 908 | ||
| 1054 | +++ | ||
| 1055 | *** The variable `cursor-in-non-selected-windows' can now be set to any | 909 | *** The variable `cursor-in-non-selected-windows' can now be set to any |
| 1056 | of the recognized cursor types. | 910 | of the recognized cursor types. |
| 1057 | 911 | ||
| 1058 | +++ | ||
| 1059 | *** On text terminals, the variable `visible-cursor' controls whether Emacs | 912 | *** On text terminals, the variable `visible-cursor' controls whether Emacs |
| 1060 | uses the "very visible" cursor (the default) or the normal cursor. | 913 | uses the "very visible" cursor (the default) or the normal cursor. |
| 1061 | 914 | ||
| 1062 | ** New faces: | 915 | ** New faces: |
| 1063 | 916 | ||
| 1064 | +++ | ||
| 1065 | *** `mode-line-highlight' is the standard face indicating mouse sensitive | 917 | *** `mode-line-highlight' is the standard face indicating mouse sensitive |
| 1066 | elements on mode-line (and header-line) like `highlight' face on text | 918 | elements on mode-line (and header-line) like `highlight' face on text |
| 1067 | areas. | 919 | areas. |
| 1068 | 920 | ||
| 1069 | +++ | ||
| 1070 | *** `mode-line-buffer-id' is the standard face for buffer identification | 921 | *** `mode-line-buffer-id' is the standard face for buffer identification |
| 1071 | parts of the mode line. | 922 | parts of the mode line. |
| 1072 | 923 | ||
| 1073 | +++ | ||
| 1074 | *** `shadow' face defines the appearance of the "shadowed" text, i.e. | 924 | *** `shadow' face defines the appearance of the "shadowed" text, i.e. |
| 1075 | the text which should be less noticeable than the surrounding text. | 925 | the text which should be less noticeable than the surrounding text. |
| 1076 | This can be achieved by using shades of grey in contrast with either | 926 | This can be achieved by using shades of grey in contrast with either |
| @@ -1078,29 +928,13 @@ black or white default foreground color. This generic shadow face | |||
| 1078 | allows customization of the appearance of shadowed text in one place, | 928 | allows customization of the appearance of shadowed text in one place, |
| 1079 | so package-specific faces can inherit from it. | 929 | so package-specific faces can inherit from it. |
| 1080 | 930 | ||
| 1081 | +++ | ||
| 1082 | *** `vertical-border' face is used for the vertical divider between windows. | 931 | *** `vertical-border' face is used for the vertical divider between windows. |
| 1083 | 932 | ||
| 1084 | ** ebnf2ps changes: | 933 | ** Font-Lock (syntax highlighting) changes: |
| 1085 | |||
| 1086 | +++ | ||
| 1087 | *** New option `ebnf-arrow-extra-width' which specify extra width for arrow | ||
| 1088 | shape drawing. | ||
| 1089 | The extra width is used to avoid that the arrowhead and the terminal border | ||
| 1090 | overlap. It depens on `ebnf-arrow-shape' and `ebnf-line-width'. | ||
| 1091 | 934 | ||
| 1092 | +++ | ||
| 1093 | *** New option `ebnf-arrow-scale' which specify the arrow scale. | ||
| 1094 | Values lower than 1.0, shrink the arrow. | ||
| 1095 | Values greater than 1.0, expand the arrow. | ||
| 1096 | |||
| 1097 | ** Font-Lock changes: | ||
| 1098 | |||
| 1099 | +++ | ||
| 1100 | *** M-o now is the prefix key for setting text properties; | 935 | *** M-o now is the prefix key for setting text properties; |
| 1101 | M-o M-o requests refontification. | 936 | M-o M-o requests refontification. |
| 1102 | 937 | ||
| 1103 | +++ | ||
| 1104 | *** All modes now support using M-x font-lock-mode to toggle | 938 | *** All modes now support using M-x font-lock-mode to toggle |
| 1105 | fontification, even those such as Occur, Info, and comint-derived | 939 | fontification, even those such as Occur, Info, and comint-derived |
| 1106 | modes that do their own fontification in a special way. | 940 | modes that do their own fontification in a special way. |
| @@ -1109,7 +943,6 @@ The variable `Info-fontify' is no longer applicable; to disable | |||
| 1109 | fontification in Info, remove `turn-on-font-lock' from | 943 | fontification in Info, remove `turn-on-font-lock' from |
| 1110 | `Info-mode-hook'. | 944 | `Info-mode-hook'. |
| 1111 | 945 | ||
| 1112 | +++ | ||
| 1113 | *** Font-Lock mode: in major modes such as Lisp mode, where some Emacs | 946 | *** Font-Lock mode: in major modes such as Lisp mode, where some Emacs |
| 1114 | features assume that an open-paren in column 0 is always outside of | 947 | features assume that an open-paren in column 0 is always outside of |
| 1115 | any string or comment, Font-Lock now highlights any such open-paren in | 948 | any string or comment, Font-Lock now highlights any such open-paren in |
| @@ -1117,19 +950,15 @@ bold-red if it is inside a string or a comment, to indicate that it | |||
| 1117 | can cause trouble. You should rewrite the string or comment so that | 950 | can cause trouble. You should rewrite the string or comment so that |
| 1118 | the open-paren is not in column 0. | 951 | the open-paren is not in column 0. |
| 1119 | 952 | ||
| 1120 | +++ | ||
| 1121 | *** New standard font-lock face `font-lock-preprocessor-face'. | 953 | *** New standard font-lock face `font-lock-preprocessor-face'. |
| 1122 | 954 | ||
| 1123 | +++ | ||
| 1124 | *** New standard font-lock face `font-lock-comment-delimiter-face'. | 955 | *** New standard font-lock face `font-lock-comment-delimiter-face'. |
| 1125 | 956 | ||
| 1126 | +++ | ||
| 1127 | *** Easy to overlook single character negation can now be font-locked. | 957 | *** Easy to overlook single character negation can now be font-locked. |
| 1128 | You can use the new variable `font-lock-negation-char-face' and the face of | 958 | You can use the new variable `font-lock-negation-char-face' and the face of |
| 1129 | the same name to customize this. Currently the cc-modes, sh-script-mode, | 959 | the same name to customize this. Currently the cc-modes, sh-script-mode, |
| 1130 | cperl-mode and make-mode support this. | 960 | cperl-mode and make-mode support this. |
| 1131 | 961 | ||
| 1132 | --- | ||
| 1133 | *** The default settings for JIT stealth lock parameters are changed. | 962 | *** The default settings for JIT stealth lock parameters are changed. |
| 1134 | The default value for the user option jit-lock-stealth-time is now nil | 963 | The default value for the user option jit-lock-stealth-time is now nil |
| 1135 | instead of 3. This setting of jit-lock-stealth-time disables stealth | 964 | instead of 3. This setting of jit-lock-stealth-time disables stealth |
| @@ -1142,7 +971,6 @@ buffers in the background when it considers the system to be idle. | |||
| 1142 | jit-lock-stealth-nice is now 0.5 instead of 0.125 which is supposed to | 971 | jit-lock-stealth-nice is now 0.5 instead of 0.125 which is supposed to |
| 1143 | cause less load than the old defaults. | 972 | cause less load than the old defaults. |
| 1144 | 973 | ||
| 1145 | --- | ||
| 1146 | *** jit-lock can now be delayed with `jit-lock-defer-time'. | 974 | *** jit-lock can now be delayed with `jit-lock-defer-time'. |
| 1147 | 975 | ||
| 1148 | If this variable is non-nil, its value should be the amount of Emacs | 976 | If this variable is non-nil, its value should be the amount of Emacs |
| @@ -1150,31 +978,25 @@ idle time in seconds to wait before starting fontification. For | |||
| 1150 | example, if you set `jit-lock-defer-time' to 0.25, fontification will | 978 | example, if you set `jit-lock-defer-time' to 0.25, fontification will |
| 1151 | only happen after 0.25s of idle time. | 979 | only happen after 0.25s of idle time. |
| 1152 | 980 | ||
| 1153 | --- | ||
| 1154 | *** contextual refontification is now separate from stealth fontification. | 981 | *** contextual refontification is now separate from stealth fontification. |
| 1155 | 982 | ||
| 1156 | jit-lock-defer-contextually is renamed jit-lock-contextually and | 983 | jit-lock-defer-contextually is renamed jit-lock-contextually and |
| 1157 | jit-lock-context-time determines the delay after which contextual | 984 | jit-lock-context-time determines the delay after which contextual |
| 1158 | refontification takes place. | 985 | refontification takes place. |
| 1159 | 986 | ||
| 1160 | --- | ||
| 1161 | *** lazy-lock is considered obsolete. | 987 | *** lazy-lock is considered obsolete. |
| 1162 | 988 | ||
| 1163 | The `lazy-lock' package is superseded by `jit-lock' and is considered | 989 | The `lazy-lock' package is superseded by `jit-lock' and is considered |
| 1164 | obsolete. `jit-lock' is activated by default; if you wish to continue | 990 | obsolete. `jit-lock' is activated by default; if you wish to continue |
| 1165 | using `lazy-lock', activate it in your ~/.emacs like this: | 991 | using `lazy-lock', activate it in your ~/.emacs like this: |
| 1166 | |||
| 1167 | (setq font-lock-support-mode 'lazy-lock-mode) | 992 | (setq font-lock-support-mode 'lazy-lock-mode) |
| 1168 | 993 | ||
| 1169 | If you invoke `lazy-lock-mode' directly rather than through | 994 | If you invoke `lazy-lock-mode' directly rather than through |
| 1170 | `font-lock-support-mode', it now issues a warning: | 995 | `font-lock-support-mode', it now issues a warning: |
| 1171 | |||
| 1172 | "Use font-lock-support-mode rather than calling lazy-lock-mode" | 996 | "Use font-lock-support-mode rather than calling lazy-lock-mode" |
| 1173 | 997 | ||
| 1174 | |||
| 1175 | ** Menu support: | 998 | ** Menu support: |
| 1176 | 999 | ||
| 1177 | --- | ||
| 1178 | *** A menu item "Show/Hide" was added to the top-level menu "Options". | 1000 | *** A menu item "Show/Hide" was added to the top-level menu "Options". |
| 1179 | This menu allows you to turn various display features on and off (such | 1001 | This menu allows you to turn various display features on and off (such |
| 1180 | as the fringes, the tool bar, the speedbar, and the menu bar itself). | 1002 | as the fringes, the tool bar, the speedbar, and the menu bar itself). |
| @@ -1182,68 +1004,44 @@ You can also move the vertical scroll bar to either side here or turn | |||
| 1182 | it off completely. There is also a menu-item to toggle displaying of | 1004 | it off completely. There is also a menu-item to toggle displaying of |
| 1183 | current date and time, current line and column number in the mode-line. | 1005 | current date and time, current line and column number in the mode-line. |
| 1184 | 1006 | ||
| 1185 | --- | ||
| 1186 | *** Speedbar has moved from the "Tools" top level menu to "Show/Hide". | 1007 | *** Speedbar has moved from the "Tools" top level menu to "Show/Hide". |
| 1187 | 1008 | ||
| 1188 | --- | ||
| 1189 | *** You can exit dialog windows and menus by typing C-g. | 1009 | *** You can exit dialog windows and menus by typing C-g. |
| 1190 | 1010 | ||
| 1191 | --- | ||
| 1192 | *** The menu item "Open File..." has been split into two items, "New File..." | 1011 | *** The menu item "Open File..." has been split into two items, "New File..." |
| 1193 | and "Open File...". "Open File..." now opens only existing files. This is | 1012 | and "Open File...". "Open File..." now opens only existing files. This is |
| 1194 | to support existing GUI file selection dialogs better. | 1013 | to support existing GUI file selection dialogs better. |
| 1195 | 1014 | ||
| 1196 | +++ | 1015 | *** The file selection dialog for Gtk+, Mac, W32 and Motif/LessTif can be |
| 1197 | *** The file selection dialog for Gtk+, Mac, W32 and Motif/Lesstif can be | ||
| 1198 | disabled by customizing the variable `use-file-dialog'. | 1016 | disabled by customizing the variable `use-file-dialog'. |
| 1199 | 1017 | ||
| 1200 | --- | ||
| 1201 | *** The pop up menus for Lucid now stay up if you do a fast click and can | 1018 | *** The pop up menus for Lucid now stay up if you do a fast click and can |
| 1202 | be navigated with the arrow keys (like Gtk+, Mac and W32). | 1019 | be navigated with the arrow keys (like Gtk+, Mac and W32). |
| 1203 | 1020 | ||
| 1204 | +++ | 1021 | *** The menu bar for Motif/LessTif/Lucid/Gtk+ can be navigated with keys. |
| 1205 | *** The menu bar for Motif/Lesstif/Lucid/Gtk+ can be navigated with keys. | ||
| 1206 | Pressing F10 shows the first menu in the menu bar. Navigation is done with | 1022 | Pressing F10 shows the first menu in the menu bar. Navigation is done with |
| 1207 | the arrow keys, select with the return key and cancel with the escape keys. | 1023 | the arrow keys, select with the return key and cancel with the escape keys. |
| 1208 | 1024 | ||
| 1209 | +++ | ||
| 1210 | *** The Lucid menus can display multilingual text in your locale. You have | 1025 | *** The Lucid menus can display multilingual text in your locale. You have |
| 1211 | to explicitly specify a fontSet resource for this to work, for example | 1026 | to explicitly specify a fontSet resource for this to work, for example |
| 1212 | `-xrm "Emacs*fontSet: -*-helvetica-medium-r-*--*-120-*-*-*-*-*-*,*"'. | 1027 | `-xrm "Emacs*fontSet: -*-helvetica-medium-r-*--*-120-*-*-*-*-*-*,*"'. |
| 1213 | 1028 | ||
| 1214 | --- | 1029 | *** Dialogs for Lucid/Athena and LessTif/Motif now pop down on pressing |
| 1215 | *** Dialogs for Lucid/Athena and Lesstif/Motif now pops down when pressing | ||
| 1216 | ESC, like they do for Gtk+, Mac and W32. | 1030 | ESC, like they do for Gtk+, Mac and W32. |
| 1217 | 1031 | ||
| 1218 | +++ | ||
| 1219 | *** For the Gtk+ version, you can make Emacs use the old file dialog | 1032 | *** For the Gtk+ version, you can make Emacs use the old file dialog |
| 1220 | by setting the variable `x-gtk-use-old-file-dialog' to t. Default is to use | 1033 | by setting the variable `x-gtk-use-old-file-dialog' to t. Default is to use |
| 1221 | the new dialog. | 1034 | the new dialog. |
| 1222 | 1035 | ||
| 1223 | ** Mouse changes: | 1036 | ** Mouse changes: |
| 1224 | 1037 | ||
| 1225 | +++ | ||
| 1226 | *** If you set the new variable `mouse-autoselect-window' to a non-nil | ||
| 1227 | value, windows are automatically selected as you move the mouse from | ||
| 1228 | one Emacs window to another, even within a frame. A minibuffer window | ||
| 1229 | can be selected only when it is active. | ||
| 1230 | |||
| 1231 | +++ | ||
| 1232 | *** On X, when the window manager requires that you click on a frame to | ||
| 1233 | select it (give it focus), the selected window and cursor position | ||
| 1234 | normally changes according to the mouse click position. If you set | ||
| 1235 | the variable x-mouse-click-focus-ignore-position to t, the selected | ||
| 1236 | window and cursor position do not change when you click on a frame | ||
| 1237 | to give it focus. | ||
| 1238 | |||
| 1239 | +++ | ||
| 1240 | *** You can now follow links by clicking Mouse-1 on the link. | 1038 | *** You can now follow links by clicking Mouse-1 on the link. |
| 1241 | 1039 | ||
| 1242 | Traditionally, Emacs uses a Mouse-1 click to set point and a Mouse-2 | 1040 | Traditionally, Emacs uses a Mouse-1 click to set point and a Mouse-2 |
| 1243 | click to follow a link, whereas most other applications use a Mouse-1 | 1041 | click to follow a link, whereas most other applications use a Mouse-1 |
| 1244 | click for both purposes, depending on whether you click outside or | 1042 | click for both purposes, depending on whether you click outside or |
| 1245 | inside a link. Now the behavior of a Mouse-1 click has been changed | 1043 | inside a link. Now the behavior of a Mouse-1 click has been changed |
| 1246 | to match this context-sentitive dual behavior. (If you prefer the old | 1044 | to match this context-sensitive dual behavior. (If you prefer the old |
| 1247 | behavior, set the user option `mouse-1-click-follows-link' to nil.) | 1045 | behavior, set the user option `mouse-1-click-follows-link' to nil.) |
| 1248 | 1046 | ||
| 1249 | Depending on the current mode, a Mouse-2 click in Emacs can do much | 1047 | Depending on the current mode, a Mouse-2 click in Emacs can do much |
| @@ -1267,23 +1065,31 @@ drag-mouse-1 action, typically copy the text. | |||
| 1267 | You can customize the new Mouse-1 behavior via the new user options | 1065 | You can customize the new Mouse-1 behavior via the new user options |
| 1268 | `mouse-1-click-follows-link' and `mouse-1-click-in-non-selected-windows'. | 1066 | `mouse-1-click-follows-link' and `mouse-1-click-in-non-selected-windows'. |
| 1269 | 1067 | ||
| 1270 | +++ | 1068 | *** If you set the new variable `mouse-autoselect-window' to a non-nil |
| 1069 | value, windows are automatically selected as you move the mouse from | ||
| 1070 | one Emacs window to another, even within a frame. A minibuffer window | ||
| 1071 | can be selected only when it is active. | ||
| 1072 | |||
| 1073 | *** On X, when the window manager requires that you click on a frame to | ||
| 1074 | select it (give it focus), the selected window and cursor position | ||
| 1075 | normally changes according to the mouse click position. If you set | ||
| 1076 | the variable x-mouse-click-focus-ignore-position to t, the selected | ||
| 1077 | window and cursor position do not change when you click on a frame | ||
| 1078 | to give it focus. | ||
| 1079 | |||
| 1271 | *** Emacs normally highlights mouse sensitive text whenever the mouse | 1080 | *** Emacs normally highlights mouse sensitive text whenever the mouse |
| 1272 | is over the text. By setting the new variable `mouse-highlight', you | 1081 | is over the text. By setting the new variable `mouse-highlight', you |
| 1273 | can optionally enable mouse highlighting only after you move the | 1082 | can optionally enable mouse highlighting only after you move the |
| 1274 | mouse, so that highlighting disappears when you press a key. You can | 1083 | mouse, so that highlighting disappears when you press a key. You can |
| 1275 | also disable mouse highlighting. | 1084 | also disable mouse highlighting. |
| 1276 | 1085 | ||
| 1277 | +++ | ||
| 1278 | *** You can now customize if selecting a region by dragging the mouse | 1086 | *** You can now customize if selecting a region by dragging the mouse |
| 1279 | shall not copy the selected text to the kill-ring by setting the new | 1087 | shall not copy the selected text to the kill-ring by setting the new |
| 1280 | variable mouse-drag-copy-region to nil. | 1088 | variable mouse-drag-copy-region to nil. |
| 1281 | 1089 | ||
| 1282 | --- | ||
| 1283 | *** mouse-wheels can now scroll a specific fraction of the window | 1090 | *** mouse-wheels can now scroll a specific fraction of the window |
| 1284 | (rather than a fixed number of lines) and the scrolling is `progressive'. | 1091 | (rather than a fixed number of lines) and the scrolling is `progressive'. |
| 1285 | 1092 | ||
| 1286 | --- | ||
| 1287 | *** Emacs ignores mouse-2 clicks while the mouse wheel is being moved. | 1093 | *** Emacs ignores mouse-2 clicks while the mouse wheel is being moved. |
| 1288 | 1094 | ||
| 1289 | People tend to push the mouse wheel (which counts as a mouse-2 click) | 1095 | People tend to push the mouse wheel (which counts as a mouse-2 click) |
| @@ -1291,12 +1097,10 @@ unintentionally while turning the wheel, so these clicks are now | |||
| 1291 | ignored. You can customize this with the mouse-wheel-click-event and | 1097 | ignored. You can customize this with the mouse-wheel-click-event and |
| 1292 | mouse-wheel-inhibit-click-time variables. | 1098 | mouse-wheel-inhibit-click-time variables. |
| 1293 | 1099 | ||
| 1294 | +++ | ||
| 1295 | *** Under X, mouse-wheel-mode is turned on by default. | 1100 | *** Under X, mouse-wheel-mode is turned on by default. |
| 1296 | 1101 | ||
| 1297 | ** Multilingual Environment (Mule) changes: | 1102 | ** Multilingual Environment (Mule) changes: |
| 1298 | 1103 | ||
| 1299 | +++ | ||
| 1300 | *** You can disable character translation for a file using the -*- | 1104 | *** You can disable character translation for a file using the -*- |
| 1301 | construct. Include `enable-character-translation: nil' inside the | 1105 | construct. Include `enable-character-translation: nil' inside the |
| 1302 | -*-...-*- to disable any character translation that may happen by | 1106 | -*-...-*- to disable any character translation that may happen by |
| @@ -1309,14 +1113,12 @@ following header, it is decoded by the coding system `iso-latin-1' | |||
| 1309 | without any character translation: | 1113 | without any character translation: |
| 1310 | ;; -*- coding: iso-latin-1!; -*- | 1114 | ;; -*- coding: iso-latin-1!; -*- |
| 1311 | 1115 | ||
| 1312 | --- | ||
| 1313 | *** Language environment and various default coding systems are setup | 1116 | *** Language environment and various default coding systems are setup |
| 1314 | more correctly according to the current locale name. If the locale | 1117 | more correctly according to the current locale name. If the locale |
| 1315 | name doesn't specify a charset, the default is what glibc defines. | 1118 | name doesn't specify a charset, the default is what glibc defines. |
| 1316 | This change can result in using the different coding systems as | 1119 | This change can result in using the different coding systems as |
| 1317 | default in some locale (e.g. vi_VN). | 1120 | default in some locale (e.g. vi_VN). |
| 1318 | 1121 | ||
| 1319 | +++ | ||
| 1320 | *** The keyboard-coding-system is now automatically set based on your | 1122 | *** The keyboard-coding-system is now automatically set based on your |
| 1321 | current locale settings if you are not using a window system. This | 1123 | current locale settings if you are not using a window system. This |
| 1322 | can mean that the META key doesn't work but generates non-ASCII | 1124 | can mean that the META key doesn't work but generates non-ASCII |
| @@ -1326,33 +1128,26 @@ keyboard-coding-system) if you prefer META to work (the old default) | |||
| 1326 | or if the locale doesn't describe the character set actually generated | 1128 | or if the locale doesn't describe the character set actually generated |
| 1327 | by the keyboard. See Info node `Unibyte Mode'. | 1129 | by the keyboard. See Info node `Unibyte Mode'. |
| 1328 | 1130 | ||
| 1329 | +++ | ||
| 1330 | *** The new command `revert-buffer-with-coding-system' (C-x RET r) | 1131 | *** The new command `revert-buffer-with-coding-system' (C-x RET r) |
| 1331 | revisits the current file using a coding system that you specify. | 1132 | revisits the current file using a coding system that you specify. |
| 1332 | 1133 | ||
| 1333 | +++ | ||
| 1334 | *** New command `recode-region' decodes the region again by a specified | 1134 | *** New command `recode-region' decodes the region again by a specified |
| 1335 | coding system. | 1135 | coding system. |
| 1336 | 1136 | ||
| 1337 | +++ | ||
| 1338 | *** The new command `recode-file-name' changes the encoding of the name | 1137 | *** The new command `recode-file-name' changes the encoding of the name |
| 1339 | of a file. | 1138 | of a file. |
| 1340 | 1139 | ||
| 1341 | --- | ||
| 1342 | *** New command `ucs-insert' inserts a character specified by its | 1140 | *** New command `ucs-insert' inserts a character specified by its |
| 1343 | unicode. | 1141 | unicode. |
| 1344 | 1142 | ||
| 1345 | +++ | ||
| 1346 | *** The new command `set-file-name-coding-system' (C-x RET F) sets | 1143 | *** The new command `set-file-name-coding-system' (C-x RET F) sets |
| 1347 | coding system for encoding and decoding file names. A new menu item | 1144 | coding system for encoding and decoding file names. A new menu item |
| 1348 | (Options->Mule->Set Coding Systems->For File Name) invokes this | 1145 | (Options->Mule->Set Coding Systems->For File Name) invokes this |
| 1349 | command. | 1146 | command. |
| 1350 | 1147 | ||
| 1351 | +++ | ||
| 1352 | *** New command quail-show-key shows what key (or key sequence) to type | 1148 | *** New command quail-show-key shows what key (or key sequence) to type |
| 1353 | in the current input method to input a character at point. | 1149 | in the current input method to input a character at point. |
| 1354 | 1150 | ||
| 1355 | +++ | ||
| 1356 | *** Limited support for character `unification' has been added. | 1151 | *** Limited support for character `unification' has been added. |
| 1357 | Emacs now knows how to translate between different representations of | 1152 | Emacs now knows how to translate between different representations of |
| 1358 | the same characters in various Emacs charsets according to standard | 1153 | the same characters in various Emacs charsets according to standard |
| @@ -1372,32 +1167,24 @@ into Unicode characters (from the latin-iso8859-1 and | |||
| 1372 | mule-unicode-0100-24ff charsets) on decoding. Note that this mode | 1167 | mule-unicode-0100-24ff charsets) on decoding. Note that this mode |
| 1373 | will often effectively clobber data with an iso-2022 encoding. | 1168 | will often effectively clobber data with an iso-2022 encoding. |
| 1374 | 1169 | ||
| 1375 | --- | 1170 | *** New language environments (set up automatically according to the |
| 1376 | *** There is support for decoding Greek and Cyrillic characters into | 1171 | locale): Belarusian, Bulgarian, Chinese-EUC-TW, Croatian, Esperanto, |
| 1377 | either Unicode (the mule-unicode charsets) or the iso-8859 charsets, | 1172 | French, Georgian, Italian, Latin-7, Latvian, Lithuanian, Malayalam, |
| 1378 | when possible. The latter are more space-efficient. This is | 1173 | Russian, Russian, Slovenian, Swedish, Tajik, Tamil, UTF-8,Ukrainian, |
| 1379 | controlled by user option utf-fragment-on-decoding. | 1174 | Welsh,Latin-6, Windows-1255. |
| 1380 | |||
| 1381 | --- | ||
| 1382 | *** New language environments: French, Ukrainian, Tajik, | ||
| 1383 | Bulgarian, Belarusian, Ukrainian, UTF-8, Windows-1255, Welsh, Latin-6, | ||
| 1384 | Latin-7, Lithuanian, Latvian, Swedish, Slovenian, Croatian, Georgian, | ||
| 1385 | Italian, Russian, Malayalam, Tamil, Russian, Chinese-EUC-TW, | ||
| 1386 | Esperanto. (Set up automatically according to the locale.) | ||
| 1387 | 1175 | ||
| 1388 | --- | ||
| 1389 | *** New input methods: latin-alt-postfix, latin-postfix, latin-prefix, | 1176 | *** New input methods: latin-alt-postfix, latin-postfix, latin-prefix, |
| 1390 | ukrainian-computer, belarusian, bulgarian-bds, russian-computer, | 1177 | belarusian, bulgarian-bds, bulgarian-phonetic, chinese-sisheng (for |
| 1391 | vietnamese-telex, lithuanian-numeric, lithuanian-keyboard, | 1178 | Chinese Pinyin characters), croatian, dutch, georgian, latvian-keyboard, |
| 1392 | latvian-keyboard, welsh, georgian, rfc1345, ucs, sgml, | 1179 | lithuanian-numeric, lithuanian-keyboard, malayalam-inscript, rfc1345, |
| 1393 | bulgarian-phonetic, dutch, slovenian, croatian, malayalam-inscript, | 1180 | russian-computer, sgml, slovenian, tamil-inscript, ukrainian-computer, |
| 1394 | tamil-inscript. | 1181 | ucs, vietnamese-telex, welsh. |
| 1395 | 1182 | ||
| 1396 | --- | 1183 | *** There is support for decoding Greek and Cyrillic characters into |
| 1397 | *** New input method chinese-sisheng for inputting Chinese Pinyin | 1184 | either Unicode (the mule-unicode charsets) or the iso-8859 charsets, |
| 1398 | characters. | 1185 | when possible. The latter are more space-efficient. |
| 1186 | This is controlled by user option utf-fragment-on-decoding. | ||
| 1399 | 1187 | ||
| 1400 | --- | ||
| 1401 | *** Improved Thai support. A new minor mode `thai-word-mode' (which is | 1188 | *** Improved Thai support. A new minor mode `thai-word-mode' (which is |
| 1402 | automatically activated if you select Thai as a language | 1189 | automatically activated if you select Thai as a language |
| 1403 | environment) changes key bindings of most word-oriented commands to | 1190 | environment) changes key bindings of most word-oriented commands to |
| @@ -1409,17 +1196,11 @@ versions which recognize Thai words. Affected commands are | |||
| 1409 | M-t (transpose-words) | 1196 | M-t (transpose-words) |
| 1410 | M-q (fill-paragraph) | 1197 | M-q (fill-paragraph) |
| 1411 | 1198 | ||
| 1412 | --- | ||
| 1413 | *** Indian support has been updated. | 1199 | *** Indian support has been updated. |
| 1414 | The in-is13194 coding system is now Unicode-based. CDAC fonts are | 1200 | The in-is13194 coding system is now Unicode-based. CDAC fonts are |
| 1415 | assumed. There is a framework for supporting various | 1201 | assumed. There is a framework for supporting various Indian scripts, |
| 1416 | Indian scripts, but currently only Devanagari, Malayalam and Tamil are | 1202 | but currently only Devanagari, Malayalam and Tamil are supported. |
| 1417 | supported. | ||
| 1418 | |||
| 1419 | --- | ||
| 1420 | *** A UTF-7 coding system is available in the library `utf-7'. | ||
| 1421 | 1203 | ||
| 1422 | --- | ||
| 1423 | *** The utf-8/16 coding systems have been enhanced. | 1204 | *** The utf-8/16 coding systems have been enhanced. |
| 1424 | By default, untranslatable utf-8 sequences are simply composed into | 1205 | By default, untranslatable utf-8 sequences are simply composed into |
| 1425 | single quasi-characters. User option `utf-translate-cjk-mode' (it is | 1206 | single quasi-characters. User option `utf-translate-cjk-mode' (it is |
| @@ -1433,42 +1214,37 @@ coding system now also encodes characters from most of Emacs's | |||
| 1433 | one-dimensional internal charsets, specifically the ISO-8859 ones. | 1214 | one-dimensional internal charsets, specifically the ISO-8859 ones. |
| 1434 | The utf-16 coding system is affected similarly. | 1215 | The utf-16 coding system is affected similarly. |
| 1435 | 1216 | ||
| 1436 | --- | 1217 | *** A UTF-7 coding system is available in the library `utf-7'. |
| 1218 | |||
| 1437 | *** A new coding system `euc-tw' has been added for traditional Chinese | 1219 | *** A new coding system `euc-tw' has been added for traditional Chinese |
| 1438 | in CNS encoding; it accepts both Big 5 and CNS as input; on saving, | 1220 | in CNS encoding; it accepts both Big 5 and CNS as input; on saving, |
| 1439 | Big 5 is then converted to CNS. | 1221 | Big 5 is then converted to CNS. |
| 1440 | 1222 | ||
| 1441 | --- | ||
| 1442 | *** Many new coding systems are available in the `code-pages' library. | 1223 | *** Many new coding systems are available in the `code-pages' library. |
| 1443 | These include complete versions of most of those in codepage.el, based | 1224 | These include complete versions of most of those in codepage.el, based |
| 1444 | on Unicode mappings. `codepage-setup' is now obsolete and is used | 1225 | on Unicode mappings. `codepage-setup' is now obsolete and is used |
| 1445 | only in the MS-DOS port of Emacs. All coding systems defined in | 1226 | only in the MS-DOS port of Emacs. All coding systems defined in |
| 1446 | `code-pages' are auto-loaded. | 1227 | `code-pages' are auto-loaded. |
| 1447 | 1228 | ||
| 1448 | --- | ||
| 1449 | *** New variable `utf-translate-cjk-unicode-range' controls which | 1229 | *** New variable `utf-translate-cjk-unicode-range' controls which |
| 1450 | Unicode characters to translate in `utf-translate-cjk-mode'. | 1230 | Unicode characters to translate in `utf-translate-cjk-mode'. |
| 1451 | 1231 | ||
| 1452 | --- | ||
| 1453 | *** iso-10646-1 (`Unicode') fonts can be used to display any range of | 1232 | *** iso-10646-1 (`Unicode') fonts can be used to display any range of |
| 1454 | characters encodable by the utf-8 coding system. Just specify the | 1233 | characters encodable by the utf-8 coding system. Just specify the |
| 1455 | fontset appropriately. | 1234 | fontset appropriately. |
| 1456 | 1235 | ||
| 1457 | ** Customize changes: | 1236 | ** Customize changes: |
| 1458 | 1237 | ||
| 1459 | +++ | ||
| 1460 | *** Custom themes are collections of customize options. Create a | 1238 | *** Custom themes are collections of customize options. Create a |
| 1461 | custom theme with M-x customize-create-theme. Use M-x load-theme to | 1239 | custom theme with M-x customize-create-theme. Use M-x load-theme to |
| 1462 | load and enable a theme, and M-x disable-theme to disable it. Use M-x | 1240 | load and enable a theme, and M-x disable-theme to disable it. Use M-x |
| 1463 | enable-theme to enable a disabled theme. | 1241 | enable-theme to enable a disabled theme. |
| 1464 | 1242 | ||
| 1465 | +++ | ||
| 1466 | *** The commands M-x customize-face and M-x customize-face-other-window | 1243 | *** The commands M-x customize-face and M-x customize-face-other-window |
| 1467 | now look at the character after point. If a face or faces are | 1244 | now look at the character after point. If a face or faces are |
| 1468 | specified for that character, the commands by default customize those | 1245 | specified for that character, the commands by default customize those |
| 1469 | faces. | 1246 | faces. |
| 1470 | 1247 | ||
| 1471 | --- | ||
| 1472 | *** The face-customization widget has been reworked to be less confusing. | 1248 | *** The face-customization widget has been reworked to be less confusing. |
| 1473 | In particular, when you enable a face attribute using the corresponding | 1249 | In particular, when you enable a face attribute using the corresponding |
| 1474 | check-box, there's no longer a redundant `*' option in value selection | 1250 | check-box, there's no longer a redundant `*' option in value selection |
| @@ -1477,7 +1253,6 @@ sense for the attribute. When an attribute is de-selected by unchecking | |||
| 1477 | its check-box, then the (now ignored, but still present temporarily in | 1253 | its check-box, then the (now ignored, but still present temporarily in |
| 1478 | case you re-select the attribute) value is hidden. | 1254 | case you re-select the attribute) value is hidden. |
| 1479 | 1255 | ||
| 1480 | +++ | ||
| 1481 | *** When you set or reset a variable's value in a Customize buffer, | 1256 | *** When you set or reset a variable's value in a Customize buffer, |
| 1482 | the previous value becomes the "backup value" of the variable. | 1257 | the previous value becomes the "backup value" of the variable. |
| 1483 | You can go back to that backup value by selecting "Use Backup Value" | 1258 | You can go back to that backup value by selecting "Use Backup Value" |
| @@ -1485,17 +1260,14 @@ under the "[State]" button. | |||
| 1485 | 1260 | ||
| 1486 | ** Buffer Menu changes: | 1261 | ** Buffer Menu changes: |
| 1487 | 1262 | ||
| 1488 | +++ | ||
| 1489 | *** New command `Buffer-menu-toggle-files-only' toggles display of file | 1263 | *** New command `Buffer-menu-toggle-files-only' toggles display of file |
| 1490 | buffers only in the Buffer Menu. It is bound to T in Buffer Menu | 1264 | buffers only in the Buffer Menu. It is bound to T in Buffer Menu |
| 1491 | mode. | 1265 | mode. |
| 1492 | 1266 | ||
| 1493 | +++ | ||
| 1494 | *** `buffer-menu' and `list-buffers' now list buffers whose names begin | 1267 | *** `buffer-menu' and `list-buffers' now list buffers whose names begin |
| 1495 | with a space, when those buffers are visiting files. Normally buffers | 1268 | with a space, when those buffers are visiting files. Normally buffers |
| 1496 | whose names begin with space are omitted. | 1269 | whose names begin with space are omitted. |
| 1497 | 1270 | ||
| 1498 | --- | ||
| 1499 | *** The new options `buffers-menu-show-directories' and | 1271 | *** The new options `buffers-menu-show-directories' and |
| 1500 | `buffers-menu-show-status' let you control how buffers are displayed | 1272 | `buffers-menu-show-status' let you control how buffers are displayed |
| 1501 | in the menu dropped down when you click "Buffers" from the menu bar. | 1273 | in the menu dropped down when you click "Buffers" from the menu bar. |
| @@ -1515,24 +1287,19 @@ the Buffers menu is regenerated. | |||
| 1515 | 1287 | ||
| 1516 | ** Dired mode: | 1288 | ** Dired mode: |
| 1517 | 1289 | ||
| 1518 | --- | ||
| 1519 | *** New faces dired-header, dired-mark, dired-marked, dired-flagged, | 1290 | *** New faces dired-header, dired-mark, dired-marked, dired-flagged, |
| 1520 | dired-ignored, dired-directory, dired-symlink, dired-warning | 1291 | dired-ignored, dired-directory, dired-symlink, dired-warning |
| 1521 | introduced for Dired mode instead of font-lock faces. | 1292 | introduced for Dired mode instead of font-lock faces. |
| 1522 | 1293 | ||
| 1523 | +++ | ||
| 1524 | *** New Dired command `dired-compare-directories' marks files | 1294 | *** New Dired command `dired-compare-directories' marks files |
| 1525 | with different file attributes in two dired buffers. | 1295 | with different file attributes in two dired buffers. |
| 1526 | 1296 | ||
| 1527 | +++ | ||
| 1528 | *** New Dired command `dired-do-touch' (bound to T) changes timestamps | 1297 | *** New Dired command `dired-do-touch' (bound to T) changes timestamps |
| 1529 | of marked files with the value entered in the minibuffer. | 1298 | of marked files with the value entered in the minibuffer. |
| 1530 | 1299 | ||
| 1531 | +++ | ||
| 1532 | *** The Dired command `dired-goto-file' is now bound to j, not M-g. | 1300 | *** The Dired command `dired-goto-file' is now bound to j, not M-g. |
| 1533 | This is to avoid hiding the global key binding of M-g. | 1301 | This is to avoid hiding the global key binding of M-g. |
| 1534 | 1302 | ||
| 1535 | +++ | ||
| 1536 | *** In Dired's ! command (dired-do-shell-command), `*' and `?' now | 1303 | *** In Dired's ! command (dired-do-shell-command), `*' and `?' now |
| 1537 | control substitution of the file names only when they are surrounded | 1304 | control substitution of the file names only when they are surrounded |
| 1538 | by whitespace. This means you can now use them as shell wildcards | 1305 | by whitespace. This means you can now use them as shell wildcards |
| @@ -1540,11 +1307,9 @@ too. If you want to use just plain `*' as a wildcard, type `*""'; the | |||
| 1540 | double quotes make no difference in the shell, but they prevent | 1307 | double quotes make no difference in the shell, but they prevent |
| 1541 | special treatment in `dired-do-shell-command'. | 1308 | special treatment in `dired-do-shell-command'. |
| 1542 | 1309 | ||
| 1543 | +++ | ||
| 1544 | *** In Dired, the w command now stores the current line's file name | 1310 | *** In Dired, the w command now stores the current line's file name |
| 1545 | into the kill ring. With a zero prefix arg, it stores the absolute file name. | 1311 | into the kill ring. With a zero prefix arg, it stores the absolute file name. |
| 1546 | 1312 | ||
| 1547 | +++ | ||
| 1548 | *** In Dired-x, Omitting files is now a minor mode, dired-omit-mode. | 1313 | *** In Dired-x, Omitting files is now a minor mode, dired-omit-mode. |
| 1549 | 1314 | ||
| 1550 | The mode toggling command is bound to M-o. A new command | 1315 | The mode toggling command is bound to M-o. A new command |
| @@ -1552,7 +1317,6 @@ dired-mark-omitted, bound to * O, marks omitted files. The variable | |||
| 1552 | dired-omit-files-p is obsoleted, use the mode toggling function | 1317 | dired-omit-files-p is obsoleted, use the mode toggling function |
| 1553 | instead. | 1318 | instead. |
| 1554 | 1319 | ||
| 1555 | +++ | ||
| 1556 | *** The variables dired-free-space-program and dired-free-space-args | 1320 | *** The variables dired-free-space-program and dired-free-space-args |
| 1557 | have been renamed to directory-free-space-program and | 1321 | have been renamed to directory-free-space-program and |
| 1558 | directory-free-space-args, and they now apply whenever Emacs puts a | 1322 | directory-free-space-args, and they now apply whenever Emacs puts a |
| @@ -1560,7 +1324,6 @@ directory listing into a buffer. | |||
| 1560 | 1324 | ||
| 1561 | ** Comint changes: | 1325 | ** Comint changes: |
| 1562 | 1326 | ||
| 1563 | --- | ||
| 1564 | *** The comint prompt can now be made read-only, using the new user | 1327 | *** The comint prompt can now be made read-only, using the new user |
| 1565 | option `comint-prompt-read-only'. This is not enabled by default, | 1328 | option `comint-prompt-read-only'. This is not enabled by default, |
| 1566 | except in IELM buffers. The read-only status of IELM prompts can be | 1329 | except in IELM buffers. The read-only status of IELM prompts can be |
| @@ -1582,27 +1345,23 @@ not the case, then `comint-kill-region' behaves just like | |||
| 1582 | `kill-region' if read-only properties are involved: it copies the text | 1345 | `kill-region' if read-only properties are involved: it copies the text |
| 1583 | to the kill-ring, but does not delete it. | 1346 | to the kill-ring, but does not delete it. |
| 1584 | 1347 | ||
| 1585 | +++ | ||
| 1586 | *** The new command `comint-insert-previous-argument' in comint-derived | 1348 | *** The new command `comint-insert-previous-argument' in comint-derived |
| 1587 | modes (shell-mode, etc.) inserts arguments from previous command lines, | 1349 | modes (shell-mode, etc.) inserts arguments from previous command lines, |
| 1588 | like bash's `ESC .' binding. It is bound by default to `C-c .', but | 1350 | like bash's `ESC .' binding. It is bound by default to `C-c .', but |
| 1589 | otherwise behaves quite similarly to the bash version. | 1351 | otherwise behaves quite similarly to the bash version. |
| 1590 | 1352 | ||
| 1591 | +++ | ||
| 1592 | *** `comint-use-prompt-regexp-instead-of-fields' has been renamed | 1353 | *** `comint-use-prompt-regexp-instead-of-fields' has been renamed |
| 1593 | `comint-use-prompt-regexp'. The old name has been kept as an alias, | 1354 | `comint-use-prompt-regexp'. The old name has been kept as an alias, |
| 1594 | but declared obsolete. | 1355 | but declared obsolete. |
| 1595 | 1356 | ||
| 1596 | +++ | 1357 | *** The new INSIDE_EMACS environment variable is set to "t" in subshells |
| 1597 | *** The new INSIDE_EMACS environment variable is set to "t" in | 1358 | running inside Emacs. This supersedes the EMACS environment variable, |
| 1598 | subshells running inside Emacs. This supersedes the EMACS environment | 1359 | which will be removed in a future Emacs release. Programs that need |
| 1599 | variable, which will be removed in a future Emacs release. Programs | 1360 | to know whether they are started inside Emacs should check INSIDE_EMACS |
| 1600 | that need to know whether they are started inside Emacs should check | 1361 | instead of EMACS. |
| 1601 | INSIDE_EMACS instead of EMACS. | ||
| 1602 | 1362 | ||
| 1603 | ** M-x Compile changes: | 1363 | ** M-x Compile changes: |
| 1604 | 1364 | ||
| 1605 | --- | ||
| 1606 | *** M-x compile has become more robust and reliable | 1365 | *** M-x compile has become more robust and reliable |
| 1607 | 1366 | ||
| 1608 | Quite a few more kinds of messages are recognized. Messages that are | 1367 | Quite a few more kinds of messages are recognized. Messages that are |
| @@ -1622,22 +1381,18 @@ that configure outputs and -o options so you see at a glance where you are. | |||
| 1622 | 1381 | ||
| 1623 | The new file etc/compilation.txt gives examples of each type of message. | 1382 | The new file etc/compilation.txt gives examples of each type of message. |
| 1624 | 1383 | ||
| 1625 | +++ | ||
| 1626 | *** New user option `compilation-environment'. | 1384 | *** New user option `compilation-environment'. |
| 1627 | This option allows you to specify environment variables for inferior | 1385 | This option allows you to specify environment variables for inferior |
| 1628 | compilation processes without affecting the environment that all | 1386 | compilation processes without affecting the environment that all |
| 1629 | subprocesses inherit. | 1387 | subprocesses inherit. |
| 1630 | 1388 | ||
| 1631 | +++ | ||
| 1632 | *** New user option `compilation-disable-input'. | 1389 | *** New user option `compilation-disable-input'. |
| 1633 | If this is non-nil, send end-of-file as compilation process input. | 1390 | If this is non-nil, send end-of-file as compilation process input. |
| 1634 | 1391 | ||
| 1635 | +++ | ||
| 1636 | *** New options `next-error-highlight' and `next-error-highlight-no-select' | 1392 | *** New options `next-error-highlight' and `next-error-highlight-no-select' |
| 1637 | specify the method of highlighting of the corresponding source line | 1393 | specify the method of highlighting of the corresponding source line |
| 1638 | in new face `next-error'. | 1394 | in new face `next-error'. |
| 1639 | 1395 | ||
| 1640 | +++ | ||
| 1641 | *** A new minor mode `next-error-follow-minor-mode' can be used in | 1396 | *** A new minor mode `next-error-follow-minor-mode' can be used in |
| 1642 | compilation-mode, grep-mode, occur-mode, and diff-mode (i.e. all the | 1397 | compilation-mode, grep-mode, occur-mode, and diff-mode (i.e. all the |
| 1643 | modes that can use `next-error'). In this mode, cursor motion in the | 1398 | modes that can use `next-error'). In this mode, cursor motion in the |
| @@ -1645,33 +1400,24 @@ buffer causes automatic display in another window of the corresponding | |||
| 1645 | matches, compilation errors, etc. This minor mode can be toggled with | 1400 | matches, compilation errors, etc. This minor mode can be toggled with |
| 1646 | C-c C-f. | 1401 | C-c C-f. |
| 1647 | 1402 | ||
| 1648 | +++ | ||
| 1649 | *** When the left fringe is displayed, an arrow points to current message in | 1403 | *** When the left fringe is displayed, an arrow points to current message in |
| 1650 | the compilation buffer. | 1404 | the compilation buffer. |
| 1651 | 1405 | ||
| 1652 | +++ | ||
| 1653 | *** The new variable `compilation-context-lines' controls lines of leading | 1406 | *** The new variable `compilation-context-lines' controls lines of leading |
| 1654 | context before the current message. If nil and the left fringe is displayed, | 1407 | context before the current message. If nil and the left fringe is displayed, |
| 1655 | it doesn't scroll the compilation output window. If there is no left fringe, | 1408 | it doesn't scroll the compilation output window. If there is no left fringe, |
| 1656 | no arrow is displayed and a value of nil means display the message at the top | 1409 | no arrow is displayed and a value of nil means display the message at the top |
| 1657 | of the window. | 1410 | of the window. |
| 1658 | 1411 | ||
| 1659 | +++ | ||
| 1660 | *** The EMACS environment variable now defaults to Emacs's absolute | ||
| 1661 | file name, instead of to "t". | ||
| 1662 | |||
| 1663 | ** Occur mode changes: | 1412 | ** Occur mode changes: |
| 1664 | 1413 | ||
| 1665 | +++ | ||
| 1666 | *** In the *Occur* buffer, `o' switches to it in another window, and | 1414 | *** In the *Occur* buffer, `o' switches to it in another window, and |
| 1667 | C-o displays the current line's occurrence in another window without | 1415 | C-o displays the current line's occurrence in another window without |
| 1668 | switching to it. | 1416 | switching to it. |
| 1669 | 1417 | ||
| 1670 | +++ | ||
| 1671 | *** You can now use next-error (C-x `) and previous-error to advance to | 1418 | *** You can now use next-error (C-x `) and previous-error to advance to |
| 1672 | the next/previous matching line found by M-x occur. | 1419 | the next/previous matching line found by M-x occur. |
| 1673 | 1420 | ||
| 1674 | +++ | ||
| 1675 | *** The new command `multi-occur' is just like `occur', except it can | 1421 | *** The new command `multi-occur' is just like `occur', except it can |
| 1676 | search multiple buffers. There is also a new command | 1422 | search multiple buffers. There is also a new command |
| 1677 | `multi-occur-in-matching-buffers' which allows you to specify the | 1423 | `multi-occur-in-matching-buffers' which allows you to specify the |
| @@ -1681,21 +1427,18 @@ changes. | |||
| 1681 | 1427 | ||
| 1682 | ** Grep changes: | 1428 | ** Grep changes: |
| 1683 | 1429 | ||
| 1684 | +++ | ||
| 1685 | *** Grep has been decoupled from compilation mode setup. | 1430 | *** Grep has been decoupled from compilation mode setup. |
| 1686 | 1431 | ||
| 1687 | There's a new separate package grep.el, with its own submenu and | 1432 | There's a new separate package grep.el, with its own submenu and |
| 1688 | customization group. | 1433 | customization group. |
| 1689 | 1434 | ||
| 1690 | +++ | ||
| 1691 | *** `grep-find' is now also available under the name `find-grep' where | 1435 | *** `grep-find' is now also available under the name `find-grep' where |
| 1692 | people knowing `find-grep-dired' would probably expect it. | 1436 | people knowing `find-grep-dired' would probably expect it. |
| 1693 | 1437 | ||
| 1694 | +++ | ||
| 1695 | *** New commands `lgrep' (local grep) and `rgrep' (recursive grep) are | 1438 | *** New commands `lgrep' (local grep) and `rgrep' (recursive grep) are |
| 1696 | more user-friendly versions of `grep' and `grep-find', which prompt | 1439 | more user-friendly versions of `grep' and `grep-find', which prompt |
| 1697 | separately for the regular expression to match, the files to search, | 1440 | separately for the regular expression to match, the files to search, |
| 1698 | and the base directory for the search. Case sensitivitivy of the | 1441 | and the base directory for the search. Case sensitivity of the |
| 1699 | search is controlled by the current value of `case-fold-search'. | 1442 | search is controlled by the current value of `case-fold-search'. |
| 1700 | 1443 | ||
| 1701 | These commands build the shell commands based on the new variables | 1444 | These commands build the shell commands based on the new variables |
| @@ -1707,17 +1450,14 @@ Subdirectories listed in `grep-find-ignored-directories' such as those | |||
| 1707 | typically used by various version control systems, like CVS and arch, | 1450 | typically used by various version control systems, like CVS and arch, |
| 1708 | are automatically skipped by `rgrep'. | 1451 | are automatically skipped by `rgrep'. |
| 1709 | 1452 | ||
| 1710 | --- | ||
| 1711 | *** The grep commands provide highlighting support. | 1453 | *** The grep commands provide highlighting support. |
| 1712 | 1454 | ||
| 1713 | Hits are fontified in green, and hits in binary files in orange. Grep buffers | 1455 | Hits are fontified in green, and hits in binary files in orange. Grep buffers |
| 1714 | can be saved and automatically revisited. | 1456 | can be saved and automatically revisited. |
| 1715 | 1457 | ||
| 1716 | --- | ||
| 1717 | *** The new variables `grep-window-height' and `grep-scroll-output' override | 1458 | *** The new variables `grep-window-height' and `grep-scroll-output' override |
| 1718 | the corresponding compilation mode settings, for grep commands only. | 1459 | the corresponding compilation mode settings, for grep commands only. |
| 1719 | 1460 | ||
| 1720 | +++ | ||
| 1721 | *** New option `grep-highlight-matches' highlights matches in *grep* | 1461 | *** New option `grep-highlight-matches' highlights matches in *grep* |
| 1722 | buffer. It uses a special feature of some grep programs which accept | 1462 | buffer. It uses a special feature of some grep programs which accept |
| 1723 | --color option to output markers around matches. When going to the next | 1463 | --color option to output markers around matches. When going to the next |
| @@ -1725,7 +1465,6 @@ match with `next-error' the exact match is highlighted in the source | |||
| 1725 | buffer. Otherwise, if `grep-highlight-matches' is nil, the whole | 1465 | buffer. Otherwise, if `grep-highlight-matches' is nil, the whole |
| 1726 | source line is highlighted. | 1466 | source line is highlighted. |
| 1727 | 1467 | ||
| 1728 | +++ | ||
| 1729 | *** New key bindings in grep output window: | 1468 | *** New key bindings in grep output window: |
| 1730 | SPC and DEL scrolls window up and down. C-n and C-p moves to next and | 1469 | SPC and DEL scrolls window up and down. C-n and C-p moves to next and |
| 1731 | previous match in the grep window. RET jumps to the source line of | 1470 | previous match in the grep window. RET jumps to the source line of |
| @@ -1734,7 +1473,6 @@ other window, but does not switch buffer. `{' and `}' jumps to the | |||
| 1734 | previous or next file in the grep output. TAB also jumps to the next | 1473 | previous or next file in the grep output. TAB also jumps to the next |
| 1735 | file. | 1474 | file. |
| 1736 | 1475 | ||
| 1737 | +++ | ||
| 1738 | *** M-x grep now tries to avoid appending `/dev/null' to the command line | 1476 | *** M-x grep now tries to avoid appending `/dev/null' to the command line |
| 1739 | by using GNU grep `-H' option instead. M-x grep automatically | 1477 | by using GNU grep `-H' option instead. M-x grep automatically |
| 1740 | detects whether this is possible or not the first time it is invoked. | 1478 | detects whether this is possible or not the first time it is invoked. |
| @@ -1744,12 +1482,10 @@ command lines to be used than was possible before. | |||
| 1744 | 1482 | ||
| 1745 | ** X Windows Support: | 1483 | ** X Windows Support: |
| 1746 | 1484 | ||
| 1747 | +++ | ||
| 1748 | *** Emacs now supports drag and drop for X. Dropping a file on a window | 1485 | *** Emacs now supports drag and drop for X. Dropping a file on a window |
| 1749 | opens it, dropping text inserts the text. Dropping a file on a dired | 1486 | opens it, dropping text inserts the text. Dropping a file on a dired |
| 1750 | buffer copies or moves the file to that directory. | 1487 | buffer copies or moves the file to that directory. |
| 1751 | 1488 | ||
| 1752 | +++ | ||
| 1753 | *** Under X11, it is possible to swap Alt and Meta (and Super and Hyper). | 1489 | *** Under X11, it is possible to swap Alt and Meta (and Super and Hyper). |
| 1754 | The new variables `x-alt-keysym', `x-hyper-keysym', `x-meta-keysym', | 1490 | The new variables `x-alt-keysym', `x-hyper-keysym', `x-meta-keysym', |
| 1755 | and `x-super-keysym' can be used to choose which keysyms Emacs should | 1491 | and `x-super-keysym' can be used to choose which keysyms Emacs should |
| @@ -1758,31 +1494,26 @@ Meta and Alt: | |||
| 1758 | (setq x-alt-keysym 'meta) | 1494 | (setq x-alt-keysym 'meta) |
| 1759 | (setq x-meta-keysym 'alt) | 1495 | (setq x-meta-keysym 'alt) |
| 1760 | 1496 | ||
| 1761 | +++ | ||
| 1762 | *** The X resource useXIM can be used to turn off use of XIM, which can | 1497 | *** The X resource useXIM can be used to turn off use of XIM, which can |
| 1763 | speed up Emacs with slow networking to the X server. | 1498 | speed up Emacs with slow networking to the X server. |
| 1764 | 1499 | ||
| 1765 | If the configure option `--without-xim' was used to turn off use of | 1500 | If the configure option `--without-xim' was used to turn off use of |
| 1766 | XIM by default, the X resource useXIM can be used to turn it on. | 1501 | XIM by default, the X resource useXIM can be used to turn it on. |
| 1767 | 1502 | ||
| 1768 | --- | ||
| 1769 | *** The new variable `x-select-request-type' controls how Emacs | 1503 | *** The new variable `x-select-request-type' controls how Emacs |
| 1770 | requests X selection. The default value is nil, which means that | 1504 | requests X selection. The default value is nil, which means that |
| 1771 | Emacs requests X selection with types COMPOUND_TEXT and UTF8_STRING, | 1505 | Emacs requests X selection with types COMPOUND_TEXT and UTF8_STRING, |
| 1772 | and use the more appropriately result. | 1506 | and use the more appropriately result. |
| 1773 | 1507 | ||
| 1774 | --- | ||
| 1775 | *** The scrollbar under LessTif or Motif has a smoother drag-scrolling. | 1508 | *** The scrollbar under LessTif or Motif has a smoother drag-scrolling. |
| 1776 | On the other hand, the size of the thumb does not represent the actual | 1509 | On the other hand, the size of the thumb does not represent the actual |
| 1777 | amount of text shown any more (only a crude approximation of it). | 1510 | amount of text shown any more (only a crude approximation of it). |
| 1778 | 1511 | ||
| 1779 | ** Xterm support: | 1512 | ** Xterm support: |
| 1780 | 1513 | ||
| 1781 | --- | ||
| 1782 | *** If you enable Xterm Mouse mode, Emacs will respond to mouse clicks | 1514 | *** If you enable Xterm Mouse mode, Emacs will respond to mouse clicks |
| 1783 | on the mode line, header line and display margin, when run in an xterm. | 1515 | on the mode line, header line and display margin, when run in an xterm. |
| 1784 | 1516 | ||
| 1785 | --- | ||
| 1786 | *** Improved key bindings support when running in an xterm. | 1517 | *** Improved key bindings support when running in an xterm. |
| 1787 | When Emacs is running in an xterm more key bindings are available. | 1518 | When Emacs is running in an xterm more key bindings are available. |
| 1788 | The following should work: | 1519 | The following should work: |
| @@ -1795,7 +1526,6 @@ resource is set are also supported. | |||
| 1795 | 1526 | ||
| 1796 | ** Character terminal color support changes: | 1527 | ** Character terminal color support changes: |
| 1797 | 1528 | ||
| 1798 | +++ | ||
| 1799 | *** The new command-line option --color=MODE lets you specify a standard | 1529 | *** The new command-line option --color=MODE lets you specify a standard |
| 1800 | mode for a tty color support. It is meant to be used on character | 1530 | mode for a tty color support. It is meant to be used on character |
| 1801 | terminals whose capabilities are not set correctly in the terminal | 1531 | terminals whose capabilities are not set correctly in the terminal |
| @@ -1806,26 +1536,33 @@ when invoked with "ls --color", so if your terminal can support colors | |||
| 1806 | in "ls --color", it will support "emacs --color" as well. See the | 1536 | in "ls --color", it will support "emacs --color" as well. See the |
| 1807 | user manual for the possible values of the MODE parameter. | 1537 | user manual for the possible values of the MODE parameter. |
| 1808 | 1538 | ||
| 1809 | --- | ||
| 1810 | *** Emacs now supports several character terminals which provide more | 1539 | *** Emacs now supports several character terminals which provide more |
| 1811 | than 8 colors. For example, for `xterm', 16-color, 88-color, and | 1540 | than 8 colors. For example, for `xterm', 16-color, 88-color, and |
| 1812 | 256-color modes are supported. Emacs automatically notes at startup | 1541 | 256-color modes are supported. Emacs automatically notes at startup |
| 1813 | the extended number of colors, and defines the appropriate entries for | 1542 | the extended number of colors, and defines the appropriate entries for |
| 1814 | all of these colors. | 1543 | all of these colors. |
| 1815 | 1544 | ||
| 1816 | +++ | ||
| 1817 | *** Emacs now uses the full range of available colors for the default | 1545 | *** Emacs now uses the full range of available colors for the default |
| 1818 | faces when running on a color terminal, including 16-, 88-, and | 1546 | faces when running on a color terminal, including 16-, 88-, and |
| 1819 | 256-color xterms. This means that when you run "emacs -nw" on an | 1547 | 256-color xterms. This means that when you run "emacs -nw" on an |
| 1820 | 88-color or 256-color xterm, you will see essentially the same face | 1548 | 88-color or 256-color xterm, you will see essentially the same face |
| 1821 | colors as on X. | 1549 | colors as on X. |
| 1822 | 1550 | ||
| 1823 | --- | ||
| 1824 | *** There's a new support for colors on `rxvt' terminal emulator. | 1551 | *** There's a new support for colors on `rxvt' terminal emulator. |
| 1552 | |||
| 1553 | ** ebnf2ps changes: | ||
| 1554 | |||
| 1555 | *** New option `ebnf-arrow-extra-width' which specify extra width for arrow | ||
| 1556 | shape drawing. | ||
| 1557 | The extra width is used to avoid that the arrowhead and the terminal border | ||
| 1558 | overlap. It depends on `ebnf-arrow-shape' and `ebnf-line-width'. | ||
| 1559 | |||
| 1560 | *** New option `ebnf-arrow-scale' which specify the arrow scale. | ||
| 1561 | Values lower than 1.0, shrink the arrow. | ||
| 1562 | Values greater than 1.0, expand the arrow. | ||
| 1825 | 1563 | ||
| 1826 | * New Modes and Packages in Emacs 22.1 | 1564 | * New Modes and Packages in Emacs 22.1 |
| 1827 | 1565 | ||
| 1828 | --- | ||
| 1829 | ** ERC is now part of the Emacs distribution. | 1566 | ** ERC is now part of the Emacs distribution. |
| 1830 | 1567 | ||
| 1831 | ERC is a powerful, modular, and extensible IRC client for Emacs. | 1568 | ERC is a powerful, modular, and extensible IRC client for Emacs. |
| @@ -1836,7 +1573,6 @@ M-x customize-option erc-modules RET. | |||
| 1836 | To start an IRC session with ERC, type M-x erc, and follow the prompts | 1573 | To start an IRC session with ERC, type M-x erc, and follow the prompts |
| 1837 | for server, port, and nick. | 1574 | for server, port, and nick. |
| 1838 | 1575 | ||
| 1839 | --- | ||
| 1840 | ** Rcirc is now part of the Emacs distribution. | 1576 | ** Rcirc is now part of the Emacs distribution. |
| 1841 | 1577 | ||
| 1842 | Rcirc is an Internet relay chat (IRC) client. It supports | 1578 | Rcirc is an Internet relay chat (IRC) client. It supports |
| @@ -1850,7 +1586,6 @@ To start an IRC session using the default parameters, type M-x irc. | |||
| 1850 | If you type C-u M-x irc, it prompts you for the server, nick, port and | 1586 | If you type C-u M-x irc, it prompts you for the server, nick, port and |
| 1851 | startup channel parameters before connecting. | 1587 | startup channel parameters before connecting. |
| 1852 | 1588 | ||
| 1853 | --- | ||
| 1854 | ** Newsticker is now part of the Emacs distribution. | 1589 | ** Newsticker is now part of the Emacs distribution. |
| 1855 | 1590 | ||
| 1856 | Newsticker asynchronously retrieves headlines (RSS) from a list of news | 1591 | Newsticker asynchronously retrieves headlines (RSS) from a list of news |
| @@ -1858,11 +1593,9 @@ sites, prepares these headlines for reading, and allows for loading the | |||
| 1858 | corresponding articles in a web browser. Its documentation is in a | 1593 | corresponding articles in a web browser. Its documentation is in a |
| 1859 | separate manual. | 1594 | separate manual. |
| 1860 | 1595 | ||
| 1861 | +++ | ||
| 1862 | ** savehist saves minibuffer histories between sessions. | 1596 | ** savehist saves minibuffer histories between sessions. |
| 1863 | To use this feature, turn on savehist-mode in your `.emacs' file. | 1597 | To use this feature, turn on savehist-mode in your `.emacs' file. |
| 1864 | 1598 | ||
| 1865 | +++ | ||
| 1866 | ** Filesets are collections of files. You can define a fileset in | 1599 | ** Filesets are collections of files. You can define a fileset in |
| 1867 | various ways, such as based on a directory tree or based on | 1600 | various ways, such as based on a directory tree or based on |
| 1868 | program files that include other program files. | 1601 | program files that include other program files. |
| @@ -1871,7 +1604,6 @@ Once you have defined a fileset, you can perform various operations on | |||
| 1871 | all the files in it, such as visiting them or searching and replacing | 1604 | all the files in it, such as visiting them or searching and replacing |
| 1872 | in them. | 1605 | in them. |
| 1873 | 1606 | ||
| 1874 | +++ | ||
| 1875 | ** Calc is now part of the Emacs distribution. | 1607 | ** Calc is now part of the Emacs distribution. |
| 1876 | 1608 | ||
| 1877 | Calc is an advanced desk calculator and mathematical tool written in | 1609 | Calc is an advanced desk calculator and mathematical tool written in |
| @@ -1881,11 +1613,9 @@ Emacs manual; within Emacs, type "C-h i m calc RET" to read the | |||
| 1881 | manual. A reference card is available in `etc/calccard.tex' and | 1613 | manual. A reference card is available in `etc/calccard.tex' and |
| 1882 | `etc/calccard.ps'. | 1614 | `etc/calccard.ps'. |
| 1883 | 1615 | ||
| 1884 | --- | ||
| 1885 | ** The new package ibuffer provides a powerful, completely | 1616 | ** The new package ibuffer provides a powerful, completely |
| 1886 | customizable replacement for buff-menu.el. | 1617 | customizable replacement for buff-menu.el. |
| 1887 | 1618 | ||
| 1888 | --- | ||
| 1889 | ** Ido mode is now part of the Emacs distribution. | 1619 | ** Ido mode is now part of the Emacs distribution. |
| 1890 | 1620 | ||
| 1891 | The ido (interactively do) package is an extension of the iswitchb | 1621 | The ido (interactively do) package is an extension of the iswitchb |
| @@ -1893,11 +1623,9 @@ package to do interactive opening of files and directories in addition | |||
| 1893 | to interactive buffer switching. Ido is a superset of iswitchb (with | 1623 | to interactive buffer switching. Ido is a superset of iswitchb (with |
| 1894 | a few exceptions), so don't enable both packages. | 1624 | a few exceptions), so don't enable both packages. |
| 1895 | 1625 | ||
| 1896 | +++ | ||
| 1897 | ** Image files are normally visited in Image mode, which lets you toggle | 1626 | ** Image files are normally visited in Image mode, which lets you toggle |
| 1898 | between viewing the image and viewing the text using C-c C-c. | 1627 | between viewing the image and viewing the text using C-c C-c. |
| 1899 | 1628 | ||
| 1900 | --- | ||
| 1901 | ** CUA mode is now part of the Emacs distribution. | 1629 | ** CUA mode is now part of the Emacs distribution. |
| 1902 | 1630 | ||
| 1903 | The new cua package provides CUA-like keybindings using C-x for | 1631 | The new cua package provides CUA-like keybindings using C-x for |
| @@ -1946,7 +1674,6 @@ versions of cua.el and cua-mode.el. To ensure proper operation, you | |||
| 1946 | must remove older versions of cua.el or cua-mode.el as well as the | 1674 | must remove older versions of cua.el or cua-mode.el as well as the |
| 1947 | loading and customization of those packages from the .emacs file. | 1675 | loading and customization of those packages from the .emacs file. |
| 1948 | 1676 | ||
| 1949 | +++ | ||
| 1950 | ** Org mode is now part of the Emacs distribution | 1677 | ** Org mode is now part of the Emacs distribution |
| 1951 | 1678 | ||
| 1952 | Org mode is a mode for keeping notes, maintaining ToDo lists, and | 1679 | Org mode is a mode for keeping notes, maintaining ToDo lists, and |
| @@ -1961,11 +1688,9 @@ The documentation for org-mode is in a separate manual; within Emacs, | |||
| 1961 | type "C-h i m org RET" to read that manual. A reference card is | 1688 | type "C-h i m org RET" to read that manual. A reference card is |
| 1962 | available in `etc/orgcard.tex' and `etc/orgcard.ps'. | 1689 | available in `etc/orgcard.tex' and `etc/orgcard.ps'. |
| 1963 | 1690 | ||
| 1964 | +++ | ||
| 1965 | ** The new package dns-mode.el adds syntax highlighting of DNS master files. | 1691 | ** The new package dns-mode.el adds syntax highlighting of DNS master files. |
| 1966 | It is a modern replacement for zone-mode.el, which is now obsolete. | 1692 | It is a modern replacement for zone-mode.el, which is now obsolete. |
| 1967 | 1693 | ||
| 1968 | --- | ||
| 1969 | ** The new global minor mode `file-name-shadow-mode' modifies the way | 1694 | ** The new global minor mode `file-name-shadow-mode' modifies the way |
| 1970 | filenames being entered by the user in the minibuffer are displayed, so | 1695 | filenames being entered by the user in the minibuffer are displayed, so |
| 1971 | that it's clear when part of the entered filename will be ignored due to | 1696 | that it's clear when part of the entered filename will be ignored due to |
| @@ -1973,11 +1698,9 @@ Emacs' filename parsing rules. The ignored portion can be made dim, | |||
| 1973 | invisible, or otherwise less visually noticeable. The display method can | 1698 | invisible, or otherwise less visually noticeable. The display method can |
| 1974 | be displayed by customizing the variable `file-name-shadow-properties'. | 1699 | be displayed by customizing the variable `file-name-shadow-properties'. |
| 1975 | 1700 | ||
| 1976 | +++ | ||
| 1977 | ** The new package flymake.el does on-the-fly syntax checking of program | 1701 | ** The new package flymake.el does on-the-fly syntax checking of program |
| 1978 | source files. See the Flymake's Info manual for more details. | 1702 | source files. See the Flymake's Info manual for more details. |
| 1979 | 1703 | ||
| 1980 | +++ | ||
| 1981 | ** The new keypad setup package provides several common bindings for | 1704 | ** The new keypad setup package provides several common bindings for |
| 1982 | the numeric keypad which is available on most keyboards. The numeric | 1705 | the numeric keypad which is available on most keyboards. The numeric |
| 1983 | keypad typically has the digits 0 to 9, a decimal point, keys marked | 1706 | keypad typically has the digits 0 to 9, a decimal point, keys marked |
| @@ -2002,7 +1725,6 @@ where the keys work like (shifted) arrow keys, home/end, etc., and | |||
| 2002 | are left unspecified and can be bound individually through the global | 1725 | are left unspecified and can be bound individually through the global |
| 2003 | or local keymaps. | 1726 | or local keymaps. |
| 2004 | 1727 | ||
| 2005 | +++ | ||
| 2006 | ** Emacs' keyboard macro facilities have been enhanced by the new | 1728 | ** Emacs' keyboard macro facilities have been enhanced by the new |
| 2007 | kmacro package. | 1729 | kmacro package. |
| 2008 | 1730 | ||
| @@ -2036,16 +1758,13 @@ Keyboard macros can now be debugged and edited interactively. | |||
| 2036 | C-x C-k SPC steps through the last keyboard macro one key sequence | 1758 | C-x C-k SPC steps through the last keyboard macro one key sequence |
| 2037 | at a time, prompting for the actions to take. | 1759 | at a time, prompting for the actions to take. |
| 2038 | 1760 | ||
| 2039 | --- | ||
| 2040 | ** New minor mode, Visible mode, toggles invisibility in the current buffer. | 1761 | ** New minor mode, Visible mode, toggles invisibility in the current buffer. |
| 2041 | When enabled, it makes all invisible text visible. When disabled, it | 1762 | When enabled, it makes all invisible text visible. When disabled, it |
| 2042 | restores the previous value of `buffer-invisibility-spec'. | 1763 | restores the previous value of `buffer-invisibility-spec'. |
| 2043 | 1764 | ||
| 2044 | +++ | ||
| 2045 | ** The wdired.el package allows you to use normal editing commands on Dired | 1765 | ** The wdired.el package allows you to use normal editing commands on Dired |
| 2046 | buffers to change filenames, permissions, etc... | 1766 | buffers to change filenames, permissions, etc... |
| 2047 | 1767 | ||
| 2048 | +++ | ||
| 2049 | ** The new package longlines.el provides a minor mode for editing text | 1768 | ** The new package longlines.el provides a minor mode for editing text |
| 2050 | files composed of long lines, based on the `use-hard-newlines' | 1769 | files composed of long lines, based on the `use-hard-newlines' |
| 2051 | mechanism. The long lines are broken up by inserting soft newlines, | 1770 | mechanism. The long lines are broken up by inserting soft newlines, |
| @@ -2056,7 +1775,6 @@ referred to as "soft word wrap" in other text editors. This is | |||
| 2056 | similar to Refill mode, but more reliable. To turn the word wrap | 1775 | similar to Refill mode, but more reliable. To turn the word wrap |
| 2057 | feature off, set `longlines-auto-wrap' to nil. | 1776 | feature off, set `longlines-auto-wrap' to nil. |
| 2058 | 1777 | ||
| 2059 | +++ | ||
| 2060 | ** The printing package is now part of the Emacs distribution. | 1778 | ** The printing package is now part of the Emacs distribution. |
| 2061 | 1779 | ||
| 2062 | If you enable the printing package by including (require 'printing) in | 1780 | If you enable the printing package by including (require 'printing) in |
| @@ -2066,7 +1784,6 @@ ghostview, use ghostscript to print (if you don't have a PostScript | |||
| 2066 | printer) or send directly to printer a PostScript code generated by | 1784 | printer) or send directly to printer a PostScript code generated by |
| 2067 | `ps-print' package. Use M-x pr-help for more information. | 1785 | `ps-print' package. Use M-x pr-help for more information. |
| 2068 | 1786 | ||
| 2069 | --- | ||
| 2070 | ** The minor mode Reveal mode makes text visible on the fly as you | 1787 | ** The minor mode Reveal mode makes text visible on the fly as you |
| 2071 | move your cursor into hidden regions of the buffer. | 1788 | move your cursor into hidden regions of the buffer. |
| 2072 | It should work with any package that uses overlays to hide parts | 1789 | It should work with any package that uses overlays to hide parts |
| @@ -2074,23 +1791,19 @@ of a buffer, such as outline-minor-mode, hs-minor-mode, hide-ifdef-mode, ... | |||
| 2074 | 1791 | ||
| 2075 | There is also Global Reveal mode which affects all buffers. | 1792 | There is also Global Reveal mode which affects all buffers. |
| 2076 | 1793 | ||
| 2077 | --- | ||
| 2078 | ** The ruler-mode.el library provides a minor mode for displaying an | 1794 | ** The ruler-mode.el library provides a minor mode for displaying an |
| 2079 | "active" ruler in the header line. You can use the mouse to visually | 1795 | "active" ruler in the header line. You can use the mouse to visually |
| 2080 | change the `fill-column', `window-margins' and `tab-stop-list' | 1796 | change the `fill-column', `window-margins' and `tab-stop-list' |
| 2081 | settings. | 1797 | settings. |
| 2082 | 1798 | ||
| 2083 | +++ | ||
| 2084 | ** SES mode (ses-mode) is a new major mode for creating and editing | 1799 | ** SES mode (ses-mode) is a new major mode for creating and editing |
| 2085 | spreadsheet files. Besides the usual Emacs features (intuitive command | 1800 | spreadsheet files. Besides the usual Emacs features (intuitive command |
| 2086 | letters, undo, cell formulas in Lisp, plaintext files, etc.) it also offers | 1801 | letters, undo, cell formulas in Lisp, plaintext files, etc.) it also offers |
| 2087 | viral immunity and import/export of tab-separated values. | 1802 | viral immunity and import/export of tab-separated values. |
| 2088 | 1803 | ||
| 2089 | +++ | ||
| 2090 | ** The new global minor mode `size-indication-mode' (off by default) | 1804 | ** The new global minor mode `size-indication-mode' (off by default) |
| 2091 | shows the size of accessible part of the buffer on the mode line. | 1805 | shows the size of accessible part of the buffer on the mode line. |
| 2092 | 1806 | ||
| 2093 | +++ | ||
| 2094 | ** The new package table.el implements editable, WYSIWYG, embedded | 1807 | ** The new package table.el implements editable, WYSIWYG, embedded |
| 2095 | `text tables' in Emacs buffers. It simulates the effect of putting | 1808 | `text tables' in Emacs buffers. It simulates the effect of putting |
| 2096 | these tables in a special major mode. The package emulates WYSIWYG | 1809 | these tables in a special major mode. The package emulates WYSIWYG |
| @@ -2098,12 +1811,11 @@ table editing available in modern word processors. The package also | |||
| 2098 | can generate a table source in typesetting and markup languages such | 1811 | can generate a table source in typesetting and markup languages such |
| 2099 | as latex and html from the visually laid out text table. | 1812 | as latex and html from the visually laid out text table. |
| 2100 | 1813 | ||
| 2101 | +++ | 1814 | ** The image-dired.el package allows you to easily view, tag and in |
| 2102 | ** The tumme.el package allows you to easily view, tag and in other ways | 1815 | other ways manipulate image files and their thumbnails, using dired as |
| 2103 | manipulate image files and their thumbnails, using dired as the main interface. | 1816 | the main interface. Image-Dired provides functionality to generate |
| 2104 | Tumme provides functionality to generate simple image galleries. | 1817 | simple image galleries. |
| 2105 | 1818 | ||
| 2106 | +++ | ||
| 2107 | ** Tramp is now part of the distribution. | 1819 | ** Tramp is now part of the distribution. |
| 2108 | 1820 | ||
| 2109 | This package is similar to Ange-FTP: it allows you to edit remote | 1821 | This package is similar to Ange-FTP: it allows you to edit remote |
| @@ -2126,14 +1838,11 @@ If you want to disable Tramp you should set | |||
| 2126 | Removing Tramp, and re-enabling Ange-FTP, can be achieved by M-x | 1838 | Removing Tramp, and re-enabling Ange-FTP, can be achieved by M-x |
| 2127 | tramp-unload-tramp. | 1839 | tramp-unload-tramp. |
| 2128 | 1840 | ||
| 2129 | --- | ||
| 2130 | ** The URL package (which had been part of W3) is now part of Emacs. | 1841 | ** The URL package (which had been part of W3) is now part of Emacs. |
| 2131 | 1842 | ||
| 2132 | --- | ||
| 2133 | ** `cfengine-mode' is a major mode for editing GNU Cfengine | 1843 | ** `cfengine-mode' is a major mode for editing GNU Cfengine |
| 2134 | configuration files. | 1844 | configuration files. |
| 2135 | 1845 | ||
| 2136 | +++ | ||
| 2137 | ** The new package conf-mode.el handles thousands of configuration files, with | 1846 | ** The new package conf-mode.el handles thousands of configuration files, with |
| 2138 | varying syntaxes for comments (;, #, //, /* */ or !), assignment (var = value, | 1847 | varying syntaxes for comments (;, #, //, /* */ or !), assignment (var = value, |
| 2139 | var : value, var value or keyword var value) and sections ([section] or | 1848 | var : value, var value or keyword var value) and sections ([section] or |
| @@ -2141,24 +1850,19 @@ section { }). Many files under /etc/, or with suffixes like .cf through | |||
| 2141 | .config, .properties (Java), .desktop (KDE/Gnome), .ini and many others are | 1850 | .config, .properties (Java), .desktop (KDE/Gnome), .ini and many others are |
| 2142 | recognized. | 1851 | recognized. |
| 2143 | 1852 | ||
| 2144 | --- | ||
| 2145 | ** GDB-Script-mode is used for files like .gdbinit. | 1853 | ** GDB-Script-mode is used for files like .gdbinit. |
| 2146 | 1854 | ||
| 2147 | +++ | ||
| 2148 | ** The new python.el package is used to edit Python and Jython programs. | 1855 | ** The new python.el package is used to edit Python and Jython programs. |
| 2149 | 1856 | ||
| 2150 | --- | ||
| 2151 | ** The TCL package tcl-mode.el was replaced by tcl.el. | 1857 | ** The TCL package tcl-mode.el was replaced by tcl.el. |
| 2152 | This was actually done in Emacs-21.1, and was not documented. | 1858 | This was actually done in Emacs-21.1, and was not documented. |
| 2153 | 1859 | ||
| 2154 | --- | ||
| 2155 | ** The new package scroll-lock.el provides the Scroll Lock minor mode | 1860 | ** The new package scroll-lock.el provides the Scroll Lock minor mode |
| 2156 | for pager-like scrolling. Keys which normally move point by line or | 1861 | for pager-like scrolling. Keys which normally move point by line or |
| 2157 | paragraph will scroll the buffer by the respective amount of lines | 1862 | paragraph will scroll the buffer by the respective amount of lines |
| 2158 | instead and point will be kept vertically fixed relative to window | 1863 | instead and point will be kept vertically fixed relative to window |
| 2159 | boundaries during scrolling. | 1864 | boundaries during scrolling. |
| 2160 | 1865 | ||
| 2161 | +++ | ||
| 2162 | ** The file t-mouse.el is now part of Emacs and provides access to mouse | 1866 | ** The file t-mouse.el is now part of Emacs and provides access to mouse |
| 2163 | events from the console. It still requires gpm to work but has been updated | 1867 | events from the console. It still requires gpm to work but has been updated |
| 2164 | for Emacs 22. In particular, the mode-line is now position sensitive. | 1868 | for Emacs 22. In particular, the mode-line is now position sensitive. |
| @@ -2167,23 +1871,20 @@ for Emacs 22. In particular, the mode-line is now position sensitive. | |||
| 2167 | 1871 | ||
| 2168 | ** Changes in Shell Mode | 1872 | ** Changes in Shell Mode |
| 2169 | 1873 | ||
| 2170 | --- | ||
| 2171 | *** Shell output normally scrolls so that the input line is at the | 1874 | *** Shell output normally scrolls so that the input line is at the |
| 2172 | bottom of the window -- thus showing the maximum possible text. (This | 1875 | bottom of the window -- thus showing the maximum possible text. (This |
| 2173 | is similar to the way sequential output to a terminal works.) | 1876 | is similar to the way sequential output to a terminal works.) |
| 2174 | 1877 | ||
| 2175 | ** Changes in Dired | 1878 | ** Changes in Dired |
| 2176 | 1879 | ||
| 2177 | +++ | 1880 | *** Bindings for Image-Dired added |
| 2178 | *** Bindings for Tumme added | ||
| 2179 | Several new keybindings, all starting with the C-t prefix, have been | 1881 | Several new keybindings, all starting with the C-t prefix, have been |
| 2180 | added to Dired. They are all bound to commands in Tumme. As a starting | 1882 | added to Dired. They are all bound to commands in Image-Dired. As a |
| 2181 | point, mark some image files in a dired buffer and do C-t d to display | 1883 | starting point, mark some image files in a dired buffer and do C-t d |
| 2182 | thumbnails of them in a separate buffer. | 1884 | to display thumbnails of them in a separate buffer. |
| 2183 | 1885 | ||
| 2184 | ** Changes in Hi Lock | 1886 | ** Changes in Hi Lock |
| 2185 | 1887 | ||
| 2186 | +++ | ||
| 2187 | *** hi-lock-mode now only affects a single buffer, and a new function | 1888 | *** hi-lock-mode now only affects a single buffer, and a new function |
| 2188 | `global-hi-lock-mode' enables Hi Lock in all buffers. By default, if | 1889 | `global-hi-lock-mode' enables Hi Lock in all buffers. By default, if |
| 2189 | hi-lock-mode is used in what appears to be the initialization file, a | 1890 | hi-lock-mode is used in what appears to be the initialization file, a |
| @@ -2193,7 +1894,6 @@ using hi-lock-mode in an initialization file will turn on Hi Lock in all | |||
| 2193 | buffers and no warning will be issued (for compatibility with the | 1894 | buffers and no warning will be issued (for compatibility with the |
| 2194 | behavior in older versions of Emacs). | 1895 | behavior in older versions of Emacs). |
| 2195 | 1896 | ||
| 2196 | --- | ||
| 2197 | ** Changes in Allout | 1897 | ** Changes in Allout |
| 2198 | 1898 | ||
| 2199 | *** Some previously rough topic-header format edge cases are reconciled. | 1899 | *** Some previously rough topic-header format edge cases are reconciled. |
| @@ -2202,7 +1902,7 @@ asterisk - for instance, the comment close of some languages (eg, c's "*/" | |||
| 2202 | or mathematica's "*)") - at the beginning of line are no longer are | 1902 | or mathematica's "*)") - at the beginning of line are no longer are |
| 2203 | interpreted as level 1 topics in those modes. | 1903 | interpreted as level 1 topics in those modes. |
| 2204 | 1904 | ||
| 2205 | *** Many or most commonly occuring "accidental" topics are disqualified. | 1905 | *** Many or most commonly occurring "accidental" topics are disqualified. |
| 2206 | Text in item bodies that looks like a low-depth topic is no longer mistaken | 1906 | Text in item bodies that looks like a low-depth topic is no longer mistaken |
| 2207 | for one unless its first offspring (or that of its next sibling with | 1907 | for one unless its first offspring (or that of its next sibling with |
| 2208 | offspring) is only one level deeper. | 1908 | offspring) is only one level deeper. |
| @@ -2292,14 +1992,12 @@ handling of edits of concealed text, undo concerns, etc. | |||
| 2292 | - many, many other, more minor tweaks, fixes, and refinements. | 1992 | - many, many other, more minor tweaks, fixes, and refinements. |
| 2293 | - version number incremented to 2.2 | 1993 | - version number incremented to 2.2 |
| 2294 | 1994 | ||
| 2295 | +++ | 1995 | ** The variable `woman-topic-at-point' is renamed |
| 2296 | ** The variable `woman-topic-at-point' was renamed | ||
| 2297 | to `woman-use-topic-at-point' and behaves differently: if this | 1996 | to `woman-use-topic-at-point' and behaves differently: if this |
| 2298 | variable is non-nil, the `woman' command uses the word at point | 1997 | variable is non-nil, the `woman' command uses the word at point |
| 2299 | automatically, without asking for a confirmation. Otherwise, the word | 1998 | automatically, without asking for a confirmation. Otherwise, the word |
| 2300 | at point is suggested as default, but not inserted at the prompt. | 1999 | at point is suggested as default, but not inserted at the prompt. |
| 2301 | 2000 | ||
| 2302 | --- | ||
| 2303 | ** Changes to cmuscheme | 2001 | ** Changes to cmuscheme |
| 2304 | 2002 | ||
| 2305 | *** Emacs now offers to start Scheme if the user tries to | 2003 | *** Emacs now offers to start Scheme if the user tries to |
| @@ -2315,7 +2013,6 @@ procedure calls (`scheme-trace-procedure') and to expand syntactic forms | |||
| 2315 | subprocess are controlled by the user options `scheme-trace-command', | 2013 | subprocess are controlled by the user options `scheme-trace-command', |
| 2316 | `scheme-untrace-command' and `scheme-expand-current-form'. | 2014 | `scheme-untrace-command' and `scheme-expand-current-form'. |
| 2317 | 2015 | ||
| 2318 | --- | ||
| 2319 | ** Changes in Makefile mode | 2016 | ** Changes in Makefile mode |
| 2320 | 2017 | ||
| 2321 | *** Makefile mode has submodes for automake, gmake, makepp, BSD make and imake. | 2018 | *** Makefile mode has submodes for automake, gmake, makepp, BSD make and imake. |
| @@ -2328,21 +2025,16 @@ faces. | |||
| 2328 | to `makefile-query-one-target-method-function'. The old name is still | 2025 | to `makefile-query-one-target-method-function'. The old name is still |
| 2329 | available as alias. | 2026 | available as alias. |
| 2330 | 2027 | ||
| 2331 | +++ | ||
| 2332 | ** In Outline mode, `hide-body' no longer hides lines at the top | 2028 | ** In Outline mode, `hide-body' no longer hides lines at the top |
| 2333 | of the file that precede the first header line. | 2029 | of the file that precede the first header line. |
| 2334 | 2030 | ||
| 2335 | +++ | ||
| 2336 | ** Telnet now prompts you for a port number with C-u M-x telnet. | 2031 | ** Telnet now prompts you for a port number with C-u M-x telnet. |
| 2337 | 2032 | ||
| 2338 | --- | ||
| 2339 | ** The terminal emulation code in term.el has been improved; it can | 2033 | ** The terminal emulation code in term.el has been improved; it can |
| 2340 | run most curses applications now. | 2034 | run most curses applications now. |
| 2341 | 2035 | ||
| 2342 | +++ | ||
| 2343 | ** M-x diff uses Diff mode instead of Compilation mode. | 2036 | ** M-x diff uses Diff mode instead of Compilation mode. |
| 2344 | 2037 | ||
| 2345 | +++ | ||
| 2346 | ** Diff mode key bindings changed. | 2038 | ** Diff mode key bindings changed. |
| 2347 | 2039 | ||
| 2348 | These are the new bindings: | 2040 | These are the new bindings: |
| @@ -2357,7 +2049,6 @@ To convert unified to context format, use C-u C-c C-u. | |||
| 2357 | In addition, C-c C-u now operates on the region | 2049 | In addition, C-c C-u now operates on the region |
| 2358 | in Transient Mark mode when the mark is active. | 2050 | in Transient Mark mode when the mark is active. |
| 2359 | 2051 | ||
| 2360 | +++ | ||
| 2361 | ** You can now customize `fill-nobreak-predicate' to control where | 2052 | ** You can now customize `fill-nobreak-predicate' to control where |
| 2362 | filling can break lines. The value is now normally a list of | 2053 | filling can break lines. The value is now normally a list of |
| 2363 | functions, but it can also be a single function, for compatibility. | 2054 | functions, but it can also be a single function, for compatibility. |
| @@ -2366,39 +2057,31 @@ Emacs provide two predicates, `fill-single-word-nobreak-p' and | |||
| 2366 | `fill-french-nobreak-p', for use as the value of | 2057 | `fill-french-nobreak-p', for use as the value of |
| 2367 | `fill-nobreak-predicate'. | 2058 | `fill-nobreak-predicate'. |
| 2368 | 2059 | ||
| 2369 | --- | ||
| 2370 | ** M-x view-file and commands that use it now avoid interfering | 2060 | ** M-x view-file and commands that use it now avoid interfering |
| 2371 | with special modes such as Tar mode. | 2061 | with special modes such as Tar mode. |
| 2372 | 2062 | ||
| 2373 | --- | ||
| 2374 | ** Commands `winner-redo' and `winner-undo', from winner.el, are now | 2063 | ** Commands `winner-redo' and `winner-undo', from winner.el, are now |
| 2375 | bound to C-c <left> and C-c <right>, respectively. This is an | 2064 | bound to C-c <left> and C-c <right>, respectively. This is an |
| 2376 | incompatible change. | 2065 | incompatible change. |
| 2377 | 2066 | ||
| 2378 | --- | ||
| 2379 | ** `global-whitespace-mode' is a new alias for `whitespace-global-mode'. | 2067 | ** `global-whitespace-mode' is a new alias for `whitespace-global-mode'. |
| 2380 | 2068 | ||
| 2381 | +++ | ||
| 2382 | ** M-x compare-windows now can automatically skip non-matching text to | 2069 | ** M-x compare-windows now can automatically skip non-matching text to |
| 2383 | resync points in both windows. | 2070 | resync points in both windows. |
| 2384 | 2071 | ||
| 2385 | +++ | ||
| 2386 | ** New user option `add-log-always-start-new-record'. | 2072 | ** New user option `add-log-always-start-new-record'. |
| 2387 | 2073 | ||
| 2388 | When this option is enabled, M-x add-change-log-entry always | 2074 | When this option is enabled, M-x add-change-log-entry always |
| 2389 | starts a new record regardless of when the last record is. | 2075 | starts a new record regardless of when the last record is. |
| 2390 | 2076 | ||
| 2391 | --- | ||
| 2392 | ** PO translation files are decoded according to their MIME headers | 2077 | ** PO translation files are decoded according to their MIME headers |
| 2393 | when Emacs visits them. | 2078 | when Emacs visits them. |
| 2394 | 2079 | ||
| 2395 | ** Info mode changes: | 2080 | ** Info mode changes: |
| 2396 | 2081 | ||
| 2397 | +++ | ||
| 2398 | *** A numeric prefix argument of `info' selects an Info buffer | 2082 | *** A numeric prefix argument of `info' selects an Info buffer |
| 2399 | with the number appended to the `*info*' buffer name (e.g. "*info*<2>"). | 2083 | with the number appended to the `*info*' buffer name (e.g. "*info*<2>"). |
| 2400 | 2084 | ||
| 2401 | +++ | ||
| 2402 | *** isearch in Info uses Info-search and searches through multiple nodes. | 2085 | *** isearch in Info uses Info-search and searches through multiple nodes. |
| 2403 | 2086 | ||
| 2404 | Before leaving the initial Info node isearch fails once with the error | 2087 | Before leaving the initial Info node isearch fails once with the error |
| @@ -2409,82 +2092,65 @@ around the whole manual to the top/final node. The user option | |||
| 2409 | or the default isearch search function that wraps around the current | 2092 | or the default isearch search function that wraps around the current |
| 2410 | Info node. | 2093 | Info node. |
| 2411 | 2094 | ||
| 2412 | --- | ||
| 2413 | *** New search commands: `Info-search-case-sensitively' (bound to S), | 2095 | *** New search commands: `Info-search-case-sensitively' (bound to S), |
| 2414 | `Info-search-backward', and `Info-search-next' which repeats the last | 2096 | `Info-search-backward', and `Info-search-next' which repeats the last |
| 2415 | search without prompting for a new search string. | 2097 | search without prompting for a new search string. |
| 2416 | 2098 | ||
| 2417 | +++ | ||
| 2418 | *** New command `Info-history-forward' (bound to r and new toolbar icon) | 2099 | *** New command `Info-history-forward' (bound to r and new toolbar icon) |
| 2419 | moves forward in history to the node you returned from after using | 2100 | moves forward in history to the node you returned from after using |
| 2420 | `Info-history-back' (renamed from `Info-last'). | 2101 | `Info-history-back' (renamed from `Info-last'). |
| 2421 | 2102 | ||
| 2422 | --- | ||
| 2423 | *** New command `Info-history' (bound to L) displays a menu of visited nodes. | 2103 | *** New command `Info-history' (bound to L) displays a menu of visited nodes. |
| 2424 | 2104 | ||
| 2425 | --- | ||
| 2426 | *** New command `Info-toc' (bound to T) creates a node with table of contents | 2105 | *** New command `Info-toc' (bound to T) creates a node with table of contents |
| 2427 | from the tree structure of menus of the current Info file. | 2106 | from the tree structure of menus of the current Info file. |
| 2428 | 2107 | ||
| 2429 | +++ | ||
| 2430 | *** New command `info-apropos' searches the indices of the known | 2108 | *** New command `info-apropos' searches the indices of the known |
| 2431 | Info files on your system for a string, and builds a menu of the | 2109 | Info files on your system for a string, and builds a menu of the |
| 2432 | possible matches. | 2110 | possible matches. |
| 2433 | 2111 | ||
| 2434 | --- | ||
| 2435 | *** New command `Info-copy-current-node-name' (bound to w) copies | 2112 | *** New command `Info-copy-current-node-name' (bound to w) copies |
| 2436 | the current Info node name into the kill ring. With a zero prefix | 2113 | the current Info node name into the kill ring. With a zero prefix |
| 2437 | arg, puts the node name inside the `info' function call. | 2114 | arg, puts the node name inside the `info' function call. |
| 2438 | 2115 | ||
| 2439 | +++ | ||
| 2440 | *** New face `info-xref-visited' distinguishes visited nodes from unvisited | 2116 | *** New face `info-xref-visited' distinguishes visited nodes from unvisited |
| 2441 | and a new option `Info-fontify-visited-nodes' to control this. | 2117 | and a new option `Info-fontify-visited-nodes' to control this. |
| 2442 | 2118 | ||
| 2443 | --- | ||
| 2444 | *** http and ftp links in Info are now operational: they look like cross | 2119 | *** http and ftp links in Info are now operational: they look like cross |
| 2445 | references and following them calls `browse-url'. | 2120 | references and following them calls `browse-url'. |
| 2446 | 2121 | ||
| 2447 | +++ | ||
| 2448 | *** Info now hides node names in menus and cross references by default. | 2122 | *** Info now hides node names in menus and cross references by default. |
| 2449 | 2123 | ||
| 2450 | If you prefer the old behavior, you can set the new user option | 2124 | If you prefer the old behavior, you can set the new user option |
| 2451 | `Info-hide-note-references' to nil. | 2125 | `Info-hide-note-references' to nil. |
| 2452 | 2126 | ||
| 2453 | --- | ||
| 2454 | *** Images in Info pages are supported. | 2127 | *** Images in Info pages are supported. |
| 2455 | 2128 | ||
| 2456 | Info pages show embedded images, in Emacs frames with image support. | 2129 | Info pages show embedded images, in Emacs frames with image support. |
| 2457 | Info documentation that includes images, processed with makeinfo | 2130 | Info documentation that includes images, processed with makeinfo |
| 2458 | version 4.7 or newer, compiles to Info pages with embedded images. | 2131 | version 4.7 or newer, compiles to Info pages with embedded images. |
| 2459 | 2132 | ||
| 2460 | +++ | ||
| 2461 | *** The default value for `Info-scroll-prefer-subnodes' is now nil. | 2133 | *** The default value for `Info-scroll-prefer-subnodes' is now nil. |
| 2462 | 2134 | ||
| 2463 | --- | ||
| 2464 | *** `Info-index' offers completion. | 2135 | *** `Info-index' offers completion. |
| 2465 | 2136 | ||
| 2466 | ** Lisp mode changes: | 2137 | ** Lisp mode changes: |
| 2467 | 2138 | ||
| 2468 | --- | ||
| 2469 | *** Lisp mode now uses `font-lock-doc-face' for doc strings. | 2139 | *** Lisp mode now uses `font-lock-doc-face' for doc strings. |
| 2470 | 2140 | ||
| 2471 | +++ | ||
| 2472 | *** C-u C-M-q in Emacs Lisp mode pretty-prints the list after point. | 2141 | *** C-u C-M-q in Emacs Lisp mode pretty-prints the list after point. |
| 2473 | 2142 | ||
| 2474 | *** New features in evaluation commands | 2143 | *** New features in evaluation commands |
| 2475 | 2144 | ||
| 2476 | +++ | ||
| 2477 | **** The function `eval-defun' (C-M-x) called on defface reinitializes | 2145 | **** The function `eval-defun' (C-M-x) called on defface reinitializes |
| 2478 | the face to the value specified in the defface expression. | 2146 | the face to the value specified in the defface expression. |
| 2479 | 2147 | ||
| 2480 | +++ | ||
| 2481 | **** Typing C-x C-e twice prints the value of the integer result | 2148 | **** Typing C-x C-e twice prints the value of the integer result |
| 2482 | in additional formats (octal, hexadecimal, character) specified | 2149 | in additional formats (octal, hexadecimal, character) specified |
| 2483 | by the new function `eval-expression-print-format'. The same | 2150 | by the new function `eval-expression-print-format'. The same |
| 2484 | function also defines the result format for `eval-expression' (M-:), | 2151 | function also defines the result format for `eval-expression' (M-:), |
| 2485 | `eval-print-last-sexp' (C-j) and some edebug evaluation functions. | 2152 | `eval-print-last-sexp' (C-j) and some edebug evaluation functions. |
| 2486 | 2153 | ||
| 2487 | +++ | ||
| 2488 | ** CC mode changes. | 2154 | ** CC mode changes. |
| 2489 | 2155 | ||
| 2490 | *** The CC Mode manual has been extensively revised. | 2156 | *** The CC Mode manual has been extensively revised. |
| @@ -2812,14 +2478,11 @@ line is left untouched. | |||
| 2812 | The function `c-toggle-syntactic-indentation' can be used to toggle | 2478 | The function `c-toggle-syntactic-indentation' can be used to toggle |
| 2813 | syntactic indentation. | 2479 | syntactic indentation. |
| 2814 | 2480 | ||
| 2815 | --- | ||
| 2816 | ** In sh-script, a continuation line is only indented if the backslash was | 2481 | ** In sh-script, a continuation line is only indented if the backslash was |
| 2817 | preceded by a SPC or a TAB. | 2482 | preceded by a SPC or a TAB. |
| 2818 | 2483 | ||
| 2819 | --- | ||
| 2820 | ** Perl mode has a new variable `perl-indent-continued-arguments'. | 2484 | ** Perl mode has a new variable `perl-indent-continued-arguments'. |
| 2821 | 2485 | ||
| 2822 | --- | ||
| 2823 | ** The old Octave mode bindings C-c f and C-c i have been changed | 2486 | ** The old Octave mode bindings C-c f and C-c i have been changed |
| 2824 | to C-c C-f and C-c C-i. The C-c C-i subcommands now have duplicate | 2487 | to C-c C-f and C-c C-i. The C-c C-i subcommands now have duplicate |
| 2825 | bindings on control characters--thus, C-c C-i C-b is the same as | 2488 | bindings on control characters--thus, C-c C-i C-b is the same as |
| @@ -2827,34 +2490,27 @@ C-c C-i b, and so on. | |||
| 2827 | 2490 | ||
| 2828 | ** Fortran mode changes: | 2491 | ** Fortran mode changes: |
| 2829 | 2492 | ||
| 2830 | --- | ||
| 2831 | *** Fortran mode does more font-locking by default. Use level 3 | 2493 | *** Fortran mode does more font-locking by default. Use level 3 |
| 2832 | highlighting for the old default. | 2494 | highlighting for the old default. |
| 2833 | 2495 | ||
| 2834 | +++ | ||
| 2835 | *** Fortran mode has a new variable `fortran-directive-re'. | 2496 | *** Fortran mode has a new variable `fortran-directive-re'. |
| 2836 | Adapt this to match the format of any compiler directives you use. | 2497 | Adapt this to match the format of any compiler directives you use. |
| 2837 | Lines that match are never indented, and are given distinctive font-locking. | 2498 | Lines that match are never indented, and are given distinctive font-locking. |
| 2838 | 2499 | ||
| 2839 | +++ | ||
| 2840 | *** F90 mode and Fortran mode have new navigation commands | 2500 | *** F90 mode and Fortran mode have new navigation commands |
| 2841 | `f90-end-of-block', `f90-beginning-of-block', `f90-next-block', | 2501 | `f90-end-of-block', `f90-beginning-of-block', `f90-next-block', |
| 2842 | `f90-previous-block', `fortran-end-of-block', | 2502 | `f90-previous-block', `fortran-end-of-block', |
| 2843 | `fortran-beginning-of-block'. | 2503 | `fortran-beginning-of-block'. |
| 2844 | 2504 | ||
| 2845 | --- | ||
| 2846 | *** F90 mode and Fortran mode have support for `hs-minor-mode' (hideshow). | 2505 | *** F90 mode and Fortran mode have support for `hs-minor-mode' (hideshow). |
| 2847 | It cannot deal with every code format, but ought to handle a sizeable | 2506 | It cannot deal with every code format, but ought to handle a sizeable |
| 2848 | majority. | 2507 | majority. |
| 2849 | 2508 | ||
| 2850 | --- | ||
| 2851 | *** The new function `f90-backslash-not-special' can be used to change | 2509 | *** The new function `f90-backslash-not-special' can be used to change |
| 2852 | the syntax of backslashes in F90 buffers. | 2510 | the syntax of backslashes in F90 buffers. |
| 2853 | 2511 | ||
| 2854 | --- | ||
| 2855 | ** Reftex mode changes | 2512 | ** Reftex mode changes |
| 2856 | 2513 | ||
| 2857 | +++ | ||
| 2858 | *** Changes to RefTeX's table of contents | 2514 | *** Changes to RefTeX's table of contents |
| 2859 | 2515 | ||
| 2860 | The new command keys "<" and ">" in the TOC buffer promote/demote the | 2516 | The new command keys "<" and ">" in the TOC buffer promote/demote the |
| @@ -2879,7 +2535,6 @@ key `M-%'. | |||
| 2879 | The new command `reftex-goto-label' jumps directly to a label | 2535 | The new command `reftex-goto-label' jumps directly to a label |
| 2880 | location. | 2536 | location. |
| 2881 | 2537 | ||
| 2882 | +++ | ||
| 2883 | *** Changes related to citations and BibTeX database files | 2538 | *** Changes related to citations and BibTeX database files |
| 2884 | 2539 | ||
| 2885 | Commands that insert a citation now prompt for optional arguments when | 2540 | Commands that insert a citation now prompt for optional arguments when |
| @@ -2902,13 +2557,11 @@ can be configured with the new option `reftex-bibliography-commands'. | |||
| 2902 | 2557 | ||
| 2903 | Support for jurabib has been added. | 2558 | Support for jurabib has been added. |
| 2904 | 2559 | ||
| 2905 | +++ | ||
| 2906 | *** Global index matched may be verified with a user function | 2560 | *** Global index matched may be verified with a user function |
| 2907 | 2561 | ||
| 2908 | During global indexing, a user function can verify an index match. | 2562 | During global indexing, a user function can verify an index match. |
| 2909 | See new option `reftex-index-verify-function'. | 2563 | See new option `reftex-index-verify-function'. |
| 2910 | 2564 | ||
| 2911 | +++ | ||
| 2912 | *** Parsing documents with many labels can be sped up. | 2565 | *** Parsing documents with many labels can be sped up. |
| 2913 | 2566 | ||
| 2914 | Operating in a document with thousands of labels can be sped up | 2567 | Operating in a document with thousands of labels can be sped up |
| @@ -2918,7 +2571,6 @@ from the label prefix like `eq:' or `fig:'. The option | |||
| 2918 | this feature. While the speed-up is significant, this may reduce the | 2571 | this feature. While the speed-up is significant, this may reduce the |
| 2919 | quality of the context offered by RefTeX to describe a label. | 2572 | quality of the context offered by RefTeX to describe a label. |
| 2920 | 2573 | ||
| 2921 | +++ | ||
| 2922 | *** Miscellaneous changes | 2574 | *** Miscellaneous changes |
| 2923 | 2575 | ||
| 2924 | The macros which input a file in LaTeX (like \input, \include) can be | 2576 | The macros which input a file in LaTeX (like \input, \include) can be |
| @@ -2926,17 +2578,14 @@ configured in the new option `reftex-include-file-commands'. | |||
| 2926 | 2578 | ||
| 2927 | RefTeX supports global incremental search. | 2579 | RefTeX supports global incremental search. |
| 2928 | 2580 | ||
| 2929 | +++ | ||
| 2930 | ** Prolog mode has a new variable `prolog-font-lock-keywords' | 2581 | ** Prolog mode has a new variable `prolog-font-lock-keywords' |
| 2931 | to support use of font-lock. | 2582 | to support use of font-lock. |
| 2932 | 2583 | ||
| 2933 | ** HTML/SGML changes: | 2584 | ** HTML/SGML changes: |
| 2934 | 2585 | ||
| 2935 | --- | ||
| 2936 | *** Emacs now tries to set up buffer coding systems for HTML/XML files | 2586 | *** Emacs now tries to set up buffer coding systems for HTML/XML files |
| 2937 | automatically. | 2587 | automatically. |
| 2938 | 2588 | ||
| 2939 | +++ | ||
| 2940 | *** SGML mode has indentation and supports XML syntax. | 2589 | *** SGML mode has indentation and supports XML syntax. |
| 2941 | The new variable `sgml-xml-mode' tells SGML mode to use XML syntax. | 2590 | The new variable `sgml-xml-mode' tells SGML mode to use XML syntax. |
| 2942 | When this option is enabled, SGML tags are inserted in XML style, | 2591 | When this option is enabled, SGML tags are inserted in XML style, |
| @@ -2944,33 +2593,26 @@ i.e., there is always a closing tag. | |||
| 2944 | By default, its setting is inferred on a buffer-by-buffer basis | 2593 | By default, its setting is inferred on a buffer-by-buffer basis |
| 2945 | from the file name or buffer contents. | 2594 | from the file name or buffer contents. |
| 2946 | 2595 | ||
| 2947 | --- | ||
| 2948 | *** The variable `sgml-transformation' has been renamed to | 2596 | *** The variable `sgml-transformation' has been renamed to |
| 2949 | `sgml-transformation-function'. The old name is still available as | 2597 | `sgml-transformation-function'. The old name is still available as |
| 2950 | alias. | 2598 | alias. |
| 2951 | 2599 | ||
| 2952 | +++ | ||
| 2953 | *** `xml-mode' is now an alias for `sgml-mode', which has XML support. | 2600 | *** `xml-mode' is now an alias for `sgml-mode', which has XML support. |
| 2954 | 2601 | ||
| 2955 | ** TeX modes: | 2602 | ** TeX modes: |
| 2956 | 2603 | ||
| 2957 | +++ | ||
| 2958 | *** C-c C-c prompts for a command to run, and tries to offer a good default. | 2604 | *** C-c C-c prompts for a command to run, and tries to offer a good default. |
| 2959 | 2605 | ||
| 2960 | +++ | ||
| 2961 | *** The user option `tex-start-options-string' has been replaced | 2606 | *** The user option `tex-start-options-string' has been replaced |
| 2962 | by two new user options: `tex-start-options', which should hold | 2607 | by two new user options: `tex-start-options', which should hold |
| 2963 | command-line options to feed to TeX, and `tex-start-commands' which should hold | 2608 | command-line options to feed to TeX, and `tex-start-commands' which should hold |
| 2964 | TeX commands to use at startup. | 2609 | TeX commands to use at startup. |
| 2965 | 2610 | ||
| 2966 | --- | ||
| 2967 | *** verbatim environments are now highlighted in courier by font-lock | 2611 | *** verbatim environments are now highlighted in courier by font-lock |
| 2968 | and super/sub-scripts are made into super/sub-scripts. | 2612 | and super/sub-scripts are made into super/sub-scripts. |
| 2969 | 2613 | ||
| 2970 | +++ | ||
| 2971 | *** New major mode Doctex mode, for *.dtx files. | 2614 | *** New major mode Doctex mode, for *.dtx files. |
| 2972 | 2615 | ||
| 2973 | --- | ||
| 2974 | ** BibTeX mode: | 2616 | ** BibTeX mode: |
| 2975 | 2617 | ||
| 2976 | *** The new command `bibtex-url' browses a URL for the BibTeX entry at | 2618 | *** The new command `bibtex-url' browses a URL for the BibTeX entry at |
| @@ -3027,27 +2669,22 @@ extracting the content of a BibTeX field. | |||
| 3027 | `bibtex-autokey-titleword-case-convert-function'. The old names are | 2669 | `bibtex-autokey-titleword-case-convert-function'. The old names are |
| 3028 | still available as aliases. | 2670 | still available as aliases. |
| 3029 | 2671 | ||
| 3030 | +++ | ||
| 3031 | ** In Artist mode the variable `artist-text-renderer' has been | 2672 | ** In Artist mode the variable `artist-text-renderer' has been |
| 3032 | renamed to `artist-text-renderer-function'. The old name is still | 2673 | renamed to `artist-text-renderer-function'. The old name is still |
| 3033 | available as alias. | 2674 | available as alias. |
| 3034 | 2675 | ||
| 3035 | +++ | ||
| 3036 | ** In Enriched mode, `set-left-margin' and `set-right-margin' are now | 2676 | ** In Enriched mode, `set-left-margin' and `set-right-margin' are now |
| 3037 | by default bound to `C-c [' and `C-c ]' instead of the former `C-c C-l' | 2677 | by default bound to `C-c [' and `C-c ]' instead of the former `C-c C-l' |
| 3038 | and `C-c C-r'. | 2678 | and `C-c C-r'. |
| 3039 | 2679 | ||
| 3040 | ** GUD changes: | 2680 | ** GUD changes: |
| 3041 | 2681 | ||
| 3042 | +++ | ||
| 3043 | *** In GUD mode, when talking to GDB, C-x C-a C-j "jumps" the program | 2682 | *** In GUD mode, when talking to GDB, C-x C-a C-j "jumps" the program |
| 3044 | counter to the specified source line (the one where point is). | 2683 | counter to the specified source line (the one where point is). |
| 3045 | 2684 | ||
| 3046 | --- | ||
| 3047 | *** GUD mode has its own tool bar for controlling execution of the inferior | 2685 | *** GUD mode has its own tool bar for controlling execution of the inferior |
| 3048 | and other common debugger commands. | 2686 | and other common debugger commands. |
| 3049 | 2687 | ||
| 3050 | +++ | ||
| 3051 | *** The new package gdb-ui.el provides an enhanced graphical interface to | 2688 | *** The new package gdb-ui.el provides an enhanced graphical interface to |
| 3052 | GDB. You can interact with GDB through the GUD buffer in the usual way, but | 2689 | GDB. You can interact with GDB through the GUD buffer in the usual way, but |
| 3053 | there are also further buffers which control the execution and describe the | 2690 | there are also further buffers which control the execution and describe the |
| @@ -3059,17 +2696,14 @@ breakpoints. | |||
| 3059 | To use this package just type M-x gdb. See the Emacs manual if you want the | 2696 | To use this package just type M-x gdb. See the Emacs manual if you want the |
| 3060 | old behaviour. | 2697 | old behaviour. |
| 3061 | 2698 | ||
| 3062 | --- | ||
| 3063 | *** The variable tooltip-gud-tips-p has been removed. GUD tooltips can now be | 2699 | *** The variable tooltip-gud-tips-p has been removed. GUD tooltips can now be |
| 3064 | toggled independently of normal tooltips with the minor mode | 2700 | toggled independently of normal tooltips with the minor mode |
| 3065 | `gud-tooltip-mode'. | 2701 | `gud-tooltip-mode'. |
| 3066 | 2702 | ||
| 3067 | +++ | ||
| 3068 | *** In graphical mode, with a C program, GUD Tooltips have been extended to | 2703 | *** In graphical mode, with a C program, GUD Tooltips have been extended to |
| 3069 | display the #define directive associated with an identifier when program is | 2704 | display the #define directive associated with an identifier when program is |
| 3070 | not executing. | 2705 | not executing. |
| 3071 | 2706 | ||
| 3072 | --- | ||
| 3073 | ** GUD mode improvements for jdb: | 2707 | ** GUD mode improvements for jdb: |
| 3074 | 2708 | ||
| 3075 | *** Search for source files using jdb classpath and class information. | 2709 | *** Search for source files using jdb classpath and class information. |
| @@ -3114,7 +2748,6 @@ compatibility, it prefers `starttls', but you can toggle | |||
| 3114 | 2748 | ||
| 3115 | ** Auto-Revert changes: | 2749 | ** Auto-Revert changes: |
| 3116 | 2750 | ||
| 3117 | +++ | ||
| 3118 | *** You can now use Auto Revert mode to `tail' a file. | 2751 | *** You can now use Auto Revert mode to `tail' a file. |
| 3119 | 2752 | ||
| 3120 | If point is at the end of a file buffer before reverting, Auto Revert | 2753 | If point is at the end of a file buffer before reverting, Auto Revert |
| @@ -3130,7 +2763,6 @@ then you can tail the file more efficiently by using the new minor | |||
| 3130 | mode Auto Revert Tail mode. The function `auto-revert-tail-mode' | 2763 | mode Auto Revert Tail mode. The function `auto-revert-tail-mode' |
| 3131 | toggles this mode. | 2764 | toggles this mode. |
| 3132 | 2765 | ||
| 3133 | +++ | ||
| 3134 | *** Auto Revert mode is now more careful to avoid excessive reverts and | 2766 | *** Auto Revert mode is now more careful to avoid excessive reverts and |
| 3135 | other potential problems when deciding which non-file buffers to | 2767 | other potential problems when deciding which non-file buffers to |
| 3136 | revert. This matters especially if Global Auto Revert mode is enabled | 2768 | revert. This matters especially if Global Auto Revert mode is enabled |
| @@ -3141,14 +2773,12 @@ decides whether the buffer should be reverted. Currently, this means | |||
| 3141 | that auto reverting works for Dired buffers (although this may not | 2773 | that auto reverting works for Dired buffers (although this may not |
| 3142 | work properly on all operating systems) and for the Buffer Menu. | 2774 | work properly on all operating systems) and for the Buffer Menu. |
| 3143 | 2775 | ||
| 3144 | +++ | ||
| 3145 | *** If the new user option `auto-revert-check-vc-info' is non-nil, Auto | 2776 | *** If the new user option `auto-revert-check-vc-info' is non-nil, Auto |
| 3146 | Revert mode reliably updates version control info (such as the version | 2777 | Revert mode reliably updates version control info (such as the version |
| 3147 | control number in the mode line), in all version controlled buffers in | 2778 | control number in the mode line), in all version controlled buffers in |
| 3148 | which it is active. If the option is nil, the default, then this info | 2779 | which it is active. If the option is nil, the default, then this info |
| 3149 | only gets updated whenever the buffer gets reverted. | 2780 | only gets updated whenever the buffer gets reverted. |
| 3150 | 2781 | ||
| 3151 | --- | ||
| 3152 | ** recentf changes. | 2782 | ** recentf changes. |
| 3153 | 2783 | ||
| 3154 | The recent file list is now automatically cleaned up when recentf mode is | 2784 | The recent file list is now automatically cleaned up when recentf mode is |
| @@ -3173,27 +2803,21 @@ To follow naming convention, `recentf-menu-append-commands-flag' | |||
| 3173 | replaces the misnamed option `recentf-menu-append-commands-p'. The | 2803 | replaces the misnamed option `recentf-menu-append-commands-p'. The |
| 3174 | old name remains available as alias, but has been marked obsolete. | 2804 | old name remains available as alias, but has been marked obsolete. |
| 3175 | 2805 | ||
| 3176 | +++ | ||
| 3177 | ** Desktop package | 2806 | ** Desktop package |
| 3178 | 2807 | ||
| 3179 | +++ | ||
| 3180 | *** Desktop saving is now a minor mode, `desktop-save-mode'. | 2808 | *** Desktop saving is now a minor mode, `desktop-save-mode'. |
| 3181 | 2809 | ||
| 3182 | +++ | ||
| 3183 | *** The variable `desktop-enable' is obsolete. | 2810 | *** The variable `desktop-enable' is obsolete. |
| 3184 | 2811 | ||
| 3185 | Customize `desktop-save-mode' to enable desktop saving. | 2812 | Customize `desktop-save-mode' to enable desktop saving. |
| 3186 | 2813 | ||
| 3187 | --- | ||
| 3188 | *** Buffers are saved in the desktop file in the same order as that in the | 2814 | *** Buffers are saved in the desktop file in the same order as that in the |
| 3189 | buffer list. | 2815 | buffer list. |
| 3190 | 2816 | ||
| 3191 | +++ | ||
| 3192 | *** The desktop package can be customized to restore only some buffers | 2817 | *** The desktop package can be customized to restore only some buffers |
| 3193 | immediately, remaining buffers are restored lazily (when Emacs is | 2818 | immediately, remaining buffers are restored lazily (when Emacs is |
| 3194 | idle). | 2819 | idle). |
| 3195 | 2820 | ||
| 3196 | +++ | ||
| 3197 | *** New commands: | 2821 | *** New commands: |
| 3198 | - desktop-revert reverts to the last loaded desktop. | 2822 | - desktop-revert reverts to the last loaded desktop. |
| 3199 | - desktop-change-dir kills current desktop and loads a new. | 2823 | - desktop-change-dir kills current desktop and loads a new. |
| @@ -3202,7 +2826,6 @@ idle). | |||
| 3202 | - desktop-lazy-complete runs the desktop load to completion. | 2826 | - desktop-lazy-complete runs the desktop load to completion. |
| 3203 | - desktop-lazy-abort aborts lazy loading of the desktop. | 2827 | - desktop-lazy-abort aborts lazy loading of the desktop. |
| 3204 | 2828 | ||
| 3205 | --- | ||
| 3206 | *** New customizable variables: | 2829 | *** New customizable variables: |
| 3207 | - desktop-save. Determines whether the desktop should be saved when it is | 2830 | - desktop-save. Determines whether the desktop should be saved when it is |
| 3208 | killed. | 2831 | killed. |
| @@ -3217,15 +2840,12 @@ idle). | |||
| 3217 | - desktop-lazy-verbose. Verbose reporting of lazily created buffers. | 2840 | - desktop-lazy-verbose. Verbose reporting of lazily created buffers. |
| 3218 | - desktop-lazy-idle-delay. Idle delay before starting to create buffers. | 2841 | - desktop-lazy-idle-delay. Idle delay before starting to create buffers. |
| 3219 | 2842 | ||
| 3220 | +++ | ||
| 3221 | *** New command line option --no-desktop | 2843 | *** New command line option --no-desktop |
| 3222 | 2844 | ||
| 3223 | --- | ||
| 3224 | *** New hooks: | 2845 | *** New hooks: |
| 3225 | - desktop-after-read-hook run after a desktop is loaded. | 2846 | - desktop-after-read-hook run after a desktop is loaded. |
| 3226 | - desktop-no-desktop-file-hook run when no desktop file is found. | 2847 | - desktop-no-desktop-file-hook run when no desktop file is found. |
| 3227 | 2848 | ||
| 3228 | --- | ||
| 3229 | ** The saveplace.el package now filters out unreadable files. | 2849 | ** The saveplace.el package now filters out unreadable files. |
| 3230 | 2850 | ||
| 3231 | When you exit Emacs, the saved positions in visited files no longer | 2851 | When you exit Emacs, the saved positions in visited files no longer |
| @@ -3237,25 +2857,21 @@ feature. | |||
| 3237 | 2857 | ||
| 3238 | ** EDiff changes. | 2858 | ** EDiff changes. |
| 3239 | 2859 | ||
| 3240 | +++ | ||
| 3241 | *** When comparing directories. | 2860 | *** When comparing directories. |
| 3242 | Typing D brings up a buffer that lists the differences between the contents of | 2861 | Typing D brings up a buffer that lists the differences between the contents of |
| 3243 | directories. Now it is possible to use this buffer to copy the missing files | 2862 | directories. Now it is possible to use this buffer to copy the missing files |
| 3244 | from one directory to another. | 2863 | from one directory to another. |
| 3245 | 2864 | ||
| 3246 | +++ | ||
| 3247 | *** When comparing files or buffers. | 2865 | *** When comparing files or buffers. |
| 3248 | Typing the = key now offers to perform the word-by-word comparison of the | 2866 | Typing the = key now offers to perform the word-by-word comparison of the |
| 3249 | currently highlighted regions in an inferior Ediff session. If you answer 'n' | 2867 | currently highlighted regions in an inferior Ediff session. If you answer 'n' |
| 3250 | then it reverts to the old behavior and asks the user to select regions for | 2868 | then it reverts to the old behavior and asks the user to select regions for |
| 3251 | comparison. | 2869 | comparison. |
| 3252 | 2870 | ||
| 3253 | +++ | ||
| 3254 | *** The new command `ediff-backup' compares a file with its most recent | 2871 | *** The new command `ediff-backup' compares a file with its most recent |
| 3255 | backup using `ediff'. If you specify the name of a backup file, | 2872 | backup using `ediff'. If you specify the name of a backup file, |
| 3256 | `ediff-backup' compares it with the file of which it is a backup. | 2873 | `ediff-backup' compares it with the file of which it is a backup. |
| 3257 | 2874 | ||
| 3258 | +++ | ||
| 3259 | ** Etags changes. | 2875 | ** Etags changes. |
| 3260 | 2876 | ||
| 3261 | *** New regular expressions features | 2877 | *** New regular expressions features |
| @@ -3358,7 +2974,6 @@ struct members in C, members variables in C++ and variables in PHP. | |||
| 3358 | 2974 | ||
| 3359 | ** VC Changes | 2975 | ** VC Changes |
| 3360 | 2976 | ||
| 3361 | +++ | ||
| 3362 | *** The key C-x C-q only changes the read-only state of the buffer | 2977 | *** The key C-x C-q only changes the read-only state of the buffer |
| 3363 | (toggle-read-only). It no longer checks files in or out. | 2978 | (toggle-read-only). It no longer checks files in or out. |
| 3364 | 2979 | ||
| @@ -3371,7 +2986,6 @@ behavior, you can bind `vc-toggle-read-only' to C-x C-q in your | |||
| 3371 | 2986 | ||
| 3372 | The function `vc-toggle-read-only' will continue to exist. | 2987 | The function `vc-toggle-read-only' will continue to exist. |
| 3373 | 2988 | ||
| 3374 | +++ | ||
| 3375 | *** The new variable `vc-cvs-global-switches' specifies switches that | 2989 | *** The new variable `vc-cvs-global-switches' specifies switches that |
| 3376 | are passed to any CVS command invoked by VC. | 2990 | are passed to any CVS command invoked by VC. |
| 3377 | 2991 | ||
| @@ -3379,10 +2993,8 @@ These switches are used as "global options" for CVS, which means they | |||
| 3379 | are inserted before the command name. For example, this allows you to | 2993 | are inserted before the command name. For example, this allows you to |
| 3380 | specify a compression level using the `-z#' option for CVS. | 2994 | specify a compression level using the `-z#' option for CVS. |
| 3381 | 2995 | ||
| 3382 | +++ | ||
| 3383 | *** New backends for Subversion and Meta-CVS. | 2996 | *** New backends for Subversion and Meta-CVS. |
| 3384 | 2997 | ||
| 3385 | +++ | ||
| 3386 | *** VC-Annotate mode enhancements | 2998 | *** VC-Annotate mode enhancements |
| 3387 | 2999 | ||
| 3388 | In VC-Annotate mode, you can now use the following key bindings for | 3000 | In VC-Annotate mode, you can now use the following key bindings for |
| @@ -3399,23 +3011,19 @@ to view diffs or log entries directly from vc-annotate-mode: | |||
| 3399 | 3011 | ||
| 3400 | ** pcl-cvs changes: | 3012 | ** pcl-cvs changes: |
| 3401 | 3013 | ||
| 3402 | +++ | ||
| 3403 | *** In pcl-cvs mode, there is a new `d y' command to view the diffs | 3014 | *** In pcl-cvs mode, there is a new `d y' command to view the diffs |
| 3404 | between the local version of the file and yesterday's head revision | 3015 | between the local version of the file and yesterday's head revision |
| 3405 | in the repository. | 3016 | in the repository. |
| 3406 | 3017 | ||
| 3407 | +++ | ||
| 3408 | *** In pcl-cvs mode, there is a new `d r' command to view the changes | 3018 | *** In pcl-cvs mode, there is a new `d r' command to view the changes |
| 3409 | anyone has committed to the repository since you last executed | 3019 | anyone has committed to the repository since you last executed |
| 3410 | `checkout', `update' or `commit'. That means using cvs diff options | 3020 | `checkout', `update' or `commit'. That means using cvs diff options |
| 3411 | -rBASE -rHEAD. | 3021 | -rBASE -rHEAD. |
| 3412 | 3022 | ||
| 3413 | +++ | ||
| 3414 | ** The new variable `mail-default-directory' specifies | 3023 | ** The new variable `mail-default-directory' specifies |
| 3415 | `default-directory' for mail buffers. This directory is used for | 3024 | `default-directory' for mail buffers. This directory is used for |
| 3416 | auto-save files of mail buffers. It defaults to "~/". | 3025 | auto-save files of mail buffers. It defaults to "~/". |
| 3417 | 3026 | ||
| 3418 | +++ | ||
| 3419 | ** The mode line can indicate new mail in a directory or file. | 3027 | ** The mode line can indicate new mail in a directory or file. |
| 3420 | 3028 | ||
| 3421 | See the documentation of the user option | 3029 | See the documentation of the user option |
| @@ -3423,15 +3031,12 @@ See the documentation of the user option | |||
| 3423 | 3031 | ||
| 3424 | ** Rmail changes: | 3032 | ** Rmail changes: |
| 3425 | 3033 | ||
| 3426 | --- | ||
| 3427 | *** Rmail now displays 5-digit message ids in its summary buffer. | 3034 | *** Rmail now displays 5-digit message ids in its summary buffer. |
| 3428 | 3035 | ||
| 3429 | +++ | ||
| 3430 | *** The new commands rmail-end-of-message and rmail-summary end-of-message, | 3036 | *** The new commands rmail-end-of-message and rmail-summary end-of-message, |
| 3431 | by default bound to `/', go to the end of the current mail message in | 3037 | by default bound to `/', go to the end of the current mail message in |
| 3432 | Rmail and Rmail summary buffers. | 3038 | Rmail and Rmail summary buffers. |
| 3433 | 3039 | ||
| 3434 | +++ | ||
| 3435 | *** Support for `movemail' from GNU mailutils was added to Rmail. | 3040 | *** Support for `movemail' from GNU mailutils was added to Rmail. |
| 3436 | 3041 | ||
| 3437 | This version of `movemail' allows to read mail from a wide range of | 3042 | This version of `movemail' allows to read mail from a wide range of |
| @@ -3442,18 +3047,15 @@ used instead of the native one. | |||
| 3442 | 3047 | ||
| 3443 | ** Gnus package | 3048 | ** Gnus package |
| 3444 | 3049 | ||
| 3445 | --- | ||
| 3446 | *** Gnus now includes Sieve and PGG | 3050 | *** Gnus now includes Sieve and PGG |
| 3447 | 3051 | ||
| 3448 | Sieve is a library for managing Sieve scripts. PGG is a library to handle | 3052 | Sieve is a library for managing Sieve scripts. PGG is a library to handle |
| 3449 | PGP/MIME. | 3053 | PGP/MIME. |
| 3450 | 3054 | ||
| 3451 | --- | ||
| 3452 | *** There are many news features, bug fixes and improvements. | 3055 | *** There are many news features, bug fixes and improvements. |
| 3453 | 3056 | ||
| 3454 | See the file GNUS-NEWS or the node "Oort Gnus" in the Gnus manual for details. | 3057 | See the file GNUS-NEWS or the node "Oort Gnus" in the Gnus manual for details. |
| 3455 | 3058 | ||
| 3456 | --- | ||
| 3457 | ** MH-E changes. | 3059 | ** MH-E changes. |
| 3458 | 3060 | ||
| 3459 | Upgraded to MH-E version 8.0.3. There have been major changes since | 3061 | Upgraded to MH-E version 8.0.3. There have been major changes since |
| @@ -3461,23 +3063,18 @@ version 5.0.2; see MH-E-NEWS for details. | |||
| 3461 | 3063 | ||
| 3462 | ** Calendar changes: | 3064 | ** Calendar changes: |
| 3463 | 3065 | ||
| 3464 | +++ | ||
| 3465 | *** The meanings of C-x < and C-x > have been interchanged. | 3066 | *** The meanings of C-x < and C-x > have been interchanged. |
| 3466 | < means to scroll backward in time, and > means to scroll forward. | 3067 | < means to scroll backward in time, and > means to scroll forward. |
| 3467 | 3068 | ||
| 3468 | +++ | ||
| 3469 | *** You can now use < and >, instead of C-x < and C-x >, to scroll | 3069 | *** You can now use < and >, instead of C-x < and C-x >, to scroll |
| 3470 | the calendar left or right. | 3070 | the calendar left or right. |
| 3471 | 3071 | ||
| 3472 | +++ | ||
| 3473 | *** There is a new calendar package, icalendar.el, that can be used to | 3072 | *** There is a new calendar package, icalendar.el, that can be used to |
| 3474 | convert Emacs diary entries to/from the iCalendar format. | 3073 | convert Emacs diary entries to/from the iCalendar format. |
| 3475 | 3074 | ||
| 3476 | +++ | ||
| 3477 | *** The new package cal-html.el writes HTML files with calendar and | 3075 | *** The new package cal-html.el writes HTML files with calendar and |
| 3478 | diary entries. | 3076 | diary entries. |
| 3479 | 3077 | ||
| 3480 | +++ | ||
| 3481 | *** Diary sexp entries can have custom marking in the calendar. | 3078 | *** Diary sexp entries can have custom marking in the calendar. |
| 3482 | Diary sexp functions which only apply to certain days (such as | 3079 | Diary sexp functions which only apply to certain days (such as |
| 3483 | `diary-block' or `diary-cyclic') now take an optional parameter MARK, | 3080 | `diary-block' or `diary-cyclic') now take an optional parameter MARK, |
| @@ -3488,45 +3085,37 @@ day in the calendar. Specifying a face highlights the day with that | |||
| 3488 | face. This lets you have different colors or markings for vacations, | 3085 | face. This lets you have different colors or markings for vacations, |
| 3489 | appointments, paydays or anything else using a sexp. | 3086 | appointments, paydays or anything else using a sexp. |
| 3490 | 3087 | ||
| 3491 | +++ | ||
| 3492 | *** The new function `calendar-goto-day-of-year' (g D) prompts for a | 3088 | *** The new function `calendar-goto-day-of-year' (g D) prompts for a |
| 3493 | year and day number, and moves to that date. Negative day numbers | 3089 | year and day number, and moves to that date. Negative day numbers |
| 3494 | count backward from the end of the year. | 3090 | count backward from the end of the year. |
| 3495 | 3091 | ||
| 3496 | +++ | ||
| 3497 | *** The new Calendar function `calendar-goto-iso-week' (g w) | 3092 | *** The new Calendar function `calendar-goto-iso-week' (g w) |
| 3498 | prompts for a year and a week number, and moves to the first | 3093 | prompts for a year and a week number, and moves to the first |
| 3499 | day of that ISO week. | 3094 | day of that ISO week. |
| 3500 | 3095 | ||
| 3501 | --- | ||
| 3502 | *** The new variable `calendar-minimum-window-height' affects the | 3096 | *** The new variable `calendar-minimum-window-height' affects the |
| 3503 | window generated by the function `generate-calendar-window'. | 3097 | window generated by the function `generate-calendar-window'. |
| 3504 | 3098 | ||
| 3505 | --- | ||
| 3506 | *** The functions `holiday-easter-etc' and `holiday-advent' now take | 3099 | *** The functions `holiday-easter-etc' and `holiday-advent' now take |
| 3507 | optional arguments, in order to only report on the specified holiday | 3100 | optional arguments, in order to only report on the specified holiday |
| 3508 | rather than all. This makes customization of variables such as | 3101 | rather than all. This makes customization of variables such as |
| 3509 | `christian-holidays' simpler. | 3102 | `christian-holidays' simpler. |
| 3510 | 3103 | ||
| 3511 | --- | ||
| 3512 | *** The function `simple-diary-display' now by default sets a header line. | 3104 | *** The function `simple-diary-display' now by default sets a header line. |
| 3513 | This can be controlled through the variables `diary-header-line-flag' | 3105 | This can be controlled through the variables `diary-header-line-flag' |
| 3514 | and `diary-header-line-format'. | 3106 | and `diary-header-line-format'. |
| 3515 | 3107 | ||
| 3516 | +++ | ||
| 3517 | *** The procedure for activating appointment reminders has changed: | 3108 | *** The procedure for activating appointment reminders has changed: |
| 3518 | use the new function `appt-activate'. The new variable | 3109 | use the new function `appt-activate'. The new variable |
| 3519 | `appt-display-format' controls how reminders are displayed, replacing | 3110 | `appt-display-format' controls how reminders are displayed, replacing |
| 3520 | `appt-issue-message', `appt-visible', and `appt-msg-window'. | 3111 | `appt-issue-message', `appt-visible', and `appt-msg-window'. |
| 3521 | 3112 | ||
| 3522 | +++ | ||
| 3523 | *** The new functions `diary-from-outlook', `diary-from-outlook-gnus', | 3113 | *** The new functions `diary-from-outlook', `diary-from-outlook-gnus', |
| 3524 | and `diary-from-outlook-rmail' can be used to import diary entries | 3114 | and `diary-from-outlook-rmail' can be used to import diary entries |
| 3525 | from Outlook-format appointments in mail messages. The variable | 3115 | from Outlook-format appointments in mail messages. The variable |
| 3526 | `diary-outlook-formats' can be customized to recognize additional | 3116 | `diary-outlook-formats' can be customized to recognize additional |
| 3527 | formats. | 3117 | formats. |
| 3528 | 3118 | ||
| 3529 | +++ | ||
| 3530 | ** Speedbar changes: | 3119 | ** Speedbar changes: |
| 3531 | 3120 | ||
| 3532 | *** Speedbar items can now be selected by clicking mouse-1, based on | 3121 | *** Speedbar items can now be selected by clicking mouse-1, based on |
| @@ -3570,7 +3159,6 @@ should use `dframe-attached-frame' instead of | |||
| 3570 | `speedbar-update-speed' and `speedbar-navigating-speed' are also | 3159 | `speedbar-update-speed' and `speedbar-navigating-speed' are also |
| 3571 | obsolete; use `dframe-update-speed' instead. | 3160 | obsolete; use `dframe-update-speed' instead. |
| 3572 | 3161 | ||
| 3573 | --- | ||
| 3574 | ** sql changes. | 3162 | ** sql changes. |
| 3575 | 3163 | ||
| 3576 | *** The variable `sql-product' controls the highlighting of different | 3164 | *** The variable `sql-product' controls the highlighting of different |
| @@ -3644,12 +3232,10 @@ defaults. | |||
| 3644 | appropriate `sql-interactive-mode' wrapper for the current setting of | 3232 | appropriate `sql-interactive-mode' wrapper for the current setting of |
| 3645 | `sql-product'. | 3233 | `sql-product'. |
| 3646 | 3234 | ||
| 3647 | --- | ||
| 3648 | *** sql.el supports the SQLite interpreter--call 'sql-sqlite'. | 3235 | *** sql.el supports the SQLite interpreter--call 'sql-sqlite'. |
| 3649 | 3236 | ||
| 3650 | ** FFAP changes: | 3237 | ** FFAP changes: |
| 3651 | 3238 | ||
| 3652 | +++ | ||
| 3653 | *** New ffap commands and keybindings: | 3239 | *** New ffap commands and keybindings: |
| 3654 | 3240 | ||
| 3655 | C-x C-r (`ffap-read-only'), | 3241 | C-x C-r (`ffap-read-only'), |
| @@ -3657,13 +3243,11 @@ C-x C-v (`ffap-alternate-file'), C-x C-d (`ffap-list-directory'), | |||
| 3657 | C-x 4 r (`ffap-read-only-other-window'), C-x 4 d (`ffap-dired-other-window'), | 3243 | C-x 4 r (`ffap-read-only-other-window'), C-x 4 d (`ffap-dired-other-window'), |
| 3658 | C-x 5 r (`ffap-read-only-other-frame'), C-x 5 d (`ffap-dired-other-frame'). | 3244 | C-x 5 r (`ffap-read-only-other-frame'), C-x 5 d (`ffap-dired-other-frame'). |
| 3659 | 3245 | ||
| 3660 | --- | ||
| 3661 | *** FFAP accepts wildcards in a file name by default. | 3246 | *** FFAP accepts wildcards in a file name by default. |
| 3662 | 3247 | ||
| 3663 | C-x C-f passes the file name to `find-file' with non-nil WILDCARDS | 3248 | C-x C-f passes the file name to `find-file' with non-nil WILDCARDS |
| 3664 | argument, which visits multiple files, and C-x d passes it to `dired'. | 3249 | argument, which visits multiple files, and C-x d passes it to `dired'. |
| 3665 | 3250 | ||
| 3666 | --- | ||
| 3667 | ** Changes in Skeleton | 3251 | ** Changes in Skeleton |
| 3668 | 3252 | ||
| 3669 | *** In skeleton.el, `-' marks the `skeleton-point' without interregion interaction. | 3253 | *** In skeleton.el, `-' marks the `skeleton-point' without interregion interaction. |
| @@ -3680,7 +3264,6 @@ with other details of skeleton construction. | |||
| 3680 | `skeleton-pair-filter-function'. The old names are still available | 3264 | `skeleton-pair-filter-function'. The old names are still available |
| 3681 | as aliases. | 3265 | as aliases. |
| 3682 | 3266 | ||
| 3683 | --- | ||
| 3684 | ** Hideshow mode changes | 3267 | ** Hideshow mode changes |
| 3685 | 3268 | ||
| 3686 | *** New variable `hs-set-up-overlay' allows customization of the overlay | 3269 | *** New variable `hs-set-up-overlay' allows customization of the overlay |
| @@ -3692,28 +3275,23 @@ temporary overlay showing in the course of an isearch operation. | |||
| 3692 | not discard the hidden state of any "internal" blocks; when the parent | 3275 | not discard the hidden state of any "internal" blocks; when the parent |
| 3693 | block is later shown, the internal blocks remain hidden. Default is nil. | 3276 | block is later shown, the internal blocks remain hidden. Default is nil. |
| 3694 | 3277 | ||
| 3695 | +++ | ||
| 3696 | ** `hide-ifdef-mode' now uses overlays rather than selective-display | 3278 | ** `hide-ifdef-mode' now uses overlays rather than selective-display |
| 3697 | to hide its text. This should be mostly transparent but slightly | 3279 | to hide its text. This should be mostly transparent but slightly |
| 3698 | changes the behavior of motion commands like C-e and C-p. | 3280 | changes the behavior of motion commands like C-e and C-p. |
| 3699 | 3281 | ||
| 3700 | --- | ||
| 3701 | ** `partial-completion-mode' now handles partial completion on directory names. | 3282 | ** `partial-completion-mode' now handles partial completion on directory names. |
| 3702 | 3283 | ||
| 3703 | --- | ||
| 3704 | ** The type-break package now allows `type-break-file-name' to be nil | 3284 | ** The type-break package now allows `type-break-file-name' to be nil |
| 3705 | and if so, doesn't store any data across sessions. This is handy if | 3285 | and if so, doesn't store any data across sessions. This is handy if |
| 3706 | you don't want the `.type-break' file in your home directory or are | 3286 | you don't want the `.type-break' file in your home directory or are |
| 3707 | annoyed by the need for interaction when you kill Emacs. | 3287 | annoyed by the need for interaction when you kill Emacs. |
| 3708 | 3288 | ||
| 3709 | --- | ||
| 3710 | ** `ps-print' can now print characters from the mule-unicode charsets. | 3289 | ** `ps-print' can now print characters from the mule-unicode charsets. |
| 3711 | 3290 | ||
| 3712 | Printing text with characters from the mule-unicode-* sets works with | 3291 | Printing text with characters from the mule-unicode-* sets works with |
| 3713 | `ps-print', provided that you have installed the appropriate BDF | 3292 | `ps-print', provided that you have installed the appropriate BDF |
| 3714 | fonts. See the file INSTALL for URLs where you can find these fonts. | 3293 | fonts. See the file INSTALL for URLs where you can find these fonts. |
| 3715 | 3294 | ||
| 3716 | --- | ||
| 3717 | ** New command `strokes-global-set-stroke-string'. | 3295 | ** New command `strokes-global-set-stroke-string'. |
| 3718 | This is like `strokes-global-set-stroke', but it allows you to bind | 3296 | This is like `strokes-global-set-stroke', but it allows you to bind |
| 3719 | the stroke directly to a string to insert. This is convenient for | 3297 | the stroke directly to a string to insert. This is convenient for |
| @@ -3721,7 +3299,6 @@ using strokes as an input method. | |||
| 3721 | 3299 | ||
| 3722 | ** Emacs server changes: | 3300 | ** Emacs server changes: |
| 3723 | 3301 | ||
| 3724 | +++ | ||
| 3725 | *** You can have several Emacs servers on the same machine. | 3302 | *** You can have several Emacs servers on the same machine. |
| 3726 | 3303 | ||
| 3727 | % emacs --eval '(setq server-name "foo")' -f server-start & | 3304 | % emacs --eval '(setq server-name "foo")' -f server-start & |
| @@ -3729,36 +3306,29 @@ using strokes as an input method. | |||
| 3729 | % emacsclient -s foo file1 | 3306 | % emacsclient -s foo file1 |
| 3730 | % emacsclient -s bar file2 | 3307 | % emacsclient -s bar file2 |
| 3731 | 3308 | ||
| 3732 | +++ | ||
| 3733 | *** The `emacsclient' command understands the options `--eval' and | 3309 | *** The `emacsclient' command understands the options `--eval' and |
| 3734 | `--display' which tell Emacs respectively to evaluate the given Lisp | 3310 | `--display' which tell Emacs respectively to evaluate the given Lisp |
| 3735 | expression and to use the given display when visiting files. | 3311 | expression and to use the given display when visiting files. |
| 3736 | 3312 | ||
| 3737 | +++ | ||
| 3738 | *** User option `server-mode' can be used to start a server process. | 3313 | *** User option `server-mode' can be used to start a server process. |
| 3739 | 3314 | ||
| 3740 | --- | ||
| 3741 | ** LDAP support now defaults to ldapsearch from OpenLDAP version 2. | 3315 | ** LDAP support now defaults to ldapsearch from OpenLDAP version 2. |
| 3742 | 3316 | ||
| 3743 | +++ | ||
| 3744 | ** You can now disable pc-selection-mode after enabling it. | 3317 | ** You can now disable pc-selection-mode after enabling it. |
| 3745 | 3318 | ||
| 3746 | M-x pc-selection-mode behaves like a proper minor mode, and with no | 3319 | M-x pc-selection-mode behaves like a proper minor mode, and with no |
| 3747 | argument it toggles the mode. Turning off PC-Selection mode restores | 3320 | argument it toggles the mode. Turning off PC-Selection mode restores |
| 3748 | the global key bindings that were replaced by turning on the mode. | 3321 | the global key bindings that were replaced by turning on the mode. |
| 3749 | 3322 | ||
| 3750 | --- | ||
| 3751 | ** `uniquify-strip-common-suffix' tells uniquify to prefer | 3323 | ** `uniquify-strip-common-suffix' tells uniquify to prefer |
| 3752 | `file|dir1' and `file|dir2' to `file|dir1/subdir' and `file|dir2/subdir'. | 3324 | `file|dir1' and `file|dir2' to `file|dir1/subdir' and `file|dir2/subdir'. |
| 3753 | 3325 | ||
| 3754 | --- | ||
| 3755 | ** Support for `magic cookie' standout modes has been removed. | 3326 | ** Support for `magic cookie' standout modes has been removed. |
| 3756 | 3327 | ||
| 3757 | Emacs still works on terminals that require magic cookies in order to | 3328 | Emacs still works on terminals that require magic cookies in order to |
| 3758 | use standout mode, but they can no longer display mode-lines in | 3329 | use standout mode, but they can no longer display mode-lines in |
| 3759 | inverse-video. | 3330 | inverse-video. |
| 3760 | 3331 | ||
| 3761 | --- | ||
| 3762 | ** The game `mpuz' is enhanced. | 3332 | ** The game `mpuz' is enhanced. |
| 3763 | 3333 | ||
| 3764 | `mpuz' now allows the 2nd factor not to have two identical digits. By | 3334 | `mpuz' now allows the 2nd factor not to have two identical digits. By |
| @@ -3767,13 +3337,10 @@ automatically. The game uses faces for better visual feedback. | |||
| 3767 | 3337 | ||
| 3768 | ** battery.el changes: | 3338 | ** battery.el changes: |
| 3769 | 3339 | ||
| 3770 | --- | ||
| 3771 | *** display-battery-mode replaces display-battery. | 3340 | *** display-battery-mode replaces display-battery. |
| 3772 | 3341 | ||
| 3773 | --- | ||
| 3774 | *** battery.el now works on recent versions of OS X. | 3342 | *** battery.el now works on recent versions of OS X. |
| 3775 | 3343 | ||
| 3776 | --- | ||
| 3777 | ** calculator.el now has radix grouping mode. | 3344 | ** calculator.el now has radix grouping mode. |
| 3778 | 3345 | ||
| 3779 | To enable this, set `calculator-output-radix' non-nil. In this mode a | 3346 | To enable this, set `calculator-output-radix' non-nil. In this mode a |
| @@ -3781,19 +3348,14 @@ separator character is used every few digits, making it easier to see | |||
| 3781 | byte boundaries etc. For more info, see the documentation of the | 3348 | byte boundaries etc. For more info, see the documentation of the |
| 3782 | variable `calculator-radix-grouping-mode'. | 3349 | variable `calculator-radix-grouping-mode'. |
| 3783 | 3350 | ||
| 3784 | --- | ||
| 3785 | ** fast-lock.el and lazy-lock.el are obsolete. Use jit-lock.el instead. | 3351 | ** fast-lock.el and lazy-lock.el are obsolete. Use jit-lock.el instead. |
| 3786 | 3352 | ||
| 3787 | --- | ||
| 3788 | ** iso-acc.el is now obsolete. Use one of the latin input methods instead. | 3353 | ** iso-acc.el is now obsolete. Use one of the latin input methods instead. |
| 3789 | 3354 | ||
| 3790 | --- | ||
| 3791 | ** zone-mode.el is now obsolete. Use dns-mode.el instead. | 3355 | ** zone-mode.el is now obsolete. Use dns-mode.el instead. |
| 3792 | 3356 | ||
| 3793 | --- | ||
| 3794 | ** cplus-md.el has been deleted. | 3357 | ** cplus-md.el has been deleted. |
| 3795 | 3358 | ||
| 3796 | --- | ||
| 3797 | ** Ewoc changes | 3359 | ** Ewoc changes |
| 3798 | 3360 | ||
| 3799 | *** The new function `ewoc-delete' deletes specified nodes. | 3361 | *** The new function `ewoc-delete' deletes specified nodes. |
| @@ -3816,7 +3378,6 @@ For example, these two sequences of expressions behave identically: | |||
| 3816 | 3378 | ||
| 3817 | ** Locate changes | 3379 | ** Locate changes |
| 3818 | 3380 | ||
| 3819 | --- | ||
| 3820 | *** By default, reverting the *Locate* buffer now just runs the last | 3381 | *** By default, reverting the *Locate* buffer now just runs the last |
| 3821 | `locate' command back over again without offering to update the locate | 3382 | `locate' command back over again without offering to update the locate |
| 3822 | database (which normally only works if you have root privileges). If | 3383 | database (which normally only works if you have root privileges). If |
| @@ -3826,7 +3387,6 @@ you prefer the old behavior, set the new customizable option | |||
| 3826 | 3387 | ||
| 3827 | * Changes in Emacs 22.1 on non-free operating systems | 3388 | * Changes in Emacs 22.1 on non-free operating systems |
| 3828 | 3389 | ||
| 3829 | +++ | ||
| 3830 | ** The HOME directory defaults to Application Data under the user profile. | 3390 | ** The HOME directory defaults to Application Data under the user profile. |
| 3831 | 3391 | ||
| 3832 | If you used a previous version of Emacs without setting the HOME | 3392 | If you used a previous version of Emacs without setting the HOME |
| @@ -3841,7 +3401,6 @@ This change means that users can now have their own `.emacs' files on | |||
| 3841 | shared computers, and the default HOME directory is less likely to be | 3401 | shared computers, and the default HOME directory is less likely to be |
| 3842 | read-only on computers that are administered by someone else. | 3402 | read-only on computers that are administered by someone else. |
| 3843 | 3403 | ||
| 3844 | +++ | ||
| 3845 | ** Passing resources on the command line now works on MS Windows. | 3404 | ** Passing resources on the command line now works on MS Windows. |
| 3846 | 3405 | ||
| 3847 | You can use --xrm to pass resource settings to Emacs, overriding any | 3406 | You can use --xrm to pass resource settings to Emacs, overriding any |
| @@ -3852,7 +3411,6 @@ existing values. For example: | |||
| 3852 | will start up Emacs on an initial frame of 100x20 with red background, | 3411 | will start up Emacs on an initial frame of 100x20 with red background, |
| 3853 | irrespective of geometry or background setting on the Windows registry. | 3412 | irrespective of geometry or background setting on the Windows registry. |
| 3854 | 3413 | ||
| 3855 | --- | ||
| 3856 | ** On MS Windows, the "system caret" now follows the cursor. | 3414 | ** On MS Windows, the "system caret" now follows the cursor. |
| 3857 | 3415 | ||
| 3858 | This enables Emacs to work better with programs that need to track the | 3416 | This enables Emacs to work better with programs that need to track the |
| @@ -3862,12 +3420,10 @@ instead of Emacs drawing its own cursor. This seems to be required by | |||
| 3862 | some programs. The new variable w32-use-visible-system-caret allows | 3420 | some programs. The new variable w32-use-visible-system-caret allows |
| 3863 | the caret visibility to be manually toggled. | 3421 | the caret visibility to be manually toggled. |
| 3864 | 3422 | ||
| 3865 | --- | ||
| 3866 | ** Tooltips now work on MS Windows. | 3423 | ** Tooltips now work on MS Windows. |
| 3867 | 3424 | ||
| 3868 | See the Emacs 21.1 NEWS entry for tooltips for details. | 3425 | See the Emacs 21.1 NEWS entry for tooltips for details. |
| 3869 | 3426 | ||
| 3870 | --- | ||
| 3871 | ** Images are now supported on MS Windows. | 3427 | ** Images are now supported on MS Windows. |
| 3872 | 3428 | ||
| 3873 | PBM and XBM images are supported out of the box. Other image formats | 3429 | PBM and XBM images are supported out of the box. Other image formats |
| @@ -3877,7 +3433,6 @@ http://gnuwin32.sourceforge.net/. Note that libpng also depends on | |||
| 3877 | zlib, and tiff depends on the version of jpeg that it was compiled | 3433 | zlib, and tiff depends on the version of jpeg that it was compiled |
| 3878 | against. For additional information, see nt/INSTALL. | 3434 | against. For additional information, see nt/INSTALL. |
| 3879 | 3435 | ||
| 3880 | --- | ||
| 3881 | ** Sound is now supported on MS Windows. | 3436 | ** Sound is now supported on MS Windows. |
| 3882 | 3437 | ||
| 3883 | WAV format is supported on all versions of Windows, other formats such | 3438 | WAV format is supported on all versions of Windows, other formats such |
| @@ -3885,19 +3440,16 @@ as AU, AIFF and MP3 may be supported in the more recent versions of | |||
| 3885 | Windows, or when other software provides hooks into the system level | 3440 | Windows, or when other software provides hooks into the system level |
| 3886 | sound support for those formats. | 3441 | sound support for those formats. |
| 3887 | 3442 | ||
| 3888 | --- | ||
| 3889 | ** Different shaped mouse pointers are supported on MS Windows. | 3443 | ** Different shaped mouse pointers are supported on MS Windows. |
| 3890 | 3444 | ||
| 3891 | The mouse pointer changes shape depending on what is under the pointer. | 3445 | The mouse pointer changes shape depending on what is under the pointer. |
| 3892 | 3446 | ||
| 3893 | --- | ||
| 3894 | ** Pointing devices with more than 3 buttons are now supported on MS Windows. | 3447 | ** Pointing devices with more than 3 buttons are now supported on MS Windows. |
| 3895 | 3448 | ||
| 3896 | The new variable `w32-pass-extra-mouse-buttons-to-system' controls | 3449 | The new variable `w32-pass-extra-mouse-buttons-to-system' controls |
| 3897 | whether Emacs should handle the extra buttons itself (the default), or | 3450 | whether Emacs should handle the extra buttons itself (the default), or |
| 3898 | pass them to Windows to be handled with system-wide functions. | 3451 | pass them to Windows to be handled with system-wide functions. |
| 3899 | 3452 | ||
| 3900 | --- | ||
| 3901 | ** Emacs takes note of colors defined in Control Panel on MS-Windows. | 3453 | ** Emacs takes note of colors defined in Control Panel on MS-Windows. |
| 3902 | 3454 | ||
| 3903 | The Control Panel defines some default colors for applications in much | 3455 | The Control Panel defines some default colors for applications in much |
| @@ -3908,7 +3460,6 @@ some of them to initialize some of the default faces. | |||
| 3908 | `list-colors-display' shows the list of System color names, in case | 3460 | `list-colors-display' shows the list of System color names, in case |
| 3909 | you wish to use them in other faces. | 3461 | you wish to use them in other faces. |
| 3910 | 3462 | ||
| 3911 | --- | ||
| 3912 | ** On MS Windows NT/W2K/XP, Emacs uses Unicode for clipboard operations. | 3463 | ** On MS Windows NT/W2K/XP, Emacs uses Unicode for clipboard operations. |
| 3913 | 3464 | ||
| 3914 | Those systems use Unicode internally, so this allows Emacs to share | 3465 | Those systems use Unicode internally, so this allows Emacs to share |
| @@ -3917,7 +3468,6 @@ MS Windows, Emacs now uses the appropriate locale coding-system, so | |||
| 3917 | the clipboard should work correctly for your local language without | 3468 | the clipboard should work correctly for your local language without |
| 3918 | any customizations. | 3469 | any customizations. |
| 3919 | 3470 | ||
| 3920 | --- | ||
| 3921 | ** Running in a console window in Windows now uses the console size. | 3471 | ** Running in a console window in Windows now uses the console size. |
| 3922 | 3472 | ||
| 3923 | Previous versions of Emacs erred on the side of having a usable Emacs | 3473 | Previous versions of Emacs erred on the side of having a usable Emacs |
| @@ -3931,46 +3481,37 @@ defaults to 80x25. If you use such a telnet server regularly at a size | |||
| 3931 | other than 80x25, you can still manually set | 3481 | other than 80x25, you can still manually set |
| 3932 | w32-use-full-screen-buffer to t. | 3482 | w32-use-full-screen-buffer to t. |
| 3933 | 3483 | ||
| 3934 | --- | ||
| 3935 | ** On Mac OS, `keyboard-coding-system' changes based on the keyboard script. | 3484 | ** On Mac OS, `keyboard-coding-system' changes based on the keyboard script. |
| 3936 | 3485 | ||
| 3937 | --- | ||
| 3938 | ** The variable `mac-keyboard-text-encoding' and the constants | 3486 | ** The variable `mac-keyboard-text-encoding' and the constants |
| 3939 | `kTextEncodingMacRoman', `kTextEncodingISOLatin1', and | 3487 | `kTextEncodingMacRoman', `kTextEncodingISOLatin1', and |
| 3940 | `kTextEncodingISOLatin2' are obsolete. | 3488 | `kTextEncodingISOLatin2' are obsolete. |
| 3941 | 3489 | ||
| 3942 | +++ | ||
| 3943 | ** The variable `mac-command-key-is-meta' is obsolete. Use | 3490 | ** The variable `mac-command-key-is-meta' is obsolete. Use |
| 3944 | `mac-command-modifier' and `mac-option-modifier' instead. | 3491 | `mac-command-modifier' and `mac-option-modifier' instead. |
| 3945 | 3492 | ||
| 3946 | * Incompatible Lisp Changes in Emacs 22.1 | 3493 | * Incompatible Lisp Changes in Emacs 22.1 |
| 3947 | 3494 | ||
| 3948 | +++ | ||
| 3949 | ** The `read-file-name' function now returns a null string if the | 3495 | ** The `read-file-name' function now returns a null string if the |
| 3950 | user just types RET. | 3496 | user just types RET. |
| 3951 | 3497 | ||
| 3952 | +++ | ||
| 3953 | ** The function find-operation-coding-system may be called with a cons | 3498 | ** The function find-operation-coding-system may be called with a cons |
| 3954 | (FILENAME . BUFFER) in the second argument if the first argument | 3499 | (FILENAME . BUFFER) in the second argument if the first argument |
| 3955 | OPERATION is `insert-file-contents', and thus a function registered in | 3500 | OPERATION is `insert-file-contents', and thus a function registered in |
| 3956 | `file-coding-system-alist' is also called with such an argument. | 3501 | `file-coding-system-alist' is also called with such an argument. |
| 3957 | 3502 | ||
| 3958 | --- | ||
| 3959 | ** The variables post-command-idle-hook and post-command-idle-delay have | 3503 | ** The variables post-command-idle-hook and post-command-idle-delay have |
| 3960 | been removed. Use run-with-idle-timer instead. | 3504 | been removed. Use run-with-idle-timer instead. |
| 3961 | 3505 | ||
| 3962 | +++ | ||
| 3963 | ** `suppress-keymap' now works by remapping `self-insert-command' to | 3506 | ** `suppress-keymap' now works by remapping `self-insert-command' to |
| 3964 | the command `undefined'. (In earlier Emacs versions, it used | 3507 | the command `undefined'. (In earlier Emacs versions, it used |
| 3965 | `substitute-key-definition' to rebind self inserting characters to | 3508 | `substitute-key-definition' to rebind self inserting characters to |
| 3966 | `undefined'.) | 3509 | `undefined'.) |
| 3967 | 3510 | ||
| 3968 | +++ | ||
| 3969 | ** Mode line display ignores text properties as well as the | 3511 | ** Mode line display ignores text properties as well as the |
| 3970 | :propertize and :eval forms in the value of a variable whose | 3512 | :propertize and :eval forms in the value of a variable whose |
| 3971 | `risky-local-variable' property is nil. | 3513 | `risky-local-variable' property is nil. |
| 3972 | 3514 | ||
| 3973 | --- | ||
| 3974 | The function `comint-send-input' now accepts 3 optional arguments: | 3515 | The function `comint-send-input' now accepts 3 optional arguments: |
| 3975 | 3516 | ||
| 3976 | (comint-send-input &optional no-newline artificial) | 3517 | (comint-send-input &optional no-newline artificial) |
| @@ -3979,23 +3520,18 @@ Callers sending input not from the user should use bind the 3rd | |||
| 3979 | argument `artificial' to a non-nil value, to prevent Emacs from | 3520 | argument `artificial' to a non-nil value, to prevent Emacs from |
| 3980 | deleting the part of subprocess output that matches the input. | 3521 | deleting the part of subprocess output that matches the input. |
| 3981 | 3522 | ||
| 3982 | --- | ||
| 3983 | ** Support for Mocklisp has been removed. | 3523 | ** Support for Mocklisp has been removed. |
| 3984 | 3524 | ||
| 3985 | +++ | ||
| 3986 | ** The variable `memory-full' now remains t until | 3525 | ** The variable `memory-full' now remains t until |
| 3987 | there is no longer a shortage of memory. | 3526 | there is no longer a shortage of memory. |
| 3988 | 3527 | ||
| 3989 | +++ | ||
| 3990 | ** When Emacs receives a USR1 or USR2 signal, this generates | 3528 | ** When Emacs receives a USR1 or USR2 signal, this generates |
| 3991 | input events: sigusr1 or sigusr2. Use special-event-map to | 3529 | input events: sigusr1 or sigusr2. Use special-event-map to |
| 3992 | handle these events. | 3530 | handle these events. |
| 3993 | 3531 | ||
| 3994 | +++ | ||
| 3995 | ** A hex or octal escape in a string constant forces the string to | 3532 | ** A hex or octal escape in a string constant forces the string to |
| 3996 | be multibyte or unibyte, respectively. | 3533 | be multibyte or unibyte, respectively. |
| 3997 | 3534 | ||
| 3998 | +++ | ||
| 3999 | ** The explicit method of creating a display table element by | 3535 | ** The explicit method of creating a display table element by |
| 4000 | combining a face number and a character code into a numeric | 3536 | combining a face number and a character code into a numeric |
| 4001 | glyph code is deprecated. | 3537 | glyph code is deprecated. |
| @@ -4009,45 +3545,36 @@ display tables. | |||
| 4009 | 3545 | ||
| 4010 | ** General Lisp changes: | 3546 | ** General Lisp changes: |
| 4011 | 3547 | ||
| 4012 | +++ | ||
| 4013 | *** The function `expt' handles negative exponents differently. | 3548 | *** The function `expt' handles negative exponents differently. |
| 4014 | The value for `(expt A B)', if both A and B are integers and B is | 3549 | The value for `(expt A B)', if both A and B are integers and B is |
| 4015 | negative, is now a float. For example: (expt 2 -2) => 0.25. | 3550 | negative, is now a float. For example: (expt 2 -2) => 0.25. |
| 4016 | 3551 | ||
| 4017 | +++ | ||
| 4018 | *** The function `eql' is now available without requiring the CL package. | 3552 | *** The function `eql' is now available without requiring the CL package. |
| 4019 | 3553 | ||
| 4020 | +++ | ||
| 4021 | *** The new function `memql' is like `memq', but uses `eql' for comparison, | 3554 | *** The new function `memql' is like `memq', but uses `eql' for comparison, |
| 4022 | that is, floats are compared by value and other elements with `eq'. | 3555 | that is, floats are compared by value and other elements with `eq'. |
| 4023 | 3556 | ||
| 4024 | +++ | ||
| 4025 | *** `makehash' is now obsolete. Use `make-hash-table' instead. | 3557 | *** `makehash' is now obsolete. Use `make-hash-table' instead. |
| 4026 | 3558 | ||
| 4027 | +++ | ||
| 4028 | *** `add-to-list' takes an optional third argument, APPEND. | 3559 | *** `add-to-list' takes an optional third argument, APPEND. |
| 4029 | 3560 | ||
| 4030 | If APPEND is non-nil, the new element gets added at the end of the | 3561 | If APPEND is non-nil, the new element gets added at the end of the |
| 4031 | list instead of at the beginning. This change actually occurred in | 3562 | list instead of at the beginning. This change actually occurred in |
| 4032 | Emacs 21.1, but was not documented then. | 3563 | Emacs 21.1, but was not documented then. |
| 4033 | 3564 | ||
| 4034 | +++ | ||
| 4035 | *** New function `add-to-ordered-list' is like `add-to-list' but | 3565 | *** New function `add-to-ordered-list' is like `add-to-list' but |
| 4036 | associates a numeric ordering of each element added to the list. | 3566 | associates a numeric ordering of each element added to the list. |
| 4037 | 3567 | ||
| 4038 | +++ | ||
| 4039 | *** New function `copy-tree' makes a copy of a tree. | 3568 | *** New function `copy-tree' makes a copy of a tree. |
| 4040 | 3569 | ||
| 4041 | It recursively copies through both CARs and CDRs. | 3570 | It recursively copies through both CARs and CDRs. |
| 4042 | 3571 | ||
| 4043 | +++ | ||
| 4044 | *** New function `delete-dups' deletes `equal' duplicate elements from a list. | 3572 | *** New function `delete-dups' deletes `equal' duplicate elements from a list. |
| 4045 | 3573 | ||
| 4046 | It modifies the list destructively, like `delete'. Of several `equal' | 3574 | It modifies the list destructively, like `delete'. Of several `equal' |
| 4047 | occurrences of an element in the list, the one that's kept is the | 3575 | occurrences of an element in the list, the one that's kept is the |
| 4048 | first one. | 3576 | first one. |
| 4049 | 3577 | ||
| 4050 | +++ | ||
| 4051 | *** New function `add-to-history' adds an element to a history list. | 3578 | *** New function `add-to-history' adds an element to a history list. |
| 4052 | 3579 | ||
| 4053 | Lisp packages should use this function to add elements to their | 3580 | Lisp packages should use this function to add elements to their |
| @@ -4056,13 +3583,11 @@ history lists. | |||
| 4056 | If `history-delete-duplicates' is non-nil, it removes duplicates of | 3583 | If `history-delete-duplicates' is non-nil, it removes duplicates of |
| 4057 | the new element from the history list it updates. | 3584 | the new element from the history list it updates. |
| 4058 | 3585 | ||
| 4059 | +++ | ||
| 4060 | *** New function `rassq-delete-all'. | 3586 | *** New function `rassq-delete-all'. |
| 4061 | 3587 | ||
| 4062 | (rassq-delete-all VALUE ALIST) deletes, from ALIST, each element whose | 3588 | (rassq-delete-all VALUE ALIST) deletes, from ALIST, each element whose |
| 4063 | CDR is `eq' to the specified value. | 3589 | CDR is `eq' to the specified value. |
| 4064 | 3590 | ||
| 4065 | +++ | ||
| 4066 | *** The function `number-sequence' makes a list of equally-separated numbers. | 3591 | *** The function `number-sequence' makes a list of equally-separated numbers. |
| 4067 | 3592 | ||
| 4068 | For instance, (number-sequence 4 9) returns (4 5 6 7 8 9). By | 3593 | For instance, (number-sequence 4 9) returns (4 5 6 7 8 9). By |
| @@ -4070,30 +3595,25 @@ default, the separation is 1, but you can specify a different | |||
| 4070 | separation as the third argument. (number-sequence 1.5 6 2) returns | 3595 | separation as the third argument. (number-sequence 1.5 6 2) returns |
| 4071 | (1.5 3.5 5.5). | 3596 | (1.5 3.5 5.5). |
| 4072 | 3597 | ||
| 4073 | +++ | ||
| 4074 | *** New variables `most-positive-fixnum' and `most-negative-fixnum'. | 3598 | *** New variables `most-positive-fixnum' and `most-negative-fixnum'. |
| 4075 | 3599 | ||
| 4076 | They hold the largest and smallest possible integer values. | 3600 | They hold the largest and smallest possible integer values. |
| 4077 | 3601 | ||
| 4078 | +++ | ||
| 4079 | *** Minor change in the function `format'. | 3602 | *** Minor change in the function `format'. |
| 4080 | 3603 | ||
| 4081 | Some flags that were accepted but not implemented (such as "*") are no | 3604 | Some flags that were accepted but not implemented (such as "*") are no |
| 4082 | longer accepted. | 3605 | longer accepted. |
| 4083 | 3606 | ||
| 4084 | +++ | ||
| 4085 | *** Functions `get' and `plist-get' no longer give errors for bad plists. | 3607 | *** Functions `get' and `plist-get' no longer give errors for bad plists. |
| 4086 | 3608 | ||
| 4087 | They return nil for a malformed property list or if the list is | 3609 | They return nil for a malformed property list or if the list is |
| 4088 | cyclic. | 3610 | cyclic. |
| 4089 | 3611 | ||
| 4090 | +++ | ||
| 4091 | *** New functions `lax-plist-get' and `lax-plist-put'. | 3612 | *** New functions `lax-plist-get' and `lax-plist-put'. |
| 4092 | 3613 | ||
| 4093 | They are like `plist-get' and `plist-put', except that they compare | 3614 | They are like `plist-get' and `plist-put', except that they compare |
| 4094 | the property name using `equal' rather than `eq'. | 3615 | the property name using `equal' rather than `eq'. |
| 4095 | 3616 | ||
| 4096 | +++ | ||
| 4097 | *** New variable `print-continuous-numbering'. | 3617 | *** New variable `print-continuous-numbering'. |
| 4098 | 3618 | ||
| 4099 | When this is non-nil, successive calls to print functions use a single | 3619 | When this is non-nil, successive calls to print functions use a single |
| @@ -4103,21 +3623,18 @@ relevant when `print-circle' is non-nil. | |||
| 4103 | When you bind `print-continuous-numbering' to t, you should | 3623 | When you bind `print-continuous-numbering' to t, you should |
| 4104 | also bind `print-number-table' to nil. | 3624 | also bind `print-number-table' to nil. |
| 4105 | 3625 | ||
| 4106 | +++ | ||
| 4107 | *** New function `macroexpand-all' expands all macros in a form. | 3626 | *** New function `macroexpand-all' expands all macros in a form. |
| 4108 | 3627 | ||
| 4109 | It is similar to the Common-Lisp function of the same name. | 3628 | It is similar to the Common-Lisp function of the same name. |
| 4110 | One difference is that it guarantees to return the original argument | 3629 | One difference is that it guarantees to return the original argument |
| 4111 | if no expansion is done, which can be tested using `eq'. | 3630 | if no expansion is done, which can be tested using `eq'. |
| 4112 | 3631 | ||
| 4113 | +++ | ||
| 4114 | *** The function `atan' now accepts an optional second argument. | 3632 | *** The function `atan' now accepts an optional second argument. |
| 4115 | 3633 | ||
| 4116 | When called with 2 arguments, as in `(atan Y X)', `atan' returns the | 3634 | When called with 2 arguments, as in `(atan Y X)', `atan' returns the |
| 4117 | angle in radians between the vector [X, Y] and the X axis. (This is | 3635 | angle in radians between the vector [X, Y] and the X axis. (This is |
| 4118 | equivalent to the standard C library function `atan2'.) | 3636 | equivalent to the standard C library function `atan2'.) |
| 4119 | 3637 | ||
| 4120 | +++ | ||
| 4121 | *** A function or macro's doc string can now specify the calling pattern. | 3638 | *** A function or macro's doc string can now specify the calling pattern. |
| 4122 | 3639 | ||
| 4123 | You put this info in the doc string's last line. It should be | 3640 | You put this info in the doc string's last line. It should be |
| @@ -4125,7 +3642,6 @@ formatted so as to match the regexp "\n\n(fn .*)\\'". If you don't | |||
| 4125 | specify this explicitly, Emacs determines it from the actual argument | 3642 | specify this explicitly, Emacs determines it from the actual argument |
| 4126 | names. Usually that default is right, but not always. | 3643 | names. Usually that default is right, but not always. |
| 4127 | 3644 | ||
| 4128 | +++ | ||
| 4129 | *** New macro `with-local-quit' temporarily allows quitting. | 3645 | *** New macro `with-local-quit' temporarily allows quitting. |
| 4130 | 3646 | ||
| 4131 | A quit inside the body of `with-local-quit' is caught by the | 3647 | A quit inside the body of `with-local-quit' is caught by the |
| @@ -4135,55 +3651,45 @@ the code that has inhibited quitting exits. | |||
| 4135 | This is for use around potentially blocking or long-running code | 3651 | This is for use around potentially blocking or long-running code |
| 4136 | inside timer functions and `post-command-hook' functions. | 3652 | inside timer functions and `post-command-hook' functions. |
| 4137 | 3653 | ||
| 4138 | +++ | ||
| 4139 | *** New macro `define-obsolete-function-alias'. | 3654 | *** New macro `define-obsolete-function-alias'. |
| 4140 | 3655 | ||
| 4141 | This combines `defalias' and `make-obsolete'. | 3656 | This combines `defalias' and `make-obsolete'. |
| 4142 | 3657 | ||
| 4143 | +++ | ||
| 4144 | *** New macro `with-case-table' | 3658 | *** New macro `with-case-table' |
| 4145 | 3659 | ||
| 4146 | This executes the body with the case table temporarily set to a given | 3660 | This executes the body with the case table temporarily set to a given |
| 4147 | case table. | 3661 | case table. |
| 4148 | 3662 | ||
| 4149 | +++ | ||
| 4150 | *** New function `unsafep' determines whether a Lisp form is safe. | 3663 | *** New function `unsafep' determines whether a Lisp form is safe. |
| 4151 | 3664 | ||
| 4152 | It returns nil if the given Lisp form can't possibly do anything | 3665 | It returns nil if the given Lisp form can't possibly do anything |
| 4153 | dangerous; otherwise it returns a reason why the form might be unsafe | 3666 | dangerous; otherwise it returns a reason why the form might be unsafe |
| 4154 | (calls unknown function, alters global variable, etc.). | 3667 | (calls unknown function, alters global variable, etc.). |
| 4155 | 3668 | ||
| 4156 | +++ | ||
| 4157 | *** New macro `eval-at-startup' specifies expressions to | 3669 | *** New macro `eval-at-startup' specifies expressions to |
| 4158 | evaluate when Emacs starts up. If this is done after startup, | 3670 | evaluate when Emacs starts up. If this is done after startup, |
| 4159 | it evaluates those expressions immediately. | 3671 | it evaluates those expressions immediately. |
| 4160 | 3672 | ||
| 4161 | This is useful in packages that can be preloaded. | 3673 | This is useful in packages that can be preloaded. |
| 4162 | 3674 | ||
| 4163 | +++ | ||
| 4164 | *** `list-faces-display' takes an optional argument, REGEXP. | 3675 | *** `list-faces-display' takes an optional argument, REGEXP. |
| 4165 | 3676 | ||
| 4166 | If it is non-nil, the function lists only faces matching this regexp. | 3677 | If it is non-nil, the function lists only faces matching this regexp. |
| 4167 | 3678 | ||
| 4168 | +++ | ||
| 4169 | *** New functions `string-or-null-p' and `booleanp'. | 3679 | *** New functions `string-or-null-p' and `booleanp'. |
| 4170 | 3680 | ||
| 4171 | `string-or-null-p' returns non-nil iff OBJECT is a string or nil. | 3681 | `string-or-null-p' returns non-nil iff OBJECT is a string or nil. |
| 4172 | `booleanp' returns non-nil iff OBJECT is t or nil. | 3682 | `booleanp' returns non-nil iff OBJECT is t or nil. |
| 4173 | 3683 | ||
| 4174 | +++ | ||
| 4175 | *** New hook `command-error-function'. | 3684 | *** New hook `command-error-function'. |
| 4176 | 3685 | ||
| 4177 | By setting this variable to a function, you can control | 3686 | By setting this variable to a function, you can control |
| 4178 | how the editor command loop shows the user an error message. | 3687 | how the editor command loop shows the user an error message. |
| 4179 | 3688 | ||
| 4180 | +++ | 3689 | *** `debug-on-entry' accepts primitive functions that are not special forms. |
| 4181 | *** `debug-on-entry' accepts primitive functions that are not special forms | ||
| 4182 | now. | ||
| 4183 | 3690 | ||
| 4184 | ** Lisp code indentation features: | 3691 | ** Lisp code indentation features: |
| 4185 | 3692 | ||
| 4186 | +++ | ||
| 4187 | *** The `defmacro' form can contain indentation and edebug declarations. | 3693 | *** The `defmacro' form can contain indentation and edebug declarations. |
| 4188 | 3694 | ||
| 4189 | These declarations specify how to indent the macro calls in Lisp mode | 3695 | These declarations specify how to indent the macro calls in Lisp mode |
| @@ -4202,12 +3708,10 @@ possible declaration specifiers are: | |||
| 4202 | equivalent to writing a `def-edebug-spec' for the macro, | 3708 | equivalent to writing a `def-edebug-spec' for the macro, |
| 4203 | but this is cleaner.) | 3709 | but this is cleaner.) |
| 4204 | 3710 | ||
| 4205 | --- | ||
| 4206 | *** cl-indent now allows customization of Indentation of backquoted forms. | 3711 | *** cl-indent now allows customization of Indentation of backquoted forms. |
| 4207 | 3712 | ||
| 4208 | See the new user option `lisp-backquote-indentation'. | 3713 | See the new user option `lisp-backquote-indentation'. |
| 4209 | 3714 | ||
| 4210 | --- | ||
| 4211 | *** cl-indent now handles indentation of simple and extended `loop' forms. | 3715 | *** cl-indent now handles indentation of simple and extended `loop' forms. |
| 4212 | 3716 | ||
| 4213 | The new user options `lisp-loop-keyword-indentation', | 3717 | The new user options `lisp-loop-keyword-indentation', |
| @@ -4215,7 +3719,6 @@ The new user options `lisp-loop-keyword-indentation', | |||
| 4215 | be used to customize the indentation of keywords and forms in loop | 3719 | be used to customize the indentation of keywords and forms in loop |
| 4216 | forms. | 3720 | forms. |
| 4217 | 3721 | ||
| 4218 | +++ | ||
| 4219 | ** Variable aliases: | 3722 | ** Variable aliases: |
| 4220 | 3723 | ||
| 4221 | *** New function: defvaralias ALIAS-VAR BASE-VAR [DOCSTRING] | 3724 | *** New function: defvaralias ALIAS-VAR BASE-VAR [DOCSTRING] |
| @@ -4237,64 +3740,52 @@ defined as an alias, the function returns VARIABLE. | |||
| 4237 | It might be noteworthy that variables aliases work for all kinds of | 3740 | It might be noteworthy that variables aliases work for all kinds of |
| 4238 | variables, including buffer-local and frame-local variables. | 3741 | variables, including buffer-local and frame-local variables. |
| 4239 | 3742 | ||
| 4240 | +++ | ||
| 4241 | *** The macro `define-obsolete-variable-alias' combines `defvaralias' and | 3743 | *** The macro `define-obsolete-variable-alias' combines `defvaralias' and |
| 4242 | `make-obsolete-variable'. | 3744 | `make-obsolete-variable'. |
| 4243 | 3745 | ||
| 4244 | ** defcustom changes: | 3746 | ** defcustom changes: |
| 4245 | 3747 | ||
| 4246 | +++ | ||
| 4247 | *** The package-version keyword has been added to provide | 3748 | *** The package-version keyword has been added to provide |
| 4248 | `customize-changed-options' functionality to packages in the future. | 3749 | `customize-changed-options' functionality to packages in the future. |
| 4249 | Developers who make use of this keyword must also update the new | 3750 | Developers who make use of this keyword must also update the new |
| 4250 | variable `customize-package-emacs-version-alist'. | 3751 | variable `customize-package-emacs-version-alist'. |
| 4251 | 3752 | ||
| 4252 | +++ | ||
| 4253 | *** The new customization type `float' requires a floating point number. | 3753 | *** The new customization type `float' requires a floating point number. |
| 4254 | 3754 | ||
| 4255 | ** String changes: | 3755 | ** String changes: |
| 4256 | 3756 | ||
| 4257 | +++ | ||
| 4258 | *** The escape sequence \s is now interpreted as a SPACE character. | 3757 | *** The escape sequence \s is now interpreted as a SPACE character. |
| 4259 | 3758 | ||
| 4260 | Exception: In a character constant, if it is followed by a `-' in a | 3759 | Exception: In a character constant, if it is followed by a `-' in a |
| 4261 | character constant (e.g. ?\s-A), it is still interpreted as the super | 3760 | character constant (e.g. ?\s-A), it is still interpreted as the super |
| 4262 | modifier. In strings, \s is always interpreted as a space. | 3761 | modifier. In strings, \s is always interpreted as a space. |
| 4263 | 3762 | ||
| 4264 | +++ | ||
| 4265 | *** A hex escape in a string constant forces the string to be multibyte. | 3763 | *** A hex escape in a string constant forces the string to be multibyte. |
| 4266 | 3764 | ||
| 4267 | +++ | ||
| 4268 | *** An octal escape in a string constant forces the string to be unibyte. | 3765 | *** An octal escape in a string constant forces the string to be unibyte. |
| 4269 | 3766 | ||
| 4270 | +++ | ||
| 4271 | *** `split-string' now includes null substrings in the returned list if | 3767 | *** `split-string' now includes null substrings in the returned list if |
| 4272 | the optional argument SEPARATORS is non-nil and there are matches for | 3768 | the optional argument SEPARATORS is non-nil and there are matches for |
| 4273 | SEPARATORS at the beginning or end of the string. If SEPARATORS is | 3769 | SEPARATORS at the beginning or end of the string. If SEPARATORS is |
| 4274 | nil, or if the new optional third argument OMIT-NULLS is non-nil, all | 3770 | nil, or if the new optional third argument OMIT-NULLS is non-nil, all |
| 4275 | empty matches are omitted from the returned list. | 3771 | empty matches are omitted from the returned list. |
| 4276 | 3772 | ||
| 4277 | +++ | ||
| 4278 | *** New function `string-to-multibyte' converts a unibyte string to a | 3773 | *** New function `string-to-multibyte' converts a unibyte string to a |
| 4279 | multibyte string with the same individual character codes. | 3774 | multibyte string with the same individual character codes. |
| 4280 | 3775 | ||
| 4281 | +++ | ||
| 4282 | *** New function `substring-no-properties' returns a substring without | 3776 | *** New function `substring-no-properties' returns a substring without |
| 4283 | text properties. | 3777 | text properties. |
| 4284 | 3778 | ||
| 4285 | +++ | ||
| 4286 | *** The new function `assoc-string' replaces `assoc-ignore-case' and | 3779 | *** The new function `assoc-string' replaces `assoc-ignore-case' and |
| 4287 | `assoc-ignore-representation', which are still available, but have | 3780 | `assoc-ignore-representation', which are still available, but have |
| 4288 | been declared obsolete. | 3781 | been declared obsolete. |
| 4289 | 3782 | ||
| 4290 | +++ | ||
| 4291 | *** New syntax: \uXXXX and \UXXXXXXXX specify Unicode code points in hex. | 3783 | *** New syntax: \uXXXX and \UXXXXXXXX specify Unicode code points in hex. |
| 4292 | Use "\u0428" to specify a string consisting of CYRILLIC CAPITAL LETTER SHA, | 3784 | Use "\u0428" to specify a string consisting of CYRILLIC CAPITAL LETTER SHA, |
| 4293 | or "\U0001D6E2" to specify one consisting of MATHEMATICAL ITALIC CAPITAL | 3785 | or "\U0001D6E2" to specify one consisting of MATHEMATICAL ITALIC CAPITAL |
| 4294 | ALPHA (the latter is greater than #xFFFF and thus needs the longer | 3786 | ALPHA (the latter is greater than #xFFFF and thus needs the longer |
| 4295 | syntax). Also available for characters. | 3787 | syntax). Also available for characters. |
| 4296 | 3788 | ||
| 4297 | +++ | ||
| 4298 | ** Displaying warnings to the user. | 3789 | ** Displaying warnings to the user. |
| 4299 | 3790 | ||
| 4300 | See the functions `warn' and `display-warning', or the Lisp Manual. | 3791 | See the functions `warn' and `display-warning', or the Lisp Manual. |
| @@ -4302,7 +3793,6 @@ If you want to be sure the warning will not be overlooked, this | |||
| 4302 | facility is much better than using `message', since it displays | 3793 | facility is much better than using `message', since it displays |
| 4303 | warnings in a separate window. | 3794 | warnings in a separate window. |
| 4304 | 3795 | ||
| 4305 | +++ | ||
| 4306 | ** Progress reporters. | 3796 | ** Progress reporters. |
| 4307 | 3797 | ||
| 4308 | These provide a simple and uniform way for commands to present | 3798 | These provide a simple and uniform way for commands to present |
| @@ -4314,85 +3804,70 @@ See the new functions `make-progress-reporter', | |||
| 4314 | 3804 | ||
| 4315 | ** Buffer positions: | 3805 | ** Buffer positions: |
| 4316 | 3806 | ||
| 4317 | +++ | ||
| 4318 | *** Function `compute-motion' now calculates the usable window | 3807 | *** Function `compute-motion' now calculates the usable window |
| 4319 | width if the WIDTH argument is nil. If the TOPOS argument is nil, | 3808 | width if the WIDTH argument is nil. If the TOPOS argument is nil, |
| 4320 | the usable window height and width is used. | 3809 | the usable window height and width is used. |
| 4321 | 3810 | ||
| 4322 | +++ | ||
| 4323 | *** The `line-move', `scroll-up', and `scroll-down' functions will now | 3811 | *** The `line-move', `scroll-up', and `scroll-down' functions will now |
| 4324 | modify the window vscroll to scroll through display rows that are | 3812 | modify the window vscroll to scroll through display rows that are |
| 4325 | taller that the height of the window, for example in the presence of | 3813 | taller that the height of the window, for example in the presence of |
| 4326 | large images. To disable this feature, bind the new variable | 3814 | large images. To disable this feature, bind the new variable |
| 4327 | `auto-window-vscroll' to nil. | 3815 | `auto-window-vscroll' to nil. |
| 4328 | 3816 | ||
| 4329 | +++ | ||
| 4330 | *** The argument to `forward-word', `backward-word' is optional. | 3817 | *** The argument to `forward-word', `backward-word' is optional. |
| 4331 | 3818 | ||
| 4332 | It defaults to 1. | 3819 | It defaults to 1. |
| 4333 | 3820 | ||
| 4334 | +++ | ||
| 4335 | *** Argument to `forward-to-indentation' and `backward-to-indentation' is optional. | 3821 | *** Argument to `forward-to-indentation' and `backward-to-indentation' is optional. |
| 4336 | 3822 | ||
| 4337 | It defaults to 1. | 3823 | It defaults to 1. |
| 4338 | 3824 | ||
| 4339 | +++ | ||
| 4340 | *** New function `mouse-on-link-p' tests if a position is in a clickable link. | 3825 | *** New function `mouse-on-link-p' tests if a position is in a clickable link. |
| 4341 | 3826 | ||
| 4342 | This is the function used by the new `mouse-1-click-follows-link' | 3827 | This is the function used by the new `mouse-1-click-follows-link' |
| 4343 | functionality. | 3828 | functionality. |
| 4344 | 3829 | ||
| 4345 | +++ | ||
| 4346 | *** New function `line-number-at-pos' returns the line number of a position. | 3830 | *** New function `line-number-at-pos' returns the line number of a position. |
| 4347 | 3831 | ||
| 4348 | It an optional buffer position argument that defaults to point. | 3832 | It an optional buffer position argument that defaults to point. |
| 4349 | 3833 | ||
| 4350 | +++ | ||
| 4351 | *** `field-beginning' and `field-end' take new optional argument, LIMIT. | 3834 | *** `field-beginning' and `field-end' take new optional argument, LIMIT. |
| 4352 | 3835 | ||
| 4353 | This argument tells them not to search beyond LIMIT. Instead they | 3836 | This argument tells them not to search beyond LIMIT. Instead they |
| 4354 | give up and return LIMIT. | 3837 | give up and return LIMIT. |
| 4355 | 3838 | ||
| 4356 | +++ | ||
| 4357 | *** Function `pos-visible-in-window-p' now returns the pixel coordinates | 3839 | *** Function `pos-visible-in-window-p' now returns the pixel coordinates |
| 4358 | and partial visibility state of the corresponding row, if the PARTIALLY | 3840 | and partial visibility state of the corresponding row, if the PARTIALLY |
| 4359 | arg is non-nil. | 3841 | arg is non-nil. |
| 4360 | 3842 | ||
| 4361 | +++ | ||
| 4362 | *** New function `window-line-height' is an efficient way to get | 3843 | *** New function `window-line-height' is an efficient way to get |
| 4363 | information about a specific text line in a window provided that the | 3844 | information about a specific text line in a window provided that the |
| 4364 | window's display is up-to-date. | 3845 | window's display is up-to-date. |
| 4365 | 3846 | ||
| 4366 | +++ | ||
| 4367 | *** New functions `posn-at-point' and `posn-at-x-y' return | 3847 | *** New functions `posn-at-point' and `posn-at-x-y' return |
| 4368 | click-event-style position information for a given visible buffer | 3848 | click-event-style position information for a given visible buffer |
| 4369 | position or for a given window pixel coordinate. | 3849 | position or for a given window pixel coordinate. |
| 4370 | 3850 | ||
| 4371 | ** Text modification: | 3851 | ** Text modification: |
| 4372 | 3852 | ||
| 4373 | +++ | ||
| 4374 | *** The new function `buffer-chars-modified-tick' returns a buffer's | 3853 | *** The new function `buffer-chars-modified-tick' returns a buffer's |
| 4375 | tick counter for changes to characters. Each time text in that buffer | 3854 | tick counter for changes to characters. Each time text in that buffer |
| 4376 | is inserted or deleted, the character-change counter is updated to the | 3855 | is inserted or deleted, the character-change counter is updated to the |
| 4377 | tick counter (`buffer-modified-tick'). Text property changes leave it | 3856 | tick counter (`buffer-modified-tick'). Text property changes leave it |
| 4378 | unchanged. | 3857 | unchanged. |
| 4379 | 3858 | ||
| 4380 | +++ | ||
| 4381 | *** The new function `insert-for-yank' normally works like `insert', but | 3859 | *** The new function `insert-for-yank' normally works like `insert', but |
| 4382 | removes the text properties in the `yank-excluded-properties' list | 3860 | removes the text properties in the `yank-excluded-properties' list |
| 4383 | and handles the `yank-handler' text property. | 3861 | and handles the `yank-handler' text property. |
| 4384 | 3862 | ||
| 4385 | +++ | ||
| 4386 | *** The new function `insert-buffer-substring-as-yank' is like | 3863 | *** The new function `insert-buffer-substring-as-yank' is like |
| 4387 | `insert-for-yank' except that it gets the text from another buffer as | 3864 | `insert-for-yank' except that it gets the text from another buffer as |
| 4388 | in `insert-buffer-substring'. | 3865 | in `insert-buffer-substring'. |
| 4389 | 3866 | ||
| 4390 | +++ | ||
| 4391 | *** The new function `insert-buffer-substring-no-properties' is like | 3867 | *** The new function `insert-buffer-substring-no-properties' is like |
| 4392 | `insert-buffer-substring', but removes all text properties from the | 3868 | `insert-buffer-substring', but removes all text properties from the |
| 4393 | inserted substring. | 3869 | inserted substring. |
| 4394 | 3870 | ||
| 4395 | +++ | ||
| 4396 | *** The new function `filter-buffer-substring' extracts a buffer | 3871 | *** The new function `filter-buffer-substring' extracts a buffer |
| 4397 | substring, passes it through a set of filter functions, and returns | 3872 | substring, passes it through a set of filter functions, and returns |
| 4398 | the filtered substring. Use it instead of `buffer-substring' or | 3873 | the filtered substring. Use it instead of `buffer-substring' or |
| @@ -4404,33 +3879,27 @@ The list of filter function is specified by the new variable | |||
| 4404 | `buffer-substring-filters' to remove soft newlines from the copied | 3879 | `buffer-substring-filters' to remove soft newlines from the copied |
| 4405 | text. | 3880 | text. |
| 4406 | 3881 | ||
| 4407 | +++ | ||
| 4408 | *** Function `translate-region' accepts also a char-table as TABLE | 3882 | *** Function `translate-region' accepts also a char-table as TABLE |
| 4409 | argument. | 3883 | argument. |
| 4410 | 3884 | ||
| 4411 | +++ | ||
| 4412 | *** The new translation table `translation-table-for-input' | 3885 | *** The new translation table `translation-table-for-input' |
| 4413 | is used for customizing self-insertion. The character to | 3886 | is used for customizing self-insertion. The character to |
| 4414 | be inserted is translated through it. | 3887 | be inserted is translated through it. |
| 4415 | 3888 | ||
| 4416 | --- | ||
| 4417 | *** Text clones. | 3889 | *** Text clones. |
| 4418 | 3890 | ||
| 4419 | The new function `text-clone-create'. Text clones are chunks of text | 3891 | The new function `text-clone-create'. Text clones are chunks of text |
| 4420 | that are kept identical by transparently propagating changes from one | 3892 | that are kept identical by transparently propagating changes from one |
| 4421 | clone to the other. | 3893 | clone to the other. |
| 4422 | 3894 | ||
| 4423 | --- | ||
| 4424 | *** The function `insert-string' is now obsolete. | 3895 | *** The function `insert-string' is now obsolete. |
| 4425 | 3896 | ||
| 4426 | ** Filling changes. | 3897 | ** Filling changes. |
| 4427 | 3898 | ||
| 4428 | +++ | ||
| 4429 | *** In determining an adaptive fill prefix, Emacs now tries the function in | 3899 | *** In determining an adaptive fill prefix, Emacs now tries the function in |
| 4430 | `adaptive-fill-function' _before_ matching the buffer line against | 3900 | `adaptive-fill-function' _before_ matching the buffer line against |
| 4431 | `adaptive-fill-regexp' rather than _after_ it. | 3901 | `adaptive-fill-regexp' rather than _after_ it. |
| 4432 | 3902 | ||
| 4433 | +++ | ||
| 4434 | ** Atomic change groups. | 3903 | ** Atomic change groups. |
| 4435 | 3904 | ||
| 4436 | To perform some changes in the current buffer "atomically" so that | 3905 | To perform some changes in the current buffer "atomically" so that |
| @@ -4490,21 +3959,17 @@ finished. | |||
| 4490 | 3959 | ||
| 4491 | ** Buffer-related changes: | 3960 | ** Buffer-related changes: |
| 4492 | 3961 | ||
| 4493 | --- | ||
| 4494 | *** `list-buffers-noselect' now takes an additional argument, BUFFER-LIST. | 3962 | *** `list-buffers-noselect' now takes an additional argument, BUFFER-LIST. |
| 4495 | 3963 | ||
| 4496 | If it is non-nil, it specifies which buffers to list. | 3964 | If it is non-nil, it specifies which buffers to list. |
| 4497 | 3965 | ||
| 4498 | +++ | ||
| 4499 | *** `kill-buffer-hook' is now a permanent local. | 3966 | *** `kill-buffer-hook' is now a permanent local. |
| 4500 | 3967 | ||
| 4501 | +++ | ||
| 4502 | *** The new function `buffer-local-value' returns the buffer-local | 3968 | *** The new function `buffer-local-value' returns the buffer-local |
| 4503 | binding of VARIABLE (a symbol) in buffer BUFFER. If VARIABLE does not | 3969 | binding of VARIABLE (a symbol) in buffer BUFFER. If VARIABLE does not |
| 4504 | have a buffer-local binding in buffer BUFFER, it returns the default | 3970 | have a buffer-local binding in buffer BUFFER, it returns the default |
| 4505 | value of VARIABLE instead. | 3971 | value of VARIABLE instead. |
| 4506 | 3972 | ||
| 4507 | --- | ||
| 4508 | *** The function `frame-or-buffer-changed-p' now lets you maintain | 3973 | *** The function `frame-or-buffer-changed-p' now lets you maintain |
| 4509 | various status records in parallel. | 3974 | various status records in parallel. |
| 4510 | 3975 | ||
| @@ -4524,7 +3989,6 @@ If the variable is itself nil, then `frame-or-buffer-changed-p' uses, | |||
| 4524 | for compatibility, an internal variable which exists only for this | 3989 | for compatibility, an internal variable which exists only for this |
| 4525 | purpose. | 3990 | purpose. |
| 4526 | 3991 | ||
| 4527 | +++ | ||
| 4528 | *** The function `read-buffer' follows the convention for reading from | 3992 | *** The function `read-buffer' follows the convention for reading from |
| 4529 | the minibuffer with a default value: if DEF is non-nil, the minibuffer | 3993 | the minibuffer with a default value: if DEF is non-nil, the minibuffer |
| 4530 | prompt provided in PROMPT is edited to show the default value provided | 3994 | prompt provided in PROMPT is edited to show the default value provided |
| @@ -4532,12 +3996,10 @@ in DEF before the terminal colon and space. | |||
| 4532 | 3996 | ||
| 4533 | ** Searching and matching changes: | 3997 | ** Searching and matching changes: |
| 4534 | 3998 | ||
| 4535 | +++ | ||
| 4536 | *** New function `looking-back' checks whether a regular expression matches | 3999 | *** New function `looking-back' checks whether a regular expression matches |
| 4537 | the text before point. Specifying the LIMIT argument bounds how far | 4000 | the text before point. Specifying the LIMIT argument bounds how far |
| 4538 | back the match can start; this is a way to keep it from taking too long. | 4001 | back the match can start; this is a way to keep it from taking too long. |
| 4539 | 4002 | ||
| 4540 | +++ | ||
| 4541 | *** The new variable `search-spaces-regexp' controls how to search | 4003 | *** The new variable `search-spaces-regexp' controls how to search |
| 4542 | for spaces in a regular expression. If it is non-nil, it should be a | 4004 | for spaces in a regular expression. If it is non-nil, it should be a |
| 4543 | regular expression, and any series of spaces stands for that regular | 4005 | regular expression, and any series of spaces stands for that regular |
| @@ -4546,36 +4008,29 @@ expression. If it is nil, spaces stand for themselves. | |||
| 4546 | Spaces inside of constructs such as `[..]' and inside loops such as | 4008 | Spaces inside of constructs such as `[..]' and inside loops such as |
| 4547 | `*', `+', and `?' are never replaced with `search-spaces-regexp'. | 4009 | `*', `+', and `?' are never replaced with `search-spaces-regexp'. |
| 4548 | 4010 | ||
| 4549 | +++ | ||
| 4550 | *** New regular expression operators, `\_<' and `\_>'. | 4011 | *** New regular expression operators, `\_<' and `\_>'. |
| 4551 | 4012 | ||
| 4552 | These match the beginning and end of a symbol. A symbol is a | 4013 | These match the beginning and end of a symbol. A symbol is a |
| 4553 | non-empty sequence of either word or symbol constituent characters, as | 4014 | non-empty sequence of either word or symbol constituent characters, as |
| 4554 | specified by the syntax table. | 4015 | specified by the syntax table. |
| 4555 | 4016 | ||
| 4556 | --- | ||
| 4557 | *** rx.el has new corresponding `symbol-start' and `symbol-end' elements. | 4017 | *** rx.el has new corresponding `symbol-start' and `symbol-end' elements. |
| 4558 | 4018 | ||
| 4559 | +++ | ||
| 4560 | *** `skip-chars-forward' and `skip-chars-backward' now handle | 4019 | *** `skip-chars-forward' and `skip-chars-backward' now handle |
| 4561 | character classes such as `[:alpha:]', along with individual | 4020 | character classes such as `[:alpha:]', along with individual |
| 4562 | characters and ranges. | 4021 | characters and ranges. |
| 4563 | 4022 | ||
| 4564 | --- | ||
| 4565 | *** In `replace-match', the replacement text no longer inherits | 4023 | *** In `replace-match', the replacement text no longer inherits |
| 4566 | properties from surrounding text. | 4024 | properties from surrounding text. |
| 4567 | 4025 | ||
| 4568 | +++ | ||
| 4569 | *** The list returned by `(match-data t)' now has the buffer as a final | 4026 | *** The list returned by `(match-data t)' now has the buffer as a final |
| 4570 | element, if the last match was on a buffer. `set-match-data' | 4027 | element, if the last match was on a buffer. `set-match-data' |
| 4571 | accepts such a list for restoring the match state. | 4028 | accepts such a list for restoring the match state. |
| 4572 | 4029 | ||
| 4573 | +++ | ||
| 4574 | *** Functions `match-data' and `set-match-data' now have an optional | 4030 | *** Functions `match-data' and `set-match-data' now have an optional |
| 4575 | argument `reseat'. When non-nil, all markers in the match data list | 4031 | argument `reseat'. When non-nil, all markers in the match data list |
| 4576 | passed to these functions will be reseated to point to nowhere. | 4032 | passed to these functions will be reseated to point to nowhere. |
| 4577 | 4033 | ||
| 4578 | +++ | ||
| 4579 | *** The default value of `sentence-end' is now defined using the new | 4034 | *** The default value of `sentence-end' is now defined using the new |
| 4580 | variable `sentence-end-without-space', which contains such characters | 4035 | variable `sentence-end-without-space', which contains such characters |
| 4581 | that end a sentence without following spaces. | 4036 | that end a sentence without following spaces. |
| @@ -4588,7 +4043,6 @@ this function returns the regexp constructed from the variables | |||
| 4588 | 4043 | ||
| 4589 | ** Undo changes: | 4044 | ** Undo changes: |
| 4590 | 4045 | ||
| 4591 | +++ | ||
| 4592 | *** `buffer-undo-list' allows programmable elements. | 4046 | *** `buffer-undo-list' allows programmable elements. |
| 4593 | 4047 | ||
| 4594 | These elements have the form (apply FUNNAME . ARGS), where FUNNAME is | 4048 | These elements have the form (apply FUNNAME . ARGS), where FUNNAME is |
| @@ -4599,12 +4053,10 @@ These entries can also have the form (apply DELTA BEG END FUNNAME . ARGS) | |||
| 4599 | which indicates that the change which took place was limited to the | 4053 | which indicates that the change which took place was limited to the |
| 4600 | range BEG...END and increased the buffer size by DELTA. | 4054 | range BEG...END and increased the buffer size by DELTA. |
| 4601 | 4055 | ||
| 4602 | +++ | ||
| 4603 | *** If the buffer's undo list for the current command gets longer than | 4056 | *** If the buffer's undo list for the current command gets longer than |
| 4604 | `undo-outer-limit', garbage collection empties it. This is to prevent | 4057 | `undo-outer-limit', garbage collection empties it. This is to prevent |
| 4605 | it from using up the available memory and choking Emacs. | 4058 | it from using up the available memory and choking Emacs. |
| 4606 | 4059 | ||
| 4607 | +++ | ||
| 4608 | ** New `yank-handler' text property can be used to control how | 4060 | ** New `yank-handler' text property can be used to control how |
| 4609 | previously killed text on the kill ring is reinserted. | 4061 | previously killed text on the kill ring is reinserted. |
| 4610 | 4062 | ||
| @@ -4649,70 +4101,56 @@ string. The old behavior is available if you call | |||
| 4649 | 4101 | ||
| 4650 | ** Syntax table changes: | 4102 | ** Syntax table changes: |
| 4651 | 4103 | ||
| 4652 | +++ | ||
| 4653 | *** The macro `with-syntax-table' no longer copies the syntax table. | 4104 | *** The macro `with-syntax-table' no longer copies the syntax table. |
| 4654 | 4105 | ||
| 4655 | +++ | ||
| 4656 | *** The new function `syntax-after' returns the syntax code | 4106 | *** The new function `syntax-after' returns the syntax code |
| 4657 | of the character after a specified buffer position, taking account | 4107 | of the character after a specified buffer position, taking account |
| 4658 | of text properties as well as the character code. | 4108 | of text properties as well as the character code. |
| 4659 | 4109 | ||
| 4660 | +++ | ||
| 4661 | *** `syntax-class' extracts the class of a syntax code (as returned | 4110 | *** `syntax-class' extracts the class of a syntax code (as returned |
| 4662 | by `syntax-after'). | 4111 | by `syntax-after'). |
| 4663 | 4112 | ||
| 4664 | +++ | ||
| 4665 | *** The new function `syntax-ppss' provides an efficient way to find the | 4113 | *** The new function `syntax-ppss' provides an efficient way to find the |
| 4666 | current syntactic context at point. | 4114 | current syntactic context at point. |
| 4667 | 4115 | ||
| 4668 | ** File operation changes: | 4116 | ** File operation changes: |
| 4669 | 4117 | ||
| 4670 | +++ | ||
| 4671 | *** New vars `exec-suffixes' and `load-suffixes' used when | 4118 | *** New vars `exec-suffixes' and `load-suffixes' used when |
| 4672 | searching for an executable or an Emacs Lisp file. | 4119 | searching for an executable or an Emacs Lisp file. |
| 4673 | 4120 | ||
| 4674 | +++ | ||
| 4675 | *** The new primitive `set-file-times' sets a file's access and | 4121 | *** The new primitive `set-file-times' sets a file's access and |
| 4676 | modification times. Magic file name handlers can handle this | 4122 | modification times. Magic file name handlers can handle this |
| 4677 | operation. | 4123 | operation. |
| 4678 | 4124 | ||
| 4679 | +++ | ||
| 4680 | *** The new function `file-remote-p' tests a file name and returns | 4125 | *** The new function `file-remote-p' tests a file name and returns |
| 4681 | non-nil if it specifies a remote file (one that Emacs accesses using | 4126 | non-nil if it specifies a remote file (one that Emacs accesses using |
| 4682 | its own special methods and not directly through the file system). | 4127 | its own special methods and not directly through the file system). |
| 4683 | The value in that case is an identifier for the remote file system. | 4128 | The value in that case is an identifier for the remote file system. |
| 4684 | 4129 | ||
| 4685 | +++ | ||
| 4686 | *** `buffer-auto-save-file-format' is the new name for what was | 4130 | *** `buffer-auto-save-file-format' is the new name for what was |
| 4687 | formerly called `auto-save-file-format'. It is now a permanent local. | 4131 | formerly called `auto-save-file-format'. It is now a permanent local. |
| 4688 | 4132 | ||
| 4689 | +++ | ||
| 4690 | *** Functions `file-name-sans-extension' and `file-name-extension' now | 4133 | *** Functions `file-name-sans-extension' and `file-name-extension' now |
| 4691 | ignore the leading dots in file names, so that file names such as | 4134 | ignore the leading dots in file names, so that file names such as |
| 4692 | `.emacs' are treated as extensionless. | 4135 | `.emacs' are treated as extensionless. |
| 4693 | 4136 | ||
| 4694 | +++ | ||
| 4695 | *** `visited-file-modtime' and `calendar-time-from-absolute' now return | 4137 | *** `visited-file-modtime' and `calendar-time-from-absolute' now return |
| 4696 | a list of two integers, instead of a cons. | 4138 | a list of two integers, instead of a cons. |
| 4697 | 4139 | ||
| 4698 | +++ | ||
| 4699 | *** `file-chase-links' now takes an optional second argument LIMIT which | 4140 | *** `file-chase-links' now takes an optional second argument LIMIT which |
| 4700 | specifies the maximum number of links to chase through. If after that | 4141 | specifies the maximum number of links to chase through. If after that |
| 4701 | many iterations the file name obtained is still a symbolic link, | 4142 | many iterations the file name obtained is still a symbolic link, |
| 4702 | `file-chase-links' returns it anyway. | 4143 | `file-chase-links' returns it anyway. |
| 4703 | 4144 | ||
| 4704 | +++ | ||
| 4705 | *** The new hook `before-save-hook' is invoked by `basic-save-buffer' | 4145 | *** The new hook `before-save-hook' is invoked by `basic-save-buffer' |
| 4706 | before saving buffers. This allows packages to perform various final | 4146 | before saving buffers. This allows packages to perform various final |
| 4707 | tasks. For example, it can be used by the copyright package to make | 4147 | tasks. For example, it can be used by the copyright package to make |
| 4708 | sure saved files have the current year in any copyright headers. | 4148 | sure saved files have the current year in any copyright headers. |
| 4709 | 4149 | ||
| 4710 | +++ | ||
| 4711 | *** If `buffer-save-without-query' is non-nil in some buffer, | 4150 | *** If `buffer-save-without-query' is non-nil in some buffer, |
| 4712 | `save-some-buffers' will always save that buffer without asking (if | 4151 | `save-some-buffers' will always save that buffer without asking (if |
| 4713 | it's modified). | 4152 | it's modified). |
| 4714 | 4153 | ||
| 4715 | +++ | ||
| 4716 | *** New function `locate-file' searches for a file in a list of directories. | 4154 | *** New function `locate-file' searches for a file in a list of directories. |
| 4717 | `locate-file' accepts a name of a file to search (a string), and two | 4155 | `locate-file' accepts a name of a file to search (a string), and two |
| 4718 | lists: a list of directories to search in and a list of suffixes to | 4156 | lists: a list of directories to search in and a list of suffixes to |
| @@ -4725,7 +4163,6 @@ One advantage of using this function is that the list of suffixes in | |||
| 4725 | `exec-suffixes' is OS-dependant, so this function will find | 4163 | `exec-suffixes' is OS-dependant, so this function will find |
| 4726 | executables without polluting Lisp code with OS dependencies. | 4164 | executables without polluting Lisp code with OS dependencies. |
| 4727 | 4165 | ||
| 4728 | --- | ||
| 4729 | *** The precedence of file name handlers has been changed. | 4166 | *** The precedence of file name handlers has been changed. |
| 4730 | 4167 | ||
| 4731 | Instead of choosing the first handler that matches, | 4168 | Instead of choosing the first handler that matches, |
| @@ -4734,7 +4171,6 @@ that matches nearest the end of the file name. More precisely, the | |||
| 4734 | handler whose (match-beginning 0) is the largest is chosen. In case | 4171 | handler whose (match-beginning 0) is the largest is chosen. In case |
| 4735 | of ties, the old "first matched" rule applies. | 4172 | of ties, the old "first matched" rule applies. |
| 4736 | 4173 | ||
| 4737 | +++ | ||
| 4738 | *** A file name handler can declare which operations it handles. | 4174 | *** A file name handler can declare which operations it handles. |
| 4739 | 4175 | ||
| 4740 | You do this by putting an `operation' property on the handler name | 4176 | You do this by putting an `operation' property on the handler name |
| @@ -4745,81 +4181,66 @@ operations. | |||
| 4745 | This is useful for autoloaded handlers, to prevent them from being | 4181 | This is useful for autoloaded handlers, to prevent them from being |
| 4746 | autoloaded when not really necessary. | 4182 | autoloaded when not really necessary. |
| 4747 | 4183 | ||
| 4748 | +++ | ||
| 4749 | *** The function `make-auto-save-file-name' is now handled by file | 4184 | *** The function `make-auto-save-file-name' is now handled by file |
| 4750 | name handlers. This will be exploited for remote files mainly. | 4185 | name handlers. This will be exploited for remote files mainly. |
| 4751 | 4186 | ||
| 4752 | +++ | ||
| 4753 | *** The function `file-name-completion' accepts an optional argument | 4187 | *** The function `file-name-completion' accepts an optional argument |
| 4754 | PREDICATE, and rejects completion candidates that don't satisfy PREDICATE. | 4188 | PREDICATE, and rejects completion candidates that don't satisfy PREDICATE. |
| 4755 | 4189 | ||
| 4756 | ** Input changes: | 4190 | ** Input changes: |
| 4757 | 4191 | ||
| 4758 | +++ | ||
| 4759 | *** The functions `read-event', `read-char', and `read-char-exclusive' | 4192 | *** The functions `read-event', `read-char', and `read-char-exclusive' |
| 4760 | have a new optional argument SECONDS. If non-nil, this specifies a | 4193 | have a new optional argument SECONDS. If non-nil, this specifies a |
| 4761 | maximum time to wait for input, in seconds. If no input arrives after | 4194 | maximum time to wait for input, in seconds. If no input arrives after |
| 4762 | this time elapses, the functions stop waiting and return nil. | 4195 | this time elapses, the functions stop waiting and return nil. |
| 4763 | 4196 | ||
| 4764 | +++ | ||
| 4765 | *** An interactive specification can now use the code letter `U' to get | 4197 | *** An interactive specification can now use the code letter `U' to get |
| 4766 | the up-event that was discarded in case the last key sequence read for a | 4198 | the up-event that was discarded in case the last key sequence read for a |
| 4767 | previous `k' or `K' argument was a down-event; otherwise nil is used. | 4199 | previous `k' or `K' argument was a down-event; otherwise nil is used. |
| 4768 | 4200 | ||
| 4769 | +++ | ||
| 4770 | *** The new interactive-specification `G' reads a file name | 4201 | *** The new interactive-specification `G' reads a file name |
| 4771 | much like `F', but if the input is a directory name (even defaulted), | 4202 | much like `F', but if the input is a directory name (even defaulted), |
| 4772 | it returns just the directory name. | 4203 | it returns just the directory name. |
| 4773 | 4204 | ||
| 4774 | --- | ||
| 4775 | *** Functions `y-or-n-p', `read-char', `read-key-sequence' and the like, that | 4205 | *** Functions `y-or-n-p', `read-char', `read-key-sequence' and the like, that |
| 4776 | display a prompt but don't use the minibuffer, now display the prompt | 4206 | display a prompt but don't use the minibuffer, now display the prompt |
| 4777 | using the text properties (esp. the face) of the prompt string. | 4207 | using the text properties (esp. the face) of the prompt string. |
| 4778 | 4208 | ||
| 4779 | +++ | ||
| 4780 | *** (while-no-input BODY...) runs BODY, but only so long as no input | 4209 | *** (while-no-input BODY...) runs BODY, but only so long as no input |
| 4781 | arrives. If the user types or clicks anything, BODY stops as if a | 4210 | arrives. If the user types or clicks anything, BODY stops as if a |
| 4782 | quit had occurred. `while-no-input' returns the value of BODY, if BODY | 4211 | quit had occurred. `while-no-input' returns the value of BODY, if BODY |
| 4783 | finishes. It returns nil if BODY was aborted by a quit, and t if | 4212 | finishes. It returns nil if BODY was aborted by a quit, and t if |
| 4784 | BODY was aborted by arrival of input. | 4213 | BODY was aborted by arrival of input. |
| 4785 | 4214 | ||
| 4786 | +++ | ||
| 4787 | *** `recent-keys' now returns the last 300 keys. | 4215 | *** `recent-keys' now returns the last 300 keys. |
| 4788 | 4216 | ||
| 4789 | ** Minibuffer changes: | 4217 | ** Minibuffer changes: |
| 4790 | 4218 | ||
| 4791 | +++ | ||
| 4792 | *** The new function `minibufferp' returns non-nil if its optional | 4219 | *** The new function `minibufferp' returns non-nil if its optional |
| 4793 | buffer argument is a minibuffer. If the argument is omitted, it | 4220 | buffer argument is a minibuffer. If the argument is omitted, it |
| 4794 | defaults to the current buffer. | 4221 | defaults to the current buffer. |
| 4795 | 4222 | ||
| 4796 | +++ | ||
| 4797 | *** New function `minibuffer-selected-window' returns the window which | 4223 | *** New function `minibuffer-selected-window' returns the window which |
| 4798 | was selected when entering the minibuffer. | 4224 | was selected when entering the minibuffer. |
| 4799 | 4225 | ||
| 4800 | +++ | ||
| 4801 | *** The `read-file-name' function now takes an additional argument which | 4226 | *** The `read-file-name' function now takes an additional argument which |
| 4802 | specifies a predicate which the file name read must satisfy. The | 4227 | specifies a predicate which the file name read must satisfy. The |
| 4803 | new variable `read-file-name-predicate' contains the predicate argument | 4228 | new variable `read-file-name-predicate' contains the predicate argument |
| 4804 | while reading the file name from the minibuffer; the predicate in this | 4229 | while reading the file name from the minibuffer; the predicate in this |
| 4805 | variable is used by read-file-name-internal to filter the completion list. | 4230 | variable is used by read-file-name-internal to filter the completion list. |
| 4806 | 4231 | ||
| 4807 | --- | ||
| 4808 | *** The new variable `read-file-name-function' can be used by Lisp code | 4232 | *** The new variable `read-file-name-function' can be used by Lisp code |
| 4809 | to override the built-in `read-file-name' function. | 4233 | to override the built-in `read-file-name' function. |
| 4810 | 4234 | ||
| 4811 | +++ | ||
| 4812 | *** The new variable `read-file-name-completion-ignore-case' specifies | 4235 | *** The new variable `read-file-name-completion-ignore-case' specifies |
| 4813 | whether completion ignores case when reading a file name with the | 4236 | whether completion ignores case when reading a file name with the |
| 4814 | `read-file-name' function. | 4237 | `read-file-name' function. |
| 4815 | 4238 | ||
| 4816 | +++ | ||
| 4817 | *** The new function `read-directory-name' is for reading a directory name. | 4239 | *** The new function `read-directory-name' is for reading a directory name. |
| 4818 | 4240 | ||
| 4819 | It is like `read-file-name' except that the defaulting works better | 4241 | It is like `read-file-name' except that the defaulting works better |
| 4820 | for directories, and completion inside it shows only directories. | 4242 | for directories, and completion inside it shows only directories. |
| 4821 | 4243 | ||
| 4822 | +++ | ||
| 4823 | *** The new variable `history-add-new-input' specifies whether to add new | 4244 | *** The new variable `history-add-new-input' specifies whether to add new |
| 4824 | elements in history. If set to nil, minibuffer reading functions don't | 4245 | elements in history. If set to nil, minibuffer reading functions don't |
| 4825 | add new elements to the history list, so it is possible to do this | 4246 | add new elements to the history list, so it is possible to do this |
| @@ -4827,19 +4248,16 @@ afterwards by calling `add-to-history' explicitly. | |||
| 4827 | 4248 | ||
| 4828 | ** Completion changes: | 4249 | ** Completion changes: |
| 4829 | 4250 | ||
| 4830 | +++ | ||
| 4831 | *** The new function `minibuffer-completion-contents' returns the contents | 4251 | *** The new function `minibuffer-completion-contents' returns the contents |
| 4832 | of the minibuffer just before point. That is what completion commands | 4252 | of the minibuffer just before point. That is what completion commands |
| 4833 | operate on. | 4253 | operate on. |
| 4834 | 4254 | ||
| 4835 | +++ | ||
| 4836 | *** The functions `all-completions' and `try-completion' now accept lists | 4255 | *** The functions `all-completions' and `try-completion' now accept lists |
| 4837 | of strings as well as hash-tables additionally to alists, obarrays | 4256 | of strings as well as hash-tables additionally to alists, obarrays |
| 4838 | and functions. Furthermore, the function `test-completion' is now | 4257 | and functions. Furthermore, the function `test-completion' is now |
| 4839 | exported to Lisp. The keys in alists and hash tables can be either | 4258 | exported to Lisp. The keys in alists and hash tables can be either |
| 4840 | strings or symbols, which are automatically converted with to strings. | 4259 | strings or symbols, which are automatically converted with to strings. |
| 4841 | 4260 | ||
| 4842 | +++ | ||
| 4843 | *** The new macro `dynamic-completion-table' supports using functions | 4261 | *** The new macro `dynamic-completion-table' supports using functions |
| 4844 | as a dynamic completion table. | 4262 | as a dynamic completion table. |
| 4845 | 4263 | ||
| @@ -4852,7 +4270,6 @@ can ignore the value of its argument. If completion is performed in the | |||
| 4852 | minibuffer, FUN will be called in the buffer from which the minibuffer was | 4270 | minibuffer, FUN will be called in the buffer from which the minibuffer was |
| 4853 | entered. `dynamic-completion-table' then computes the completion. | 4271 | entered. `dynamic-completion-table' then computes the completion. |
| 4854 | 4272 | ||
| 4855 | +++ | ||
| 4856 | *** The new macro `lazy-completion-table' initializes a variable | 4273 | *** The new macro `lazy-completion-table' initializes a variable |
| 4857 | as a lazy completion table. | 4274 | as a lazy completion table. |
| 4858 | 4275 | ||
| @@ -4865,7 +4282,6 @@ If completion is requested in the minibuffer, FUN will be called in the buffer | |||
| 4865 | from which the minibuffer was entered. The return value of | 4282 | from which the minibuffer was entered. The return value of |
| 4866 | `lazy-completion-table' must be used to initialize the value of VAR. | 4283 | `lazy-completion-table' must be used to initialize the value of VAR. |
| 4867 | 4284 | ||
| 4868 | +++ | ||
| 4869 | ** Enhancements to keymaps. | 4285 | ** Enhancements to keymaps. |
| 4870 | 4286 | ||
| 4871 | *** New keymaps for typing file names | 4287 | *** New keymaps for typing file names |
| @@ -4984,12 +4400,10 @@ key-sequences, such as [(control a)]. | |||
| 4984 | 4400 | ||
| 4985 | ** Abbrev changes: | 4401 | ** Abbrev changes: |
| 4986 | 4402 | ||
| 4987 | +++ | ||
| 4988 | *** The new function `copy-abbrev-table' copies an abbrev table. | 4403 | *** The new function `copy-abbrev-table' copies an abbrev table. |
| 4989 | 4404 | ||
| 4990 | It returns a new abbrev table that is a copy of a given abbrev table. | 4405 | It returns a new abbrev table that is a copy of a given abbrev table. |
| 4991 | 4406 | ||
| 4992 | +++ | ||
| 4993 | *** `define-abbrev' now accepts an optional argument SYSTEM-FLAG. | 4407 | *** `define-abbrev' now accepts an optional argument SYSTEM-FLAG. |
| 4994 | 4408 | ||
| 4995 | If non-nil, this marks the abbrev as a "system" abbrev, which means | 4409 | If non-nil, this marks the abbrev as a "system" abbrev, which means |
| @@ -4997,7 +4411,6 @@ that it won't be stored in the user's abbrevs file if he saves the | |||
| 4997 | abbrevs. Major modes that predefine some abbrevs should always | 4411 | abbrevs. Major modes that predefine some abbrevs should always |
| 4998 | specify this flag. | 4412 | specify this flag. |
| 4999 | 4413 | ||
| 5000 | +++ | ||
| 5001 | ** Enhancements to process support | 4414 | ** Enhancements to process support |
| 5002 | 4415 | ||
| 5003 | *** Function `list-processes' now has an optional argument; if non-nil, | 4416 | *** Function `list-processes' now has an optional argument; if non-nil, |
| @@ -5064,7 +4477,6 @@ to multibyte by `string-to-multibyte' then inserted in the buffer. | |||
| 5064 | Previously, it was converted to multibyte by `string-as-multibyte', | 4477 | Previously, it was converted to multibyte by `string-as-multibyte', |
| 5065 | which was not compatible with the behavior of file reading. | 4478 | which was not compatible with the behavior of file reading. |
| 5066 | 4479 | ||
| 5067 | +++ | ||
| 5068 | ** Enhanced networking support. | 4480 | ** Enhanced networking support. |
| 5069 | 4481 | ||
| 5070 | *** The new `make-network-process' function makes network connections. | 4482 | *** The new `make-network-process' function makes network connections. |
| @@ -5136,13 +4548,11 @@ connection is closed by the remote peer has been changed to | |||
| 5136 | 4548 | ||
| 5137 | ** Using window objects: | 4549 | ** Using window objects: |
| 5138 | 4550 | ||
| 5139 | +++ | ||
| 5140 | *** New function `window-body-height'. | 4551 | *** New function `window-body-height'. |
| 5141 | 4552 | ||
| 5142 | This is like `window-height' but does not count the mode line or the | 4553 | This is like `window-height' but does not count the mode line or the |
| 5143 | header line. | 4554 | header line. |
| 5144 | 4555 | ||
| 5145 | +++ | ||
| 5146 | *** You can now make a window as short as one line. | 4556 | *** You can now make a window as short as one line. |
| 5147 | 4557 | ||
| 5148 | A window that is just one line tall does not display either a mode | 4558 | A window that is just one line tall does not display either a mode |
| @@ -5151,51 +4561,41 @@ line or a header line, even if the variables `mode-line-format' and | |||
| 5151 | cannot display both a mode line and a header line at once; if the | 4561 | cannot display both a mode line and a header line at once; if the |
| 5152 | variables call for both, only the mode line actually appears. | 4562 | variables call for both, only the mode line actually appears. |
| 5153 | 4563 | ||
| 5154 | +++ | ||
| 5155 | *** The new function `window-inside-edges' returns the edges of the | 4564 | *** The new function `window-inside-edges' returns the edges of the |
| 5156 | actual text portion of the window, not including the scroll bar or | 4565 | actual text portion of the window, not including the scroll bar or |
| 5157 | divider line, the fringes, the display margins, the header line and | 4566 | divider line, the fringes, the display margins, the header line and |
| 5158 | the mode line. | 4567 | the mode line. |
| 5159 | 4568 | ||
| 5160 | +++ | ||
| 5161 | *** The new functions `window-pixel-edges' and `window-inside-pixel-edges' | 4569 | *** The new functions `window-pixel-edges' and `window-inside-pixel-edges' |
| 5162 | return window edges in units of pixels, rather than columns and lines. | 4570 | return window edges in units of pixels, rather than columns and lines. |
| 5163 | 4571 | ||
| 5164 | +++ | ||
| 5165 | *** The new macro `with-selected-window' temporarily switches the | 4572 | *** The new macro `with-selected-window' temporarily switches the |
| 5166 | selected window without impacting the order of `buffer-list'. | 4573 | selected window without impacting the order of `buffer-list'. |
| 5167 | It saves and restores the current buffer, too. | 4574 | It saves and restores the current buffer, too. |
| 5168 | 4575 | ||
| 5169 | +++ | ||
| 5170 | *** `select-window' takes an optional second argument NORECORD. | 4576 | *** `select-window' takes an optional second argument NORECORD. |
| 5171 | 4577 | ||
| 5172 | This is like `switch-to-buffer'. | 4578 | This is like `switch-to-buffer'. |
| 5173 | 4579 | ||
| 5174 | +++ | ||
| 5175 | *** `save-selected-window' now saves and restores the selected window | 4580 | *** `save-selected-window' now saves and restores the selected window |
| 5176 | of every frame. This way, it restores everything that can be changed | 4581 | of every frame. This way, it restores everything that can be changed |
| 5177 | by calling `select-window'. It also saves and restores the current | 4582 | by calling `select-window'. It also saves and restores the current |
| 5178 | buffer. | 4583 | buffer. |
| 5179 | 4584 | ||
| 5180 | +++ | ||
| 5181 | *** `set-window-buffer' has an optional argument KEEP-MARGINS. | 4585 | *** `set-window-buffer' has an optional argument KEEP-MARGINS. |
| 5182 | 4586 | ||
| 5183 | If non-nil, that says to preserve the window's current margin, fringe, | 4587 | If non-nil, that says to preserve the window's current margin, fringe, |
| 5184 | and scroll-bar settings. | 4588 | and scroll-bar settings. |
| 5185 | 4589 | ||
| 5186 | +++ | ||
| 5187 | *** The new function `window-tree' returns a frame's window tree. | 4590 | *** The new function `window-tree' returns a frame's window tree. |
| 5188 | 4591 | ||
| 5189 | +++ | ||
| 5190 | *** The functions `get-lru-window' and `get-largest-window' take an optional | 4592 | *** The functions `get-lru-window' and `get-largest-window' take an optional |
| 5191 | argument `dedicated'. If non-nil, those functions do not ignore | 4593 | argument `dedicated'. If non-nil, those functions do not ignore |
| 5192 | dedicated windows. | 4594 | dedicated windows. |
| 5193 | 4595 | ||
| 5194 | +++ | ||
| 5195 | *** The new function `adjust-window-trailing-edge' moves the right | 4596 | *** The new function `adjust-window-trailing-edge' moves the right |
| 5196 | or bottom edge of a window. It does not move other window edges. | 4597 | or bottom edge of a window. It does not move other window edges. |
| 5197 | 4598 | ||
| 5198 | +++ | ||
| 5199 | ** Customizable fringe bitmaps | 4599 | ** Customizable fringe bitmaps |
| 5200 | 4600 | ||
| 5201 | *** New buffer-local variables `fringe-indicator-alist' and | 4601 | *** New buffer-local variables `fringe-indicator-alist' and |
| @@ -5231,7 +4631,6 @@ bitmaps in the display line at a given buffer position. | |||
| 5231 | 4631 | ||
| 5232 | ** Other window fringe features: | 4632 | ** Other window fringe features: |
| 5233 | 4633 | ||
| 5234 | +++ | ||
| 5235 | *** Controlling the default left and right fringe widths. | 4634 | *** Controlling the default left and right fringe widths. |
| 5236 | 4635 | ||
| 5237 | The default left and right fringe widths for all windows of a frame | 4636 | The default left and right fringe widths for all windows of a frame |
| @@ -5251,7 +4650,6 @@ width which is the minimum number of pixels necessary to display any | |||
| 5251 | of the currently defined fringe bitmaps. The width of the built-in | 4650 | of the currently defined fringe bitmaps. The width of the built-in |
| 5252 | fringe bitmaps is 8 pixels. | 4651 | fringe bitmaps is 8 pixels. |
| 5253 | 4652 | ||
| 5254 | +++ | ||
| 5255 | *** Per-window fringe and scrollbar settings | 4653 | *** Per-window fringe and scrollbar settings |
| 5256 | 4654 | ||
| 5257 | **** Windows can now have their own individual fringe widths and | 4655 | **** Windows can now have their own individual fringe widths and |
| @@ -5285,25 +4683,20 @@ of the display margins. | |||
| 5285 | 4683 | ||
| 5286 | ** Redisplay features: | 4684 | ** Redisplay features: |
| 5287 | 4685 | ||
| 5288 | +++ | ||
| 5289 | *** `sit-for' can now be called with args (SECONDS &optional NODISP). | 4686 | *** `sit-for' can now be called with args (SECONDS &optional NODISP). |
| 5290 | 4687 | ||
| 5291 | +++ | ||
| 5292 | *** Iconifying or deiconifying a frame no longer makes sit-for return. | 4688 | *** Iconifying or deiconifying a frame no longer makes sit-for return. |
| 5293 | 4689 | ||
| 5294 | +++ | ||
| 5295 | *** New function `redisplay' causes an immediate redisplay if no input is | 4690 | *** New function `redisplay' causes an immediate redisplay if no input is |
| 5296 | available, equivalent to (sit-for 0). The call (redisplay t) forces | 4691 | available, equivalent to (sit-for 0). The call (redisplay t) forces |
| 5297 | an immediate redisplay even if input is pending. | 4692 | an immediate redisplay even if input is pending. |
| 5298 | 4693 | ||
| 5299 | +++ | ||
| 5300 | *** New function `force-window-update' can initiate a full redisplay of | 4694 | *** New function `force-window-update' can initiate a full redisplay of |
| 5301 | one or all windows. Normally, this is not needed as changes in window | 4695 | one or all windows. Normally, this is not needed as changes in window |
| 5302 | contents are detected automatically. However, certain implicit | 4696 | contents are detected automatically. However, certain implicit |
| 5303 | changes to mode lines, header lines, or display properties may require | 4697 | changes to mode lines, header lines, or display properties may require |
| 5304 | forcing an explicit window update. | 4698 | forcing an explicit window update. |
| 5305 | 4699 | ||
| 5306 | +++ | ||
| 5307 | *** (char-displayable-p CHAR) returns non-nil if Emacs ought to be able | 4700 | *** (char-displayable-p CHAR) returns non-nil if Emacs ought to be able |
| 5308 | to display CHAR. More precisely, if the selected frame's fontset has | 4701 | to display CHAR. More precisely, if the selected frame's fontset has |
| 5309 | a font to display the character set that CHAR belongs to. | 4702 | a font to display the character set that CHAR belongs to. |
| @@ -5311,7 +4704,6 @@ a font to display the character set that CHAR belongs to. | |||
| 5311 | Fontsets can specify a font on a per-character basis; when the fontset | 4704 | Fontsets can specify a font on a per-character basis; when the fontset |
| 5312 | does that, this value cannot be accurate. | 4705 | does that, this value cannot be accurate. |
| 5313 | 4706 | ||
| 5314 | +++ | ||
| 5315 | *** You can define multiple overlay arrows via the new | 4707 | *** You can define multiple overlay arrows via the new |
| 5316 | variable `overlay-arrow-variable-list'. | 4708 | variable `overlay-arrow-variable-list'. |
| 5317 | 4709 | ||
| @@ -5325,7 +4717,6 @@ systems) to display at the corresponding overlay arrow position. | |||
| 5325 | If either property is not set, the default `overlay-arrow-string' or | 4717 | If either property is not set, the default `overlay-arrow-string' or |
| 5326 | 'overlay-arrow-fringe-bitmap' will be used. | 4718 | 'overlay-arrow-fringe-bitmap' will be used. |
| 5327 | 4719 | ||
| 5328 | +++ | ||
| 5329 | *** New `line-height' and `line-spacing' properties for newline characters | 4720 | *** New `line-height' and `line-spacing' properties for newline characters |
| 5330 | 4721 | ||
| 5331 | A newline can now have `line-height' and `line-spacing' text or overlay | 4722 | A newline can now have `line-height' and `line-spacing' text or overlay |
| @@ -5366,11 +4757,9 @@ the `line-spacing' variable. | |||
| 5366 | If the `line-spacing' property is a float or cons, the line spacing | 4757 | If the `line-spacing' property is a float or cons, the line spacing |
| 5367 | is calculated as specified above for the `line-height' property. | 4758 | is calculated as specified above for the `line-height' property. |
| 5368 | 4759 | ||
| 5369 | +++ | ||
| 5370 | *** The buffer local `line-spacing' variable can now have a float value, | 4760 | *** The buffer local `line-spacing' variable can now have a float value, |
| 5371 | which is used as a height relative to the default frame line height. | 4761 | which is used as a height relative to the default frame line height. |
| 5372 | 4762 | ||
| 5373 | +++ | ||
| 5374 | *** Enhancements to stretch display properties | 4763 | *** Enhancements to stretch display properties |
| 5375 | 4764 | ||
| 5376 | The display property stretch specification form `(space PROPS)', where | 4765 | The display property stretch specification form `(space PROPS)', where |
| @@ -5427,17 +4816,14 @@ height) of the specified image. | |||
| 5427 | The form `(+ EXPR ...)' adds up the value of the expressions. | 4816 | The form `(+ EXPR ...)' adds up the value of the expressions. |
| 5428 | The form `(- EXPR ...)' negates or subtracts the value of the expressions. | 4817 | The form `(- EXPR ...)' negates or subtracts the value of the expressions. |
| 5429 | 4818 | ||
| 5430 | +++ | ||
| 5431 | *** Normally, the cursor is displayed at the end of any overlay and | 4819 | *** Normally, the cursor is displayed at the end of any overlay and |
| 5432 | text property string that may be present at the current window | 4820 | text property string that may be present at the current window |
| 5433 | position. The cursor can now be placed on any character of such | 4821 | position. The cursor can now be placed on any character of such |
| 5434 | strings by giving that character a non-nil `cursor' text property. | 4822 | strings by giving that character a non-nil `cursor' text property. |
| 5435 | 4823 | ||
| 5436 | +++ | ||
| 5437 | *** The display space :width and :align-to text properties are now | 4824 | *** The display space :width and :align-to text properties are now |
| 5438 | supported on text terminals. | 4825 | supported on text terminals. |
| 5439 | 4826 | ||
| 5440 | +++ | ||
| 5441 | *** Support for displaying image slices | 4827 | *** Support for displaying image slices |
| 5442 | 4828 | ||
| 5443 | **** New display property (slice X Y WIDTH HEIGHT) can be used with | 4829 | **** New display property (slice X Y WIDTH HEIGHT) can be used with |
| @@ -5449,7 +4835,6 @@ specify image slice (X Y WIDTH HEIGHT). | |||
| 5449 | **** New function `insert-sliced-image' inserts a given image as a | 4835 | **** New function `insert-sliced-image' inserts a given image as a |
| 5450 | specified number of evenly sized slices (rows x columns). | 4836 | specified number of evenly sized slices (rows x columns). |
| 5451 | 4837 | ||
| 5452 | +++ | ||
| 5453 | *** Images can now have an associated image map via the :map property. | 4838 | *** Images can now have an associated image map via the :map property. |
| 5454 | 4839 | ||
| 5455 | An image map is an alist where each element has the format (AREA ID PLIST). | 4840 | An image map is an alist where each element has the format (AREA ID PLIST). |
| @@ -5472,7 +4857,6 @@ When you click the mouse when the mouse pointer is over a hot-spot, | |||
| 5472 | an event is composed by combining the ID of the hot-spot with the | 4857 | an event is composed by combining the ID of the hot-spot with the |
| 5473 | mouse event, e.g. [area4 mouse-1] if the hot-spot's ID is `area4'. | 4858 | mouse event, e.g. [area4 mouse-1] if the hot-spot's ID is `area4'. |
| 5474 | 4859 | ||
| 5475 | +++ | ||
| 5476 | *** The function `find-image' now searches in etc/images/ and etc/. | 4860 | *** The function `find-image' now searches in etc/images/ and etc/. |
| 5477 | The new variable `image-load-path' is a list of locations in which to | 4861 | The new variable `image-load-path' is a list of locations in which to |
| 5478 | search for image files. The default is to search in etc/images, then | 4862 | search for image files. The default is to search in etc/images, then |
| @@ -5486,80 +4870,62 @@ explicitly; for example, if an image is put in etc/images/foo/bar.xpm: | |||
| 5486 | Note that all images formerly located in the lisp directory have been | 4870 | Note that all images formerly located in the lisp directory have been |
| 5487 | moved to etc/images. | 4871 | moved to etc/images. |
| 5488 | 4872 | ||
| 5489 | +++ | ||
| 5490 | *** New function `image-load-path-for-library' returns a suitable | 4873 | *** New function `image-load-path-for-library' returns a suitable |
| 5491 | search path for images relative to library. This function is useful in | 4874 | search path for images relative to library. This function is useful in |
| 5492 | external packages to save users from having to update | 4875 | external packages to save users from having to update |
| 5493 | `image-load-path'. | 4876 | `image-load-path'. |
| 5494 | 4877 | ||
| 5495 | +++ | ||
| 5496 | *** The new variable `max-image-size' defines the maximum size of | 4878 | *** The new variable `max-image-size' defines the maximum size of |
| 5497 | images that Emacs will load and display. | 4879 | images that Emacs will load and display. |
| 5498 | 4880 | ||
| 5499 | +++ | ||
| 5500 | *** The new variable `display-mm-dimensions-alist' can be used to | 4881 | *** The new variable `display-mm-dimensions-alist' can be used to |
| 5501 | override incorrect graphical display dimensions returned by functions | 4882 | override incorrect graphical display dimensions returned by functions |
| 5502 | `display-mm-height' and `display-mm-width'. | 4883 | `display-mm-height' and `display-mm-width'. |
| 5503 | 4884 | ||
| 5504 | ** Mouse pointer features: | 4885 | ** Mouse pointer features: |
| 5505 | 4886 | ||
| 5506 | +++ (lispref) | ||
| 5507 | --- (man) | ||
| 5508 | *** The mouse pointer shape in void text areas (i.e. after the end of a | 4887 | *** The mouse pointer shape in void text areas (i.e. after the end of a |
| 5509 | line or below the last line in the buffer) of the text window is now | 4888 | line or below the last line in the buffer) of the text window is now |
| 5510 | controlled by the new variable `void-text-area-pointer'. The default | 4889 | controlled by the new variable `void-text-area-pointer'. The default |
| 5511 | is to use the `arrow' (non-text) pointer. Other choices are `text' | 4890 | is to use the `arrow' (non-text) pointer. Other choices are `text' |
| 5512 | (or nil), `hand', `vdrag', `hdrag', `modeline', and `hourglass'. | 4891 | (or nil), `hand', `vdrag', `hdrag', `modeline', and `hourglass'. |
| 5513 | 4892 | ||
| 5514 | +++ | ||
| 5515 | *** The mouse pointer shape over an image can now be controlled by the | 4893 | *** The mouse pointer shape over an image can now be controlled by the |
| 5516 | :pointer image property. | 4894 | :pointer image property. |
| 5517 | 4895 | ||
| 5518 | +++ | ||
| 5519 | *** The mouse pointer shape over ordinary text or images can now be | 4896 | *** The mouse pointer shape over ordinary text or images can now be |
| 5520 | controlled/overridden via the `pointer' text property. | 4897 | controlled/overridden via the `pointer' text property. |
| 5521 | 4898 | ||
| 5522 | ** Mouse event enhancements: | 4899 | ** Mouse event enhancements: |
| 5523 | 4900 | ||
| 5524 | +++ | ||
| 5525 | *** Mouse events for clicks on window fringes now specify `left-fringe' | 4901 | *** Mouse events for clicks on window fringes now specify `left-fringe' |
| 5526 | or `right-fringe' as the area. | 4902 | or `right-fringe' as the area. |
| 5527 | 4903 | ||
| 5528 | +++ | ||
| 5529 | *** All mouse events now include a buffer position regardless of where | 4904 | *** All mouse events now include a buffer position regardless of where |
| 5530 | you clicked. For mouse clicks in window margins and fringes, this is | 4905 | you clicked. For mouse clicks in window margins and fringes, this is |
| 5531 | a sensible buffer position corresponding to the surrounding text. | 4906 | a sensible buffer position corresponding to the surrounding text. |
| 5532 | 4907 | ||
| 5533 | +++ | ||
| 5534 | *** `posn-point' now returns buffer position for non-text area events. | 4908 | *** `posn-point' now returns buffer position for non-text area events. |
| 5535 | 4909 | ||
| 5536 | +++ | ||
| 5537 | *** Function `mouse-set-point' now works for events outside text area. | 4910 | *** Function `mouse-set-point' now works for events outside text area. |
| 5538 | 4911 | ||
| 5539 | +++ | ||
| 5540 | *** New function `posn-area' returns window area clicked on (nil means | 4912 | *** New function `posn-area' returns window area clicked on (nil means |
| 5541 | text area). | 4913 | text area). |
| 5542 | 4914 | ||
| 5543 | +++ | ||
| 5544 | *** Mouse events include actual glyph column and row for all event types | 4915 | *** Mouse events include actual glyph column and row for all event types |
| 5545 | and all areas. | 4916 | and all areas. |
| 5546 | 4917 | ||
| 5547 | +++ | ||
| 5548 | *** New function `posn-actual-col-row' returns the actual glyph coordinates | 4918 | *** New function `posn-actual-col-row' returns the actual glyph coordinates |
| 5549 | of the mouse event position. | 4919 | of the mouse event position. |
| 5550 | 4920 | ||
| 5551 | +++ | ||
| 5552 | *** Mouse events can now indicate an image object clicked on. | 4921 | *** Mouse events can now indicate an image object clicked on. |
| 5553 | 4922 | ||
| 5554 | +++ | ||
| 5555 | *** Mouse events include relative X and Y pixel coordinates relative to | 4923 | *** Mouse events include relative X and Y pixel coordinates relative to |
| 5556 | the top left corner of the object (image or character) clicked on. | 4924 | the top left corner of the object (image or character) clicked on. |
| 5557 | 4925 | ||
| 5558 | +++ | ||
| 5559 | *** Mouse events include the pixel width and height of the object | 4926 | *** Mouse events include the pixel width and height of the object |
| 5560 | (image or character) clicked on. | 4927 | (image or character) clicked on. |
| 5561 | 4928 | ||
| 5562 | +++ | ||
| 5563 | *** New functions 'posn-object', 'posn-object-x-y', 'posn-object-width-height'. | 4929 | *** New functions 'posn-object', 'posn-object-x-y', 'posn-object-width-height'. |
| 5564 | 4930 | ||
| 5565 | These return the image or string object of a mouse click, the X and Y | 4931 | These return the image or string object of a mouse click, the X and Y |
| @@ -5568,11 +4934,9 @@ the total width and height of that object. | |||
| 5568 | 4934 | ||
| 5569 | ** Text property and overlay changes: | 4935 | ** Text property and overlay changes: |
| 5570 | 4936 | ||
| 5571 | +++ | ||
| 5572 | *** Arguments for `remove-overlays' are now optional, so that you can | 4937 | *** Arguments for `remove-overlays' are now optional, so that you can |
| 5573 | remove all overlays in the buffer with just (remove-overlays). | 4938 | remove all overlays in the buffer with just (remove-overlays). |
| 5574 | 4939 | ||
| 5575 | +++ | ||
| 5576 | *** New variable `char-property-alias-alist'. | 4940 | *** New variable `char-property-alias-alist'. |
| 5577 | 4941 | ||
| 5578 | This variable allows you to create alternative names for text | 4942 | This variable allows you to create alternative names for text |
| @@ -5580,14 +4944,12 @@ properties. It works at the same level as `default-text-properties', | |||
| 5580 | although it applies to overlays as well. This variable was introduced | 4944 | although it applies to overlays as well. This variable was introduced |
| 5581 | to implement the `font-lock-face' property. | 4945 | to implement the `font-lock-face' property. |
| 5582 | 4946 | ||
| 5583 | +++ | ||
| 5584 | *** New function `get-char-property-and-overlay' accepts the same | 4947 | *** New function `get-char-property-and-overlay' accepts the same |
| 5585 | arguments as `get-char-property' and returns a cons whose car is the | 4948 | arguments as `get-char-property' and returns a cons whose car is the |
| 5586 | return value of `get-char-property' called with those arguments and | 4949 | return value of `get-char-property' called with those arguments and |
| 5587 | whose cdr is the overlay in which the property was found, or nil if | 4950 | whose cdr is the overlay in which the property was found, or nil if |
| 5588 | it was found as a text property or not found at all. | 4951 | it was found as a text property or not found at all. |
| 5589 | 4952 | ||
| 5590 | +++ | ||
| 5591 | *** The new function `remove-list-of-text-properties'. | 4953 | *** The new function `remove-list-of-text-properties'. |
| 5592 | 4954 | ||
| 5593 | It is like `remove-text-properties' except that it takes a list of | 4955 | It is like `remove-text-properties' except that it takes a list of |
| @@ -5595,13 +4957,11 @@ property names as argument rather than a property list. | |||
| 5595 | 4957 | ||
| 5596 | ** Face changes | 4958 | ** Face changes |
| 5597 | 4959 | ||
| 5598 | +++ | ||
| 5599 | *** The variable `facemenu-unlisted-faces' has been removed. | 4960 | *** The variable `facemenu-unlisted-faces' has been removed. |
| 5600 | Emacs has a lot more faces than in the past, and nearly all of them | 4961 | Emacs has a lot more faces than in the past, and nearly all of them |
| 5601 | needed to be excluded. The new variable `facemenu-listed-faces' lists | 4962 | needed to be excluded. The new variable `facemenu-listed-faces' lists |
| 5602 | the faces to include in the face menu. | 4963 | the faces to include in the face menu. |
| 5603 | 4964 | ||
| 5604 | +++ | ||
| 5605 | *** The new face attribute condition `min-colors' can be used to tailor | 4965 | *** The new face attribute condition `min-colors' can be used to tailor |
| 5606 | the face color to the number of colors supported by a display, and | 4966 | the face color to the number of colors supported by a display, and |
| 5607 | define the foreground and background colors accordingly so that they | 4967 | define the foreground and background colors accordingly so that they |
| @@ -5609,7 +4969,6 @@ look best on a terminal that supports at least this many colors. This | |||
| 5609 | is now the preferred method for defining default faces in a way that | 4969 | is now the preferred method for defining default faces in a way that |
| 5610 | makes a good use of the capabilities of the display. | 4970 | makes a good use of the capabilities of the display. |
| 5611 | 4971 | ||
| 5612 | +++ | ||
| 5613 | *** New function `display-supports-face-attributes-p' can be used to test | 4972 | *** New function `display-supports-face-attributes-p' can be used to test |
| 5614 | whether a given set of face attributes is actually displayable. | 4973 | whether a given set of face attributes is actually displayable. |
| 5615 | 4974 | ||
| @@ -5617,43 +4976,36 @@ A new predicate `supports' has also been added to the `defface' face | |||
| 5617 | specification language, which can be used to do this test for faces | 4976 | specification language, which can be used to do this test for faces |
| 5618 | defined with `defface'. | 4977 | defined with `defface'. |
| 5619 | 4978 | ||
| 5620 | --- | ||
| 5621 | *** The special treatment of faces whose names are of the form `fg:COLOR' | 4979 | *** The special treatment of faces whose names are of the form `fg:COLOR' |
| 5622 | or `bg:COLOR' has been removed. Lisp programs should use the | 4980 | or `bg:COLOR' has been removed. Lisp programs should use the |
| 5623 | `defface' facility for defining faces with specific colors, or use | 4981 | `defface' facility for defining faces with specific colors, or use |
| 5624 | the feature of specifying the face attributes :foreground and :background | 4982 | the feature of specifying the face attributes :foreground and :background |
| 5625 | directly in the `face' property instead of using a named face. | 4983 | directly in the `face' property instead of using a named face. |
| 5626 | 4984 | ||
| 5627 | +++ | ||
| 5628 | *** The first face specification element in a defface can specify | 4985 | *** The first face specification element in a defface can specify |
| 5629 | `default' instead of frame classification. Then its attributes act as | 4986 | `default' instead of frame classification. Then its attributes act as |
| 5630 | defaults that apply to all the subsequent cases (and can be overridden | 4987 | defaults that apply to all the subsequent cases (and can be overridden |
| 5631 | by them). | 4988 | by them). |
| 5632 | 4989 | ||
| 5633 | +++ | ||
| 5634 | *** The variable `face-font-rescale-alist' specifies how much larger | 4990 | *** The variable `face-font-rescale-alist' specifies how much larger |
| 5635 | (or smaller) font we should use. For instance, if the value is | 4991 | (or smaller) font we should use. For instance, if the value is |
| 5636 | '((SOME-FONTNAME-PATTERN . 1.3)) and a face requests a font of 10 | 4992 | '((SOME-FONTNAME-PATTERN . 1.3)) and a face requests a font of 10 |
| 5637 | point, we actually use a font of 13 point if the font matches | 4993 | point, we actually use a font of 13 point if the font matches |
| 5638 | SOME-FONTNAME-PATTERN. | 4994 | SOME-FONTNAME-PATTERN. |
| 5639 | 4995 | ||
| 5640 | --- | ||
| 5641 | *** The function `face-differs-from-default-p' now truly checks | 4996 | *** The function `face-differs-from-default-p' now truly checks |
| 5642 | whether the given face displays differently from the default face or | 4997 | whether the given face displays differently from the default face or |
| 5643 | not (previously it did only a very cursory check). | 4998 | not (previously it did only a very cursory check). |
| 5644 | 4999 | ||
| 5645 | +++ | ||
| 5646 | *** `face-attribute', `face-foreground', `face-background', `face-stipple'. | 5000 | *** `face-attribute', `face-foreground', `face-background', `face-stipple'. |
| 5647 | 5001 | ||
| 5648 | These now accept a new optional argument, INHERIT, which controls how | 5002 | These now accept a new optional argument, INHERIT, which controls how |
| 5649 | face inheritance is used when determining the value of a face | 5003 | face inheritance is used when determining the value of a face |
| 5650 | attribute. | 5004 | attribute. |
| 5651 | 5005 | ||
| 5652 | +++ | ||
| 5653 | *** New functions `face-attribute-relative-p' and `merge-face-attribute' | 5006 | *** New functions `face-attribute-relative-p' and `merge-face-attribute' |
| 5654 | help with handling relative face attributes. | 5007 | help with handling relative face attributes. |
| 5655 | 5008 | ||
| 5656 | +++ | ||
| 5657 | *** The priority of faces in an :inherit attribute face list is reversed. | 5009 | *** The priority of faces in an :inherit attribute face list is reversed. |
| 5658 | 5010 | ||
| 5659 | If a face contains an :inherit attribute with a list of faces, earlier | 5011 | If a face contains an :inherit attribute with a list of faces, earlier |
| @@ -5662,20 +5014,17 @@ releases of Emacs, the order was the opposite. This change was made | |||
| 5662 | so that :inherit face lists operate identically to face lists in text | 5014 | so that :inherit face lists operate identically to face lists in text |
| 5663 | `face' properties. | 5015 | `face' properties. |
| 5664 | 5016 | ||
| 5665 | --- | ||
| 5666 | *** On terminals, faces with the :inverse-video attribute are displayed | 5017 | *** On terminals, faces with the :inverse-video attribute are displayed |
| 5667 | with swapped foreground and background colors even when one of them is | 5018 | with swapped foreground and background colors even when one of them is |
| 5668 | not specified. In previous releases of Emacs, if either foreground | 5019 | not specified. In previous releases of Emacs, if either foreground |
| 5669 | or background color was unspecified, colors were not swapped. This | 5020 | or background color was unspecified, colors were not swapped. This |
| 5670 | was inconsistent with the face behavior under X. | 5021 | was inconsistent with the face behavior under X. |
| 5671 | 5022 | ||
| 5672 | --- | ||
| 5673 | *** `set-fontset-font', `fontset-info', `fontset-font' now operate on | 5023 | *** `set-fontset-font', `fontset-info', `fontset-font' now operate on |
| 5674 | the default fontset if the argument NAME is nil.. | 5024 | the default fontset if the argument NAME is nil.. |
| 5675 | 5025 | ||
| 5676 | ** Font-Lock changes: | 5026 | ** Font-Lock changes: |
| 5677 | 5027 | ||
| 5678 | +++ | ||
| 5679 | *** New special text property `font-lock-face'. | 5028 | *** New special text property `font-lock-face'. |
| 5680 | 5029 | ||
| 5681 | This property acts like the `face' property, but it is controlled by | 5030 | This property acts like the `face' property, but it is controlled by |
| @@ -5683,7 +5032,6 @@ M-x font-lock-mode. It is not, strictly speaking, a builtin text | |||
| 5683 | property. Instead, it is implemented inside font-core.el, using the | 5032 | property. Instead, it is implemented inside font-core.el, using the |
| 5684 | new variable `char-property-alias-alist'. | 5033 | new variable `char-property-alias-alist'. |
| 5685 | 5034 | ||
| 5686 | +++ | ||
| 5687 | *** font-lock can manage arbitrary text-properties beside `face'. | 5035 | *** font-lock can manage arbitrary text-properties beside `face'. |
| 5688 | 5036 | ||
| 5689 | **** the FACENAME returned in `font-lock-keywords' can be a list of the | 5037 | **** the FACENAME returned in `font-lock-keywords' can be a list of the |
| @@ -5693,7 +5041,6 @@ properties than `face'. | |||
| 5693 | **** `font-lock-extra-managed-props' can be set to make sure those | 5041 | **** `font-lock-extra-managed-props' can be set to make sure those |
| 5694 | extra properties are automatically cleaned up by font-lock. | 5042 | extra properties are automatically cleaned up by font-lock. |
| 5695 | 5043 | ||
| 5696 | --- | ||
| 5697 | *** jit-lock obeys a new text-property `jit-lock-defer-multiline'. | 5044 | *** jit-lock obeys a new text-property `jit-lock-defer-multiline'. |
| 5698 | 5045 | ||
| 5699 | If a piece of text with that property gets contextually refontified | 5046 | If a piece of text with that property gets contextually refontified |
| @@ -5720,72 +5067,58 @@ of multiline constructs so that such constructs get properly recognized. | |||
| 5720 | 5067 | ||
| 5721 | ** Major mode mechanism changes: | 5068 | ** Major mode mechanism changes: |
| 5722 | 5069 | ||
| 5723 | +++ | ||
| 5724 | *** If new variable `auto-mode-case-fold' is set to a non-nil value, | 5070 | *** If new variable `auto-mode-case-fold' is set to a non-nil value, |
| 5725 | Emacs will perform a second case-insensitive search through | 5071 | Emacs will perform a second case-insensitive search through |
| 5726 | `auto-mode-alist' if the first case-sensitive search fails. | 5072 | `auto-mode-alist' if the first case-sensitive search fails. This |
| 5727 | This means that a file FILE.TXT is opened in text-mode, and a file PROG.PY | 5073 | means that a file FILE.TXT is opened in text-mode, and a file |
| 5728 | is opened in python-mode. Note however, that independent of this | 5074 | PROG.HTML is opened in html-mode. Note however, that independent of |
| 5729 | setting, *.C files are usually recognized as C++ files. | 5075 | this setting, *.C files are usually recognized as C++ files. It also |
| 5730 | It also has no effect on systems with case-insensitive file names. | 5076 | has no effect on systems with case-insensitive file names. |
| 5731 | 5077 | ||
| 5732 | +++ | ||
| 5733 | *** New variable `magic-mode-alist' determines major mode for a file by | 5078 | *** New variable `magic-mode-alist' determines major mode for a file by |
| 5734 | looking at the file contents. It takes precedence over `auto-mode-alist'. | 5079 | looking at the file contents. It takes precedence over `auto-mode-alist'. |
| 5735 | 5080 | ||
| 5736 | +++ | ||
| 5737 | *** An interpreter magic line (if present) takes precedence over the | 5081 | *** An interpreter magic line (if present) takes precedence over the |
| 5738 | file name when setting the major mode. | 5082 | file name when setting the major mode. |
| 5739 | 5083 | ||
| 5740 | +++ | ||
| 5741 | *** XML or SGML major mode is selected when file starts with an `<?xml' | 5084 | *** XML or SGML major mode is selected when file starts with an `<?xml' |
| 5742 | or `<!DOCTYPE' declaration. | 5085 | or `<!DOCTYPE' declaration. |
| 5743 | 5086 | ||
| 5744 | +++ | ||
| 5745 | *** Use the new function `run-mode-hooks' to run the major mode's mode hook. | 5087 | *** Use the new function `run-mode-hooks' to run the major mode's mode hook. |
| 5746 | 5088 | ||
| 5747 | +++ | ||
| 5748 | *** All major mode functions should now run the new normal hook | 5089 | *** All major mode functions should now run the new normal hook |
| 5749 | `after-change-major-mode-hook', at their very end, after the mode | 5090 | `after-change-major-mode-hook', at their very end, after the mode |
| 5750 | hooks. `run-mode-hooks' does this automatically. | 5091 | hooks. `run-mode-hooks' does this automatically. |
| 5751 | 5092 | ||
| 5752 | --- | ||
| 5753 | *** If a major mode function has a non-nil `no-clone-indirect' | 5093 | *** If a major mode function has a non-nil `no-clone-indirect' |
| 5754 | property, `clone-indirect-buffer' signals an error if you use | 5094 | property, `clone-indirect-buffer' signals an error if you use |
| 5755 | it in that buffer. | 5095 | it in that buffer. |
| 5756 | 5096 | ||
| 5757 | +++ | ||
| 5758 | *** Major modes can define `eldoc-documentation-function' | 5097 | *** Major modes can define `eldoc-documentation-function' |
| 5759 | locally to provide Eldoc functionality by some method appropriate to | 5098 | locally to provide Eldoc functionality by some method appropriate to |
| 5760 | the language. | 5099 | the language. |
| 5761 | 5100 | ||
| 5762 | +++ | ||
| 5763 | *** `define-derived-mode' by default creates a new empty abbrev table. | 5101 | *** `define-derived-mode' by default creates a new empty abbrev table. |
| 5764 | It does not copy abbrevs from the parent mode's abbrev table. | 5102 | It does not copy abbrevs from the parent mode's abbrev table. |
| 5765 | 5103 | ||
| 5766 | +++ | ||
| 5767 | *** The new function `run-mode-hooks' and the new macro `delay-mode-hooks' | 5104 | *** The new function `run-mode-hooks' and the new macro `delay-mode-hooks' |
| 5768 | are used by `define-derived-mode' to make sure the mode hook for the | 5105 | are used by `define-derived-mode' to make sure the mode hook for the |
| 5769 | parent mode is run at the end of the child mode. | 5106 | parent mode is run at the end of the child mode. |
| 5770 | 5107 | ||
| 5771 | ** Minor mode changes: | 5108 | ** Minor mode changes: |
| 5772 | 5109 | ||
| 5773 | +++ | ||
| 5774 | *** `define-minor-mode' now accepts arbitrary additional keyword arguments | 5110 | *** `define-minor-mode' now accepts arbitrary additional keyword arguments |
| 5775 | and simply passes them to `defcustom', if applicable. | 5111 | and simply passes them to `defcustom', if applicable. |
| 5776 | 5112 | ||
| 5777 | +++ | ||
| 5778 | *** `minor-mode-list' now holds a list of minor mode commands. | 5113 | *** `minor-mode-list' now holds a list of minor mode commands. |
| 5779 | 5114 | ||
| 5780 | +++ | 5115 | *** `define-globalized-minor-mode'. |
| 5781 | *** `define-global-minor-mode'. | ||
| 5782 | 5116 | ||
| 5783 | This is a new name for what was formerly called | 5117 | This is a new name for what was formerly called |
| 5784 | `easy-mmode-define-global-mode'. The old name remains as an alias. | 5118 | `easy-mmode-define-global-mode'. The old name remains as an alias. |
| 5785 | 5119 | ||
| 5786 | ** Command loop changes: | 5120 | ** Command loop changes: |
| 5787 | 5121 | ||
| 5788 | +++ | ||
| 5789 | *** The new function `called-interactively-p' does what many people | 5122 | *** The new function `called-interactively-p' does what many people |
| 5790 | have mistakenly believed `interactive-p' to do: it returns t if the | 5123 | have mistakenly believed `interactive-p' to do: it returns t if the |
| 5791 | calling function was called through `call-interactively'. | 5124 | calling function was called through `call-interactively'. |
| @@ -5793,14 +5126,12 @@ calling function was called through `call-interactively'. | |||
| 5793 | Only use this when you cannot solve the problem by adding a new | 5126 | Only use this when you cannot solve the problem by adding a new |
| 5794 | INTERACTIVE argument to the command. | 5127 | INTERACTIVE argument to the command. |
| 5795 | 5128 | ||
| 5796 | +++ | ||
| 5797 | *** The function `commandp' takes an additional optional argument. | 5129 | *** The function `commandp' takes an additional optional argument. |
| 5798 | 5130 | ||
| 5799 | If it is non-nil, then `commandp' checks for a function that could be | 5131 | If it is non-nil, then `commandp' checks for a function that could be |
| 5800 | called with `call-interactively', and does not return t for keyboard | 5132 | called with `call-interactively', and does not return t for keyboard |
| 5801 | macros. | 5133 | macros. |
| 5802 | 5134 | ||
| 5803 | +++ | ||
| 5804 | *** When a command returns, the command loop moves point out from | 5135 | *** When a command returns, the command loop moves point out from |
| 5805 | within invisible text, in the same way it moves out from within text | 5136 | within invisible text, in the same way it moves out from within text |
| 5806 | covered by an image or composition property. | 5137 | covered by an image or composition property. |
| @@ -5811,51 +5142,41 @@ unexpected side-effects since the property applies to everything | |||
| 5811 | (including `goto-char', ...) whereas this new code is only run after | 5142 | (including `goto-char', ...) whereas this new code is only run after |
| 5812 | `post-command-hook' and thus does not care about intermediate states. | 5143 | `post-command-hook' and thus does not care about intermediate states. |
| 5813 | 5144 | ||
| 5814 | +++ | ||
| 5815 | *** If a command sets `transient-mark-mode' to `only', that | 5145 | *** If a command sets `transient-mark-mode' to `only', that |
| 5816 | enables Transient Mark mode for the following command only. | 5146 | enables Transient Mark mode for the following command only. |
| 5817 | During that following command, the value of `transient-mark-mode' | 5147 | During that following command, the value of `transient-mark-mode' |
| 5818 | is `identity'. If it is still `identity' at the end of the command, | 5148 | is `identity'. If it is still `identity' at the end of the command, |
| 5819 | the next return to the command loop changes to nil. | 5149 | the next return to the command loop changes to nil. |
| 5820 | 5150 | ||
| 5821 | +++ | ||
| 5822 | *** Both the variable and the function `disabled-command-hook' have | 5151 | *** Both the variable and the function `disabled-command-hook' have |
| 5823 | been renamed to `disabled-command-function'. The variable | 5152 | been renamed to `disabled-command-function'. The variable |
| 5824 | `disabled-command-hook' has been kept as an obsolete alias. | 5153 | `disabled-command-hook' has been kept as an obsolete alias. |
| 5825 | 5154 | ||
| 5826 | +++ | ||
| 5827 | *** `emacsserver' now runs `pre-command-hook' and `post-command-hook' | 5155 | *** `emacsserver' now runs `pre-command-hook' and `post-command-hook' |
| 5828 | when it receives a request from emacsclient. | 5156 | when it receives a request from emacsclient. |
| 5829 | 5157 | ||
| 5830 | +++ | ||
| 5831 | *** `current-idle-time' reports how long Emacs has been idle. | 5158 | *** `current-idle-time' reports how long Emacs has been idle. |
| 5832 | 5159 | ||
| 5833 | ** Lisp file loading changes: | 5160 | ** Lisp file loading changes: |
| 5834 | 5161 | ||
| 5835 | +++ | ||
| 5836 | *** `load-history' can now have elements of the form (t . FUNNAME), | 5162 | *** `load-history' can now have elements of the form (t . FUNNAME), |
| 5837 | which means FUNNAME was previously defined as an autoload (before the | 5163 | which means FUNNAME was previously defined as an autoload (before the |
| 5838 | current file redefined it). | 5164 | current file redefined it). |
| 5839 | 5165 | ||
| 5840 | +++ | ||
| 5841 | *** `load-history' now records (defun . FUNNAME) when a function is | 5166 | *** `load-history' now records (defun . FUNNAME) when a function is |
| 5842 | defined. For a variable, it records just the variable name. | 5167 | defined. For a variable, it records just the variable name. |
| 5843 | 5168 | ||
| 5844 | +++ | ||
| 5845 | *** The function `symbol-file' can now search specifically for function, | 5169 | *** The function `symbol-file' can now search specifically for function, |
| 5846 | variable or face definitions. | 5170 | variable or face definitions. |
| 5847 | 5171 | ||
| 5848 | +++ | ||
| 5849 | *** `provide' and `featurep' now accept an optional second argument | 5172 | *** `provide' and `featurep' now accept an optional second argument |
| 5850 | to test/provide subfeatures. Also `provide' now checks `after-load-alist' | 5173 | to test/provide subfeatures. Also `provide' now checks `after-load-alist' |
| 5851 | and runs any code associated with the provided feature. | 5174 | and runs any code associated with the provided feature. |
| 5852 | 5175 | ||
| 5853 | --- | ||
| 5854 | *** The variable `recursive-load-depth-limit' has been deleted. | 5176 | *** The variable `recursive-load-depth-limit' has been deleted. |
| 5855 | Emacs now signals an error if the same file is loaded with more | 5177 | Emacs now signals an error if the same file is loaded with more |
| 5856 | than 3 levels of nesting. | 5178 | than 3 levels of nesting. |
| 5857 | 5179 | ||
| 5858 | +++ | ||
| 5859 | ** Byte compiler changes: | 5180 | ** Byte compiler changes: |
| 5860 | 5181 | ||
| 5861 | *** The byte compiler now displays the actual line and character | 5182 | *** The byte compiler now displays the actual line and character |
| @@ -5892,36 +5213,30 @@ you anything. | |||
| 5892 | 5213 | ||
| 5893 | *** The local variable `no-byte-compile' in Lisp files is now obeyed. | 5214 | *** The local variable `no-byte-compile' in Lisp files is now obeyed. |
| 5894 | 5215 | ||
| 5895 | --- | ||
| 5896 | *** When a Lisp file uses CL functions at run-time, compiling the file | 5216 | *** When a Lisp file uses CL functions at run-time, compiling the file |
| 5897 | now issues warnings about these calls, unless the file performs | 5217 | now issues warnings about these calls, unless the file performs |
| 5898 | (require 'cl) when loaded. | 5218 | (require 'cl) when loaded. |
| 5899 | 5219 | ||
| 5900 | ** Frame operations: | 5220 | ** Frame operations: |
| 5901 | 5221 | ||
| 5902 | +++ | ||
| 5903 | *** New functions `frame-current-scroll-bars' and `window-current-scroll-bars'. | 5222 | *** New functions `frame-current-scroll-bars' and `window-current-scroll-bars'. |
| 5904 | 5223 | ||
| 5905 | These functions return the current locations of the vertical and | 5224 | These functions return the current locations of the vertical and |
| 5906 | horizontal scroll bars in a frame or window. | 5225 | horizontal scroll bars in a frame or window. |
| 5907 | 5226 | ||
| 5908 | +++ | ||
| 5909 | *** The new function `modify-all-frames-parameters' modifies parameters | 5227 | *** The new function `modify-all-frames-parameters' modifies parameters |
| 5910 | for all (existing and future) frames. | 5228 | for all (existing and future) frames. |
| 5911 | 5229 | ||
| 5912 | +++ | ||
| 5913 | *** The new frame parameter `tty-color-mode' specifies the mode to use | 5230 | *** The new frame parameter `tty-color-mode' specifies the mode to use |
| 5914 | for color support on character terminal frames. Its value can be a | 5231 | for color support on character terminal frames. Its value can be a |
| 5915 | number of colors to support, or a symbol. See the Emacs Lisp | 5232 | number of colors to support, or a symbol. See the Emacs Lisp |
| 5916 | Reference manual for more detailed documentation. | 5233 | Reference manual for more detailed documentation. |
| 5917 | 5234 | ||
| 5918 | +++ | ||
| 5919 | *** When using non-toolkit scroll bars with the default width, | 5235 | *** When using non-toolkit scroll bars with the default width, |
| 5920 | the `scroll-bar-width' frame parameter value is nil. | 5236 | the `scroll-bar-width' frame parameter value is nil. |
| 5921 | 5237 | ||
| 5922 | ** Mule changes: | 5238 | ** Mule changes: |
| 5923 | 5239 | ||
| 5924 | +++ | ||
| 5925 | *** Already true in Emacs 21.1, but not emphasized clearly enough: | 5240 | *** Already true in Emacs 21.1, but not emphasized clearly enough: |
| 5926 | 5241 | ||
| 5927 | Multibyte buffers can now faithfully record all 256 character codes | 5242 | Multibyte buffers can now faithfully record all 256 character codes |
| @@ -5937,72 +5252,58 @@ the time it takes to convert the format. | |||
| 5937 | 3. For binary files where format conversion would be pointless and | 5252 | 3. For binary files where format conversion would be pointless and |
| 5938 | wasteful. | 5253 | wasteful. |
| 5939 | 5254 | ||
| 5940 | --- | ||
| 5941 | *** `set-buffer-file-coding-system' now takes an additional argument, | 5255 | *** `set-buffer-file-coding-system' now takes an additional argument, |
| 5942 | NOMODIFY. If it is non-nil, it means don't mark the buffer modified. | 5256 | NOMODIFY. If it is non-nil, it means don't mark the buffer modified. |
| 5943 | 5257 | ||
| 5944 | +++ | ||
| 5945 | *** The new variable `auto-coding-functions' lets you specify functions | 5258 | *** The new variable `auto-coding-functions' lets you specify functions |
| 5946 | to examine a file being visited and deduce the proper coding system | 5259 | to examine a file being visited and deduce the proper coding system |
| 5947 | for it. (If the coding system is detected incorrectly for a specific | 5260 | for it. (If the coding system is detected incorrectly for a specific |
| 5948 | file, you can put a `coding:' tags to override it.) | 5261 | file, you can put a `coding:' tags to override it.) |
| 5949 | 5262 | ||
| 5950 | +++ | ||
| 5951 | *** The new variable `ascii-case-table' stores the case table for the | 5263 | *** The new variable `ascii-case-table' stores the case table for the |
| 5952 | ascii character set. Language environments (such as Turkish) may | 5264 | ascii character set. Language environments (such as Turkish) may |
| 5953 | alter the case correspondences of ASCII characters. This variable | 5265 | alter the case correspondences of ASCII characters. This variable |
| 5954 | saves the original ASCII case table before any such changes. | 5266 | saves the original ASCII case table before any such changes. |
| 5955 | 5267 | ||
| 5956 | --- | ||
| 5957 | *** The new function `merge-coding-systems' fills in unspecified aspects | 5268 | *** The new function `merge-coding-systems' fills in unspecified aspects |
| 5958 | of one coding system from another coding system. | 5269 | of one coding system from another coding system. |
| 5959 | 5270 | ||
| 5960 | --- | ||
| 5961 | *** New coding system property `mime-text-unsuitable' indicates that | 5271 | *** New coding system property `mime-text-unsuitable' indicates that |
| 5962 | the coding system's `mime-charset' is not suitable for MIME text | 5272 | the coding system's `mime-charset' is not suitable for MIME text |
| 5963 | parts, e.g. utf-16. | 5273 | parts, e.g. utf-16. |
| 5964 | 5274 | ||
| 5965 | +++ | ||
| 5966 | *** New function `decode-coding-inserted-region' decodes a region as if | 5275 | *** New function `decode-coding-inserted-region' decodes a region as if |
| 5967 | it is read from a file without decoding. | 5276 | it is read from a file without decoding. |
| 5968 | 5277 | ||
| 5969 | --- | ||
| 5970 | *** New CCL functions `lookup-character' and `lookup-integer' access | 5278 | *** New CCL functions `lookup-character' and `lookup-integer' access |
| 5971 | hash tables defined by the Lisp function `define-translation-hash-table'. | 5279 | hash tables defined by the Lisp function `define-translation-hash-table'. |
| 5972 | 5280 | ||
| 5973 | --- | ||
| 5974 | *** New function `quail-find-key' returns a list of keys to type in the | 5281 | *** New function `quail-find-key' returns a list of keys to type in the |
| 5975 | current input method to input a character. | 5282 | current input method to input a character. |
| 5976 | 5283 | ||
| 5977 | ** Mode line changes: | 5284 | ** Mode line changes: |
| 5978 | 5285 | ||
| 5979 | +++ | ||
| 5980 | *** New function `format-mode-line'. | 5286 | *** New function `format-mode-line'. |
| 5981 | 5287 | ||
| 5982 | This returns the mode line or header line of the selected (or a | 5288 | This returns the mode line or header line of the selected (or a |
| 5983 | specified) window as a string with or without text properties. | 5289 | specified) window as a string with or without text properties. |
| 5984 | 5290 | ||
| 5985 | +++ | ||
| 5986 | *** The new mode-line construct `(:propertize ELT PROPS...)' can be | 5291 | *** The new mode-line construct `(:propertize ELT PROPS...)' can be |
| 5987 | used to add text properties to mode-line elements. | 5292 | used to add text properties to mode-line elements. |
| 5988 | 5293 | ||
| 5989 | +++ | ||
| 5990 | *** The new `%i' and `%I' constructs for `mode-line-format' can be used | 5294 | *** The new `%i' and `%I' constructs for `mode-line-format' can be used |
| 5991 | to display the size of the accessible part of the buffer on the mode | 5295 | to display the size of the accessible part of the buffer on the mode |
| 5992 | line. | 5296 | line. |
| 5993 | 5297 | ||
| 5994 | +++ | ||
| 5995 | *** Mouse-face on mode-line (and header-line) is now supported. | 5298 | *** Mouse-face on mode-line (and header-line) is now supported. |
| 5996 | 5299 | ||
| 5997 | ** Menu manipulation changes: | 5300 | ** Menu manipulation changes: |
| 5998 | 5301 | ||
| 5999 | --- | ||
| 6000 | *** To manipulate the File menu using easy-menu, you must specify the | 5302 | *** To manipulate the File menu using easy-menu, you must specify the |
| 6001 | proper name "file". In previous Emacs versions, you had to specify | 5303 | proper name "file". In previous Emacs versions, you had to specify |
| 6002 | "files", even though the menu item itself was changed to say "File" | 5304 | "files", even though the menu item itself was changed to say "File" |
| 6003 | several versions ago. | 5305 | several versions ago. |
| 6004 | 5306 | ||
| 6005 | --- | ||
| 6006 | *** The dummy function keys made by easy-menu are now always lower case. | 5307 | *** The dummy function keys made by easy-menu are now always lower case. |
| 6007 | If you specify the menu item name "Ada", for instance, it uses `ada' | 5308 | If you specify the menu item name "Ada", for instance, it uses `ada' |
| 6008 | as the "key" bound by that key binding. | 5309 | as the "key" bound by that key binding. |
| @@ -6010,7 +5311,6 @@ as the "key" bound by that key binding. | |||
| 6010 | This is relevant only if Lisp code looks for the bindings that were | 5311 | This is relevant only if Lisp code looks for the bindings that were |
| 6011 | made with easy-menu. | 5312 | made with easy-menu. |
| 6012 | 5313 | ||
| 6013 | --- | ||
| 6014 | *** `easy-menu-define' now allows you to use nil for the symbol name | 5314 | *** `easy-menu-define' now allows you to use nil for the symbol name |
| 6015 | if you don't need to give the menu a name. If you install the menu | 5315 | if you don't need to give the menu a name. If you install the menu |
| 6016 | into other keymaps right away (MAPS is non-nil), it usually doesn't | 5316 | into other keymaps right away (MAPS is non-nil), it usually doesn't |
| @@ -6018,30 +5318,24 @@ need to have a name. | |||
| 6018 | 5318 | ||
| 6019 | ** Operating system access: | 5319 | ** Operating system access: |
| 6020 | 5320 | ||
| 6021 | +++ | ||
| 6022 | *** The new primitive `get-internal-run-time' returns the processor | 5321 | *** The new primitive `get-internal-run-time' returns the processor |
| 6023 | run time used by Emacs since start-up. | 5322 | run time used by Emacs since start-up. |
| 6024 | 5323 | ||
| 6025 | +++ | ||
| 6026 | *** Functions `user-uid' and `user-real-uid' now return floats if the | 5324 | *** Functions `user-uid' and `user-real-uid' now return floats if the |
| 6027 | user UID doesn't fit in a Lisp integer. Function `user-full-name' | 5325 | user UID doesn't fit in a Lisp integer. Function `user-full-name' |
| 6028 | accepts a float as UID parameter. | 5326 | accepts a float as UID parameter. |
| 6029 | 5327 | ||
| 6030 | +++ | ||
| 6031 | *** New function `locale-info' accesses locale information. | 5328 | *** New function `locale-info' accesses locale information. |
| 6032 | 5329 | ||
| 6033 | --- | ||
| 6034 | *** On MS Windows, locale-coding-system is used to interact with the OS. | 5330 | *** On MS Windows, locale-coding-system is used to interact with the OS. |
| 6035 | The Windows specific variable w32-system-coding-system, which was | 5331 | The Windows specific variable w32-system-coding-system, which was |
| 6036 | formerly used for that purpose is now an alias for locale-coding-system. | 5332 | formerly used for that purpose is now an alias for locale-coding-system. |
| 6037 | 5333 | ||
| 6038 | --- | ||
| 6039 | *** New function `redirect-debugging-output' can be used to redirect | 5334 | *** New function `redirect-debugging-output' can be used to redirect |
| 6040 | debugging output on the stderr file handle to a file. | 5335 | debugging output on the stderr file handle to a file. |
| 6041 | 5336 | ||
| 6042 | ** Miscellaneous: | 5337 | ** Miscellaneous: |
| 6043 | 5338 | ||
| 6044 | +++ | ||
| 6045 | *** A number of hooks have been renamed to better follow the conventions: | 5339 | *** A number of hooks have been renamed to better follow the conventions: |
| 6046 | 5340 | ||
| 6047 | `find-file-hooks' to `find-file-hook', | 5341 | `find-file-hooks' to `find-file-hook', |
| @@ -6054,50 +5348,41 @@ debugging output on the stderr file handle to a file. | |||
| 6054 | 5348 | ||
| 6055 | In each case the old name remains as an alias for the moment. | 5349 | In each case the old name remains as an alias for the moment. |
| 6056 | 5350 | ||
| 6057 | +++ | ||
| 6058 | *** Variable `local-write-file-hooks' is marked obsolete. | 5351 | *** Variable `local-write-file-hooks' is marked obsolete. |
| 6059 | 5352 | ||
| 6060 | Use the LOCAL arg of `add-hook'. | 5353 | Use the LOCAL arg of `add-hook'. |
| 6061 | 5354 | ||
| 6062 | --- | ||
| 6063 | *** New function `x-send-client-message' sends a client message when | 5355 | *** New function `x-send-client-message' sends a client message when |
| 6064 | running under X. | 5356 | running under X. |
| 6065 | 5357 | ||
| 6066 | ** GC changes: | 5358 | ** GC changes: |
| 6067 | 5359 | ||
| 6068 | +++ | ||
| 6069 | *** New variable `gc-cons-percentage' automatically grows the GC cons threshold | 5360 | *** New variable `gc-cons-percentage' automatically grows the GC cons threshold |
| 6070 | as the heap size increases. | 5361 | as the heap size increases. |
| 6071 | 5362 | ||
| 6072 | +++ | ||
| 6073 | *** New variables `gc-elapsed' and `gcs-done' provide extra information | 5363 | *** New variables `gc-elapsed' and `gcs-done' provide extra information |
| 6074 | on garbage collection. | 5364 | on garbage collection. |
| 6075 | 5365 | ||
| 6076 | +++ | ||
| 6077 | *** The normal hook `post-gc-hook' is run at the end of garbage collection. | 5366 | *** The normal hook `post-gc-hook' is run at the end of garbage collection. |
| 6078 | 5367 | ||
| 6079 | The hook is run with GC inhibited, so use it with care. | 5368 | The hook is run with GC inhibited, so use it with care. |
| 6080 | 5369 | ||
| 6081 | * New Packages for Lisp Programming in Emacs 22.1 | 5370 | * New Packages for Lisp Programming in Emacs 22.1 |
| 6082 | 5371 | ||
| 6083 | +++ | ||
| 6084 | ** The new library button.el implements simple and fast `clickable | 5372 | ** The new library button.el implements simple and fast `clickable |
| 6085 | buttons' in Emacs buffers. Buttons are much lighter-weight than the | 5373 | buttons' in Emacs buffers. Buttons are much lighter-weight than the |
| 6086 | `widgets' implemented by widget.el, and can be used by lisp code that | 5374 | `widgets' implemented by widget.el, and can be used by lisp code that |
| 6087 | doesn't require the full power of widgets. Emacs uses buttons for | 5375 | doesn't require the full power of widgets. Emacs uses buttons for |
| 6088 | such things as help and apropos buffers. | 5376 | such things as help and apropos buffers. |
| 6089 | 5377 | ||
| 6090 | --- | ||
| 6091 | ** The new library tree-widget.el provides a widget to display a set | 5378 | ** The new library tree-widget.el provides a widget to display a set |
| 6092 | of hierarchical data as an outline. For example, the tree-widget is | 5379 | of hierarchical data as an outline. For example, the tree-widget is |
| 6093 | well suited to display a hierarchy of directories and files. | 5380 | well suited to display a hierarchy of directories and files. |
| 6094 | 5381 | ||
| 6095 | +++ | ||
| 6096 | ** The new library bindat.el provides functions to unpack and pack | 5382 | ** The new library bindat.el provides functions to unpack and pack |
| 6097 | binary data structures, such as network packets, to and from Lisp | 5383 | binary data structures, such as network packets, to and from Lisp |
| 6098 | data structures. | 5384 | data structures. |
| 6099 | 5385 | ||
| 6100 | --- | ||
| 6101 | ** master-mode.el implements a minor mode for scrolling a slave | 5386 | ** master-mode.el implements a minor mode for scrolling a slave |
| 6102 | buffer without leaving your current buffer, the master buffer. | 5387 | buffer without leaving your current buffer, the master buffer. |
| 6103 | 5388 | ||
| @@ -6118,12 +5403,10 @@ SQL buffer. | |||
| 6118 | (function (lambda () | 5403 | (function (lambda () |
| 6119 | (master-set-slave sql-buffer)))) | 5404 | (master-set-slave sql-buffer)))) |
| 6120 | 5405 | ||
| 6121 | +++ | ||
| 6122 | ** The new library benchmark.el does timing measurements on Lisp code. | 5406 | ** The new library benchmark.el does timing measurements on Lisp code. |
| 6123 | 5407 | ||
| 6124 | This includes measuring garbage collection time. | 5408 | This includes measuring garbage collection time. |
| 6125 | 5409 | ||
| 6126 | +++ | ||
| 6127 | ** The new library testcover.el does test coverage checking. | 5410 | ** The new library testcover.el does test coverage checking. |
| 6128 | 5411 | ||
| 6129 | This is so you can tell whether you've tested all paths in your Lisp | 5412 | This is so you can tell whether you've tested all paths in your Lisp |
diff --git a/etc/ORDERS b/etc/ORDERS index 8c612a1b1b6..e08931e7ead 100644 --- a/etc/ORDERS +++ b/etc/ORDERS | |||
| @@ -8,6 +8,6 @@ For more information, see the order form on the web at | |||
| 8 | Your purchases will help support further development of Emacs and | 8 | Your purchases will help support further development of Emacs and |
| 9 | other free software programs. | 9 | other free software programs. |
| 10 | 10 | ||
| 11 | You can also make tax-deductable donations to the Free Software | 11 | You can also make tax-deductible donations to the Free Software |
| 12 | Foundation, a not-for-profit organization (assuming you pay US taxes) | 12 | Foundation, a not-for-profit organization (assuming you pay US taxes) |
| 13 | - see <http://www.gnu.org/help/donate.html>. | 13 | - see <http://www.gnu.org/help/donate.html>. |
diff --git a/etc/PROBLEMS b/etc/PROBLEMS index be56254dcd7..f42013fc109 100644 --- a/etc/PROBLEMS +++ b/etc/PROBLEMS | |||
| @@ -217,15 +217,15 @@ configuring your compiler to use the native linker instead of GNU ld. | |||
| 217 | This happens because of bugs in Gtk+. Gtk+ 2.10 seems to be OK. See bug | 217 | This happens because of bugs in Gtk+. Gtk+ 2.10 seems to be OK. See bug |
| 218 | http://bugzilla.gnome.org/show_bug.cgi?id=85715. | 218 | http://bugzilla.gnome.org/show_bug.cgi?id=85715. |
| 219 | 219 | ||
| 220 | ** Emacs compiled with Gtk+ crashes on startup on cygwin. | 220 | ** Emacs compiled with Gtk+ crashes on startup on Cygwin. |
| 221 | 221 | ||
| 222 | A typical error message is | 222 | A typical error message is |
| 223 | ***MEMORY-ERROR***: emacs[5172]: GSlice: failed to allocate 504 bytes | 223 | ***MEMORY-ERROR***: emacs[5172]: GSlice: failed to allocate 504 bytes |
| 224 | (alignment: 512): Function not implemented | 224 | (alignment: 512): Function not implemented |
| 225 | 225 | ||
| 226 | Emacs supplies its own malloc, but glib (part of Gtk+) calls memalign and on | 226 | Emacs supplies its own malloc, but glib (part of Gtk+) calls memalign and on |
| 227 | cygwin that becomes the cygwin supplied memalign. As malloc is not the | 227 | Cygwin, that becomes the Cygwin supplied memalign. As malloc is not the |
| 228 | cygwin malloc, the cygwin memalign always returns ENOSYS. A fix for this | 228 | Cygwin malloc, the Cygwin memalign always returns ENOSYS. A fix for this |
| 229 | problem would be welcome. | 229 | problem would be welcome. |
| 230 | 230 | ||
| 231 | * General runtime problems | 231 | * General runtime problems |
| @@ -390,9 +390,13 @@ again to say this: | |||
| 390 | 390 | ||
| 391 | *** Emacs does not know your host's fully-qualified domain name. | 391 | *** Emacs does not know your host's fully-qualified domain name. |
| 392 | 392 | ||
| 393 | For example, (system-name) returns some variation on | ||
| 394 | "localhost.localdomain", rather the name you were expecting. | ||
| 395 | |||
| 393 | You need to configure your machine with a fully qualified domain name, | 396 | You need to configure your machine with a fully qualified domain name, |
| 394 | either in /etc/hosts, /etc/hostname, the NIS, or wherever your system | 397 | (i.e. a name with at least one ".") either in /etc/hosts, |
| 395 | calls for specifying this. | 398 | /etc/hostname, the NIS, or wherever your system calls for specifying |
| 399 | this. | ||
| 396 | 400 | ||
| 397 | If you cannot fix the configuration, you can set the Lisp variable | 401 | If you cannot fix the configuration, you can set the Lisp variable |
| 398 | mail-host-address to the value you want. | 402 | mail-host-address to the value you want. |
| @@ -1202,7 +1206,7 @@ The problems seem to depend on the version of LessTif and the Motif | |||
| 1202 | emulation for which it is set up. | 1206 | emulation for which it is set up. |
| 1203 | 1207 | ||
| 1204 | Only the Motif 1.2 emulation seems to be stable enough in LessTif. | 1208 | Only the Motif 1.2 emulation seems to be stable enough in LessTif. |
| 1205 | Lesstif 0.92-17's Motif 1.2 emulation seems to work okay on FreeBSD. | 1209 | LessTif 0.92-17's Motif 1.2 emulation seems to work okay on FreeBSD. |
| 1206 | On GNU/Linux systems, lesstif-0.92.6 configured with "./configure | 1210 | On GNU/Linux systems, lesstif-0.92.6 configured with "./configure |
| 1207 | --enable-build-12 --enable-default-12" is reported to be the most | 1211 | --enable-build-12 --enable-default-12" is reported to be the most |
| 1208 | successful. The binary GNU/Linux package | 1212 | successful. The binary GNU/Linux package |
| @@ -1299,7 +1303,7 @@ be carried out at the same time: | |||
| 1299 | improves performance dramatically, at the slight expense of correctness | 1303 | improves performance dramatically, at the slight expense of correctness |
| 1300 | of the X protocol. lbxproxy acheives the performance gain by grouping | 1304 | of the X protocol. lbxproxy acheives the performance gain by grouping |
| 1301 | several X requests in one TCP packet and sending them off together, | 1305 | several X requests in one TCP packet and sending them off together, |
| 1302 | instead of requiring a round-trip for each X request in a seperate | 1306 | instead of requiring a round-trip for each X request in a separate |
| 1303 | packet. The switches that seem to work best for emacs are: | 1307 | packet. The switches that seem to work best for emacs are: |
| 1304 | -noatomsfile -nowinattr -cheaterrors -cheatevents | 1308 | -noatomsfile -nowinattr -cheaterrors -cheatevents |
| 1305 | Note that the -nograbcmap option is known to cause problems. | 1309 | Note that the -nograbcmap option is known to cause problems. |
| @@ -1405,7 +1409,7 @@ The easy way to do this is to put | |||
| 1405 | 1409 | ||
| 1406 | in your site-init.el file. | 1410 | in your site-init.el file. |
| 1407 | 1411 | ||
| 1408 | * Runtime problems on character termunals | 1412 | * Runtime problems on character terminals |
| 1409 | 1413 | ||
| 1410 | ** Emacs spontaneously displays "I-search: " at the bottom of the screen. | 1414 | ** Emacs spontaneously displays "I-search: " at the bottom of the screen. |
| 1411 | 1415 | ||
| @@ -2356,7 +2360,7 @@ The relevant switch in this case is "-Xs" (``compile assuming | |||
| 2356 | *** Building Emacs over NFS fails with ``Text file busy''. | 2360 | *** Building Emacs over NFS fails with ``Text file busy''. |
| 2357 | 2361 | ||
| 2358 | This was reported to happen when building Emacs on a GNU/Linux system | 2362 | This was reported to happen when building Emacs on a GNU/Linux system |
| 2359 | (RedHat Linux 6.2) using a build directory automounted from Solaris | 2363 | (Red Hat Linux 6.2) using a build directory automounted from Solaris |
| 2360 | (SunOS 5.6) file server, but it might not be limited to that | 2364 | (SunOS 5.6) file server, but it might not be limited to that |
| 2361 | configuration alone. Presumably, the NFS server doesn't commit the | 2365 | configuration alone. Presumably, the NFS server doesn't commit the |
| 2362 | files' data to disk quickly enough, and the Emacs executable file is | 2366 | files' data to disk quickly enough, and the Emacs executable file is |
| @@ -2443,17 +2447,17 @@ files are installed. Then use: | |||
| 2443 | 2447 | ||
| 2444 | (using the location of the 32-bit X libraries on your system). | 2448 | (using the location of the 32-bit X libraries on your system). |
| 2445 | 2449 | ||
| 2446 | *** Building the Cygwin port for MS-Windows can fail with some GCC version | 2450 | *** Building the Cygwin port for MS-Windows can fail with some GCC versions |
| 2447 | 2451 | ||
| 2448 | Building Emacs 22 with Cygwin builds of GCC 3.4.4-1 and 3.4.4-2 is | 2452 | Building Emacs 22 with Cygwin builds of GCC 3.4.4-1 and 3.4.4-2 is |
| 2449 | reported to either fail or cause Emacs to segfault at run time. In | 2453 | reported to either fail or cause Emacs to segfault at run time. In |
| 2450 | addition, the Cygwin GCC 3.4.4-2 has problems with generating debug | 2454 | addition, the Cygwin GCC 3.4.4-2 has problems with generating debug |
| 2451 | info. Cygwin users are advised not to use these versions of GCC for | 2455 | info. Cygwin users are advised not to use these versions of GCC for |
| 2452 | compiling Emacs. GCC versions 4.0.3, 4.1.1, and 4.1.2 reportedly | 2456 | compiling Emacs. GCC versions 4.0.3, 4.0.4, 4.1.1, and 4.1.2 |
| 2453 | build a working Cygwin binary of Emacs, so we recommend these GCC | 2457 | reportedly build a working Cygwin binary of Emacs, so we recommend |
| 2454 | versions. Note that these three versions of GCC, 4.0.3, 4.1.1, and | 2458 | these GCC versions. Note that these versions of GCC, 4.0.3, 4.0.4, |
| 2455 | 4.1.2, are currently the _only_ versions known to succeed in building | 2459 | 4.1.1, and 4.1.2, are currently the _only_ versions known to succeed |
| 2456 | Emacs (as of v22.1). | 2460 | in building Emacs (as of v22.1). |
| 2457 | 2461 | ||
| 2458 | *** Building the native MS-Windows port with Cygwin GCC can fail. | 2462 | *** Building the native MS-Windows port with Cygwin GCC can fail. |
| 2459 | 2463 | ||
| @@ -2604,7 +2608,7 @@ The fix is to install a newer version of ncurses, such as version 4.2. | |||
| 2604 | 2608 | ||
| 2605 | *** Linux: Segfault during `make bootstrap' under certain recent versions of the Linux kernel. | 2609 | *** Linux: Segfault during `make bootstrap' under certain recent versions of the Linux kernel. |
| 2606 | 2610 | ||
| 2607 | With certain recent Linux kernels (like the one of Redhat Fedora Core | 2611 | With certain recent Linux kernels (like the one of Red Hat Fedora Core |
| 2608 | 1 and newer), the new "Exec-shield" functionality is enabled by default, which | 2612 | 1 and newer), the new "Exec-shield" functionality is enabled by default, which |
| 2609 | creates a different memory layout that breaks the emacs dumper. Emacs tries | 2613 | creates a different memory layout that breaks the emacs dumper. Emacs tries |
| 2610 | to handle this at build time, but if the workaround used fails, these | 2614 | to handle this at build time, but if the workaround used fails, these |
diff --git a/etc/SERVICE b/etc/SERVICE index 4d6009e9f36..3a057b98af1 100644 --- a/etc/SERVICE +++ b/etc/SERVICE | |||
| @@ -1,1378 +1,10 @@ | |||
| 1 | -*- text -*- | ||
| 2 | GNU Service Directory | 1 | GNU Service Directory |
| 3 | --------------------- | 2 | --------------------- |
| 4 | 3 | ||
| 5 | See the end of file for copyright information. | 4 | Please see <http://www.fsf.org/resources/service/> for a list of |
| 5 | people who have asked to be listed as offering support services for | ||
| 6 | GNU software, including GNU Emacs, for a fee or in some cases at no | ||
| 7 | charge. | ||
| 6 | 8 | ||
| 7 | This is a list of people who have asked to be listed as offering | ||
| 8 | support services for GNU software, including GNU Emacs, for a fee | ||
| 9 | or in some cases at no charge. | ||
| 10 | |||
| 11 | The information comes from the people who asked to be listed; | ||
| 12 | we do not include any information we know to be false, but we | ||
| 13 | cannot check out any of the information; we are transmitting it to | ||
| 14 | you as it was given to us and do not promise it is correct. | ||
| 15 | Also, this is not an endorsement of the people listed here. | ||
| 16 | We have no opinions and usually no information about the abilities of | ||
| 17 | any specific person. We provide this list to enable you to contact | ||
| 18 | service providers and decide for yourself whether to hire one. | ||
| 19 | |||
| 20 | Before FSF will list your name in the GNU Service Directory, we ask | ||
| 21 | that you agree informally to the following terms: | ||
| 22 | |||
| 23 | 1. You will not restrict (except by copyleft) the use or distribution | ||
| 24 | of any software, documentation, or other technical information you | ||
| 25 | supply anyone in the course of modifying, extending, or supporting GNU | ||
| 26 | software. This includes any information specifically designed to | ||
| 27 | ameliorate the use of GNU software. | ||
| 28 | |||
| 29 | 2. You will not take advantage of contact made through the Service | ||
| 30 | Directory to advertise an unrelated business (e.g., sales of | ||
| 31 | non-GNU-related proprietary information). You may spontaneously | ||
| 32 | mention your availability for general consulting, but you should not | ||
| 33 | promote a specific unrelated business unless the client asks. | ||
| 34 | |||
| 35 | Please include some indication of your rates, because otherwise users | ||
| 36 | have nothing to go by. Please put each e-mail address inside "<>". | ||
| 37 | Please put nothing else inside "<>". Thanks! | ||
| 38 | |||
| 39 | For a current copy of this directory, or to have yourself listed, ask: | ||
| 40 | service@gnu.org | ||
| 41 | |||
| 42 | ** Please keep the entries in this file alphabetical ** | ||
| 43 | ^_ | ||
| 44 | Aaronsen Group, Ltd. <gnu@aaronsen.com> | ||
| 45 | 600 Grant St. | ||
| 46 | Suite 5345 | ||
| 47 | Pittsburgh, PA 15219 US | ||
| 48 | +1 412 391 6000 voice | ||
| 49 | +1 412 361 5991 fax | ||
| 50 | http://www.aaronsen.com/gnu | ||
| 51 | |||
| 52 | The Aaronsen Group provides several levels of service in the free software | ||
| 53 | arena, from simple configuration and installation to large extensions and | ||
| 54 | new development. We specialize in unique applications, but have the | ||
| 55 | experience to handle all manner of prospects, from database-backed | ||
| 56 | web-sites to high-end multiprocessor clusters. | ||
| 57 | |||
| 58 | Our service area covers the US, with key offices in Pittsburgh, PA; San | ||
| 59 | Jose, CA; and New York, NY. | ||
| 60 | |||
| 61 | We are available for both hourly work (at $300 per hour, some qualified | ||
| 62 | discounts are available) and fixed-price projects. Work is done on the | ||
| 63 | client site, at our offices, or remote via Internet or telephone | ||
| 64 | connection | ||
| 65 | |||
| 66 | Updated: 2001-05-08 | ||
| 67 | ^_ | ||
| 68 | Alcôve | ||
| 69 | ------ | ||
| 70 | |||
| 71 | Alcôve, Centre Paris Pleyel, 153 bld Anatole France | ||
| 72 | 93200 Saint-Denis France | ||
| 73 | |||
| 74 | Email: <infos@alcove.fr> | ||
| 75 | |||
| 76 | Web: http://www.alcove.com | ||
| 77 | Tél.: +33 1 49 22 68 00 | ||
| 78 | Fax: +33 1 49 22 68 01 | ||
| 79 | |||
| 80 | Founded in 1996, Alcôve's main purpose is to promote and support the | ||
| 81 | use of GNU/Linux and OSS on the European market. | ||
| 82 | Expertise in OSS innovation is the foundation of all Alcôve's | ||
| 83 | activities. | ||
| 84 | We provide key accounts and leading businesses in the field of IT with : | ||
| 85 | |||
| 86 | Consultancy | ||
| 87 | Engineering | ||
| 88 | Training | ||
| 89 | Support | ||
| 90 | Technical watching brief | ||
| 91 | OSS Certification - Validation - Guarantee | ||
| 92 | Drivers for the linux kernel | ||
| 93 | Company directory and unified messaging | ||
| 94 | Linux Firewall Security Package | ||
| 95 | |||
| 96 | Keys: support services, consulting, open source software, GNU/Linux, | ||
| 97 | Apache, Perl, GNU, Samba, Zope, Imp, OpenLDAP | ||
| 98 | |||
| 99 | Average daily rate, depending on the job : 1000 euros. | ||
| 100 | |||
| 101 | Updated: 2001-06-26 | ||
| 102 | ^_ | ||
| 103 | Allegro Consultants, Inc. <info@gccsupport.com> | ||
| 104 | 1072 De Anza Blvd., Suite B101 | ||
| 105 | San Jose, CA 95129-3532 | ||
| 106 | USA | ||
| 107 | +1 408 252-2330 voice | ||
| 108 | +1 408 252-2334 fax | ||
| 109 | http://www.gccsupport.com | ||
| 110 | |||
| 111 | Allegro Consultants, Inc, in association with DIS International, is | ||
| 112 | now offering annual support contracts covering the GNU Compiler | ||
| 113 | Collection and related tools, including the GCC C and C++ compilers | ||
| 114 | for MPE/iX. | ||
| 115 | |||
| 116 | The free GCC C and C++ compilers have been available on MPE/iX for | ||
| 117 | several years now, and are used for mission-critical applications by | ||
| 118 | many organizations including Hewlett-Packard. Until now, assistance | ||
| 119 | was available only from Mark Klein of DIS on a limited, voluntary | ||
| 120 | basis. Mark is the person who originally ported GCC to the HP e3000, | ||
| 121 | and he continues to maintain the software and port new versions. | ||
| 122 | |||
| 123 | Support contracts start at $1,995.00/year for an organization | ||
| 124 | (unlimited number of HP e3000 computer systems) with two designated | ||
| 125 | callers. Additional options are available for large organizations who | ||
| 126 | need to designate more than two authorized callers, or who want the | ||
| 127 | additional security of 24x7 coverage. | ||
| 128 | |||
| 129 | Updated: 2001-06-12 | ||
| 130 | ^_ | ||
| 131 | Amazonia Computing | ||
| 132 | |||
| 133 | <rick@viclink.com> | ||
| 134 | http://www.viclink.com/~rick | ||
| 135 | |||
| 136 | 1981 NW Thomsen Lane | ||
| 137 | McMinnville, OR 97128 | ||
| 138 | 503-474-0572 | ||
| 139 | |||
| 140 | I provide development and technical support for free software | ||
| 141 | and open source systems including embedded programming, GNU/Linux, the | ||
| 142 | GNU development suite.. | ||
| 143 | |||
| 144 | I have over 10 years experience building and maintaining systems ranging | ||
| 145 | from medical patient monitoring systems to Linux device drivers for | ||
| 146 | custom PCI plug in cards. | ||
| 147 | |||
| 148 | Rates range from $75.00/hr to $90/hr USD. Will work for a lower rate | ||
| 149 | if in involves working in either Brazil, Vietnam, Indonesia, or Cuba. | ||
| 150 | I am also willing to work on fixed price contracts. | ||
| 151 | |||
| 152 | Updated: 2001-05-08 | ||
| 153 | ^_ | ||
| 154 | Dipl.-Inform. Gerd Aschemann <gerd@aschemann.net> | ||
| 155 | Osannstr. 49 | ||
| 156 | D-64285 Darmstadt | ||
| 157 | Tel.: +49 173 3264070 | ||
| 158 | http://www.aschemann.net/ | ||
| 159 | |||
| 160 | - Consultant | ||
| 161 | + Unix Network and System Administration | ||
| 162 | + Distributed Systems and Middleware Infrastructures | ||
| 163 | - former System Administrator (UNIX and NT) at CS Department, TU Darmstadt, Germany | ||
| 164 | - 20 years working in the CS field, System administration on different platforms | ||
| 165 | - 13 years with UNIX/Networking/FreeWare/GNU/X11 | ||
| 166 | - 10 years courses on Operating Systems and Distributed Systems | ||
| 167 | - Lectures on System and Network Administration | ||
| 168 | - Platforms: Solaris, GNU/Linux, SunOS, Ultrix, HP-UX, Digital Unix, AIX, SCO, FreeBSDs | ||
| 169 | - Distributed Platforms and Information Systems (CORBA, WWW, Java, SOAP) | ||
| 170 | |||
| 171 | Rates are at 180,-- DM (~85 US$) per hour minimum, depending on the job. | ||
| 172 | I am willing to travel for sufficiently large jobs. | ||
| 173 | |||
| 174 | Updated: 2001-05-09 | ||
| 175 | ^_ | ||
| 176 | Baker Research, Ltd. | ||
| 177 | P. O. Box 10036, Alexandria, VA 22310 | ||
| 178 | Phone: (703) 960-9500 (Voice) | ||
| 179 | (703) 960-8700 (Fax) | ||
| 180 | Web: http://www.baker-research.com | ||
| 181 | email: <solutions@baker-research.com> | ||
| 182 | Rate: $75.00/hr to $150.00/hr, or fixed-price projects. | ||
| 183 | |||
| 184 | Services: | ||
| 185 | |||
| 186 | --Customization of systems for user needs | ||
| 187 | --Software product evaluation and recommendation | ||
| 188 | --Full-lifecycle software development | ||
| 189 | --Programming (C/C++, tcl/tk, bash, perl) | ||
| 190 | --Custom backup and archival systems | ||
| 191 | --GNU/Linux system installation, configuration, and management | ||
| 192 | --Cluster systems support | ||
| 193 | -Installation, configuration, and management | ||
| 194 | -MPI and Myrinet support | ||
| 195 | --Data acquisition, management, visualization, and archival | ||
| 196 | |||
| 197 | Updated: 2001-05-11 | ||
| 198 | ^_ | ||
| 199 | Don Barry, Ph.D. <don@astro.cornell.edu> | ||
| 200 | Ithaca, NY | ||
| 201 | |||
| 202 | Astrophysicist with extensive and varied hacker background. Substantial | ||
| 203 | expertise in mathematical modeling, instrument interface, low-level and | ||
| 204 | high-level hardware control, statistical analysis, automated/mathematical | ||
| 205 | typesetting. Also fluent in opto/electro/mechanical design. I try to find | ||
| 206 | solutions using free software when possible and specialize in GNU/Linux | ||
| 207 | platforms. Degrees also in chemistry and mathematics. | ||
| 208 | |||
| 209 | Speak: C, APL, Fortran, J, Perl, Emacs Lisp, IDL, variety of machine | ||
| 210 | languages from CDC CYBER (!) to x86 families, TeX/LaTeX, sendmail, and | ||
| 211 | quite a few others. Experience on platforms from PDP to present. | ||
| 212 | |||
| 213 | Rates: $75--$150 per hour + travel (if required) depending on the needs of | ||
| 214 | the project, the level of support and availability required, and its | ||
| 215 | interest to me. | ||
| 216 | |||
| 217 | Services: consulting, design, porting, lecturing, support, project definition, | ||
| 218 | system implementation. | ||
| 219 | |||
| 220 | Updated: 2001-05-09 | ||
| 221 | ^_ | ||
| 222 | James Craig Burley | ||
| 223 | 97 Arrowhead Circle | ||
| 224 | Ashland, MA 01721 | ||
| 225 | Email: <craig@jcb-sc.com> | ||
| 226 | Web: http://world.std.com/~burley/ | ||
| 227 | |||
| 228 | Expertise (mainly Development and Maintenance): | ||
| 229 | Compilers for Imperative Languages (author of GNU Fortran, aka g77) | ||
| 230 | Operating System Kernels | ||
| 231 | Tools/Utilities | ||
| 232 | Microcode (mainly VLIW) and Assembler | ||
| 233 | Software-Development-System Architecture (including APIs, IDEs) | ||
| 234 | Debugging | ||
| 235 | Technical Writing (Manager of Documentation) | ||
| 236 | |||
| 237 | Experience: | ||
| 238 | Programming Languages C, PL/I, Fortran, PostScript | ||
| 239 | Operating Systems Unix, GNU/Linux, Solaris, HP-UX, VAX/VMS, PRIMOS, | ||
| 240 | MIT ITS, TOPS-10, TSS/8, IBM MVS | ||
| 241 | Assembler/Microcode Languages for Sun SPARC, HP-PA RISC, Numerix VLIWs, | ||
| 242 | VAX, Pr1me, IBM 360, PDP-10, PDP-8 | ||
| 243 | Scripting Languages (many) | ||
| 244 | APIs (many) | ||
| 245 | |||
| 246 | Rate: $180/hour | ||
| 247 | |||
| 248 | Updated: 2001-05-08 | ||
| 249 | ^_ | ||
| 250 | C2V Michel Delval <mfd@c2v.com> | ||
| 251 | 82 bd Haussmann Jean-Alain Le Borgne <jalb@c2v.com> | ||
| 252 | 75008 Paris | ||
| 253 | France | ||
| 254 | Tel (33 1) 40.08.07.07 | ||
| 255 | Fax (33 1) 43.87.35.99 | ||
| 256 | http://www.c2v.com/freesoft.htm | ||
| 257 | e-mail: <consult@c2v.com> | ||
| 258 | |||
| 259 | Services: we offer source or source+binary distribution, | ||
| 260 | installation, training, maintenance, technical support, | ||
| 261 | consulting, specific development and followup on the GNU software | ||
| 262 | development environment: Emacs, gcc/g++, binutils, gas, gdb. | ||
| 263 | |||
| 264 | Porting on new platforms, and professionally developing software | ||
| 265 | with the GNU tools in the Unix/X11 environment since they were | ||
| 266 | first available. | ||
| 267 | |||
| 268 | Experience: GNU C Compilation toolchain for the SGS-Thomson D950 | ||
| 269 | and ST20 DSP chips. | ||
| 270 | |||
| 271 | GNU C compilation toolchain (cross-compiler, compiler, linker, | ||
| 272 | assembler, debugger) for SparcV7 ERC32 based space systems | ||
| 273 | (Sextant Avionique / Alcatel Espace). | ||
| 274 | |||
| 275 | Feasability study, analysis and prototyping of a complete | ||
| 276 | compilation toolchain based on the GNU programming tools for the | ||
| 277 | CSEM RISC microprocessor family. | ||
| 278 | |||
| 279 | Rates: from 5000 FF/day to 750 000 FF/year, 40% discount for | ||
| 280 | educational institutions, add taxes and expenses. Ask for list. | ||
| 281 | |||
| 282 | Updated: 2001-05-09 | ||
| 283 | ^_ | ||
| 284 | Cendio Systems AB <info@cendio.com> | ||
| 285 | Teknikringen 3 | ||
| 286 | SE-583 30 Linkoping | ||
| 287 | SWEDEN | ||
| 288 | +46 13 21 46 00 voice | ||
| 289 | +46 13 21 47 00 fax | ||
| 290 | http://www.cendio.com/ <international site> | ||
| 291 | |||
| 292 | Cendio Systems develops, implements and integrates solutions based on | ||
| 293 | Open Source Software. We also develop and market the Fuego | ||
| 294 | Firewall(TM), an award winning and easy-to-use firewall, based on | ||
| 295 | GNU/Linux. | ||
| 296 | |||
| 297 | We offer professional services, including support, maintenance, | ||
| 298 | integration and development in the following areas: | ||
| 299 | |||
| 300 | * Embedded Linux | ||
| 301 | * Client/Server Solutions GNU/Linux/BSD | ||
| 302 | * Professional Training GNU/Linux, certifications from SAIR Linux/GNU | ||
| 303 | * Open Source Strategy | ||
| 304 | * Development/Adaptation of free software | ||
| 305 | |||
| 306 | Cendio Systems have deep roots in Linkoping University, and was | ||
| 307 | founded 1992 as Signum Support. Our headquarters resides in Mjardevi | ||
| 308 | Science Park in Linkoping and we have an office in Stockholm. We are | ||
| 309 | currently about fifty employees at both locations. | ||
| 310 | |||
| 311 | Cendio Systems won the Lotus 'Tux Award' at LotusSphere 2000 for "the | ||
| 312 | partner who best exemplifies a unique dedication to Lotus and Linux | ||
| 313 | technologies and has successfully executed their vision in the | ||
| 314 | marketplace." | ||
| 315 | |||
| 316 | Cendio Systems have the following certifications and memberships: | ||
| 317 | |||
| 318 | Association of Computing Machinery, Professional Membership | ||
| 319 | COMPAQ System Specialist (Intel and Alpha Systems) | ||
| 320 | Embedded Linux Consortium, Founding Member | ||
| 321 | IBM Value Added Reseller (Netfinity) | ||
| 322 | IBM Solution Provider (RS/6000) | ||
| 323 | SAIR GNU/Linux, Accredited Center for education | ||
| 324 | SGI Systems Integrator | ||
| 325 | |||
| 326 | Rates: Please request our price list. | ||
| 327 | |||
| 328 | Updated: 2001-05-09 | ||
| 329 | ^_ | ||
| 330 | Alex Cherepanov | ||
| 331 | 111 McDade Blvd, Apt. A-205, Folsom, PA 19033 | ||
| 332 | Phone: 610 529 3475 | ||
| 333 | email: <alexcher@erols.com> | ||
| 334 | Web: http://users.erols.com/alexcher/ | ||
| 335 | |||
| 336 | Services: Support and maintenance of free PostScript and PDF | ||
| 337 | software including Ghostscript, ps2pdf, a2ps, tiff2ps, pdfopt. | ||
| 338 | General imaging, font, and PDL consulting. | ||
| 339 | |||
| 340 | Experience: 12 years experience in software engineering, 5 years | ||
| 341 | in PostScript and digital color printing. | ||
| 342 | |||
| 343 | Rates: $50-75/hour, depending on contract length. | ||
| 344 | |||
| 345 | Updated: 2001-05-22 | ||
| 346 | ^_ | ||
| 347 | CodeSourcery, LLC <info@codesourcery.com> | ||
| 348 | 9978 Granite Point Ct | ||
| 349 | Granite Bay, CA 95746 | ||
| 350 | (650) 364-5360 | ||
| 351 | http://www.codesourcery.com | ||
| 352 | |||
| 353 | CodeSourcery specializes in customization of, enhancements to, and | ||
| 354 | support for all GNU software. We have particular experience in the | ||
| 355 | field of programming tools, and have been responsible for many | ||
| 356 | features in the GNU C and C++ compilers including the implementation | ||
| 357 | of member templates and type-based alias analysis. Mark Mitchell, one | ||
| 358 | of our co-founders, is a co-maintainer of the GNU Compiler Collection. | ||
| 359 | |||
| 360 | We also have experience with GNU tools ranging from emacs to binutils | ||
| 361 | to gdb to autoconf, and are willing to work on any and all free | ||
| 362 | software projects. | ||
| 363 | |||
| 364 | Please see our web page at www.codesourcery.com for more information | ||
| 365 | about our products, services, and prices. | ||
| 366 | |||
| 367 | Updated: 2001-05-16 | ||
| 368 | ^_ | ||
| 369 | Stuart Cracraft <cracraft@gnu.org> | ||
| 370 | P.O. Box 6061 | ||
| 371 | Laguna Niguel, CA, 92607, USA | ||
| 372 | Phone: 714-347-8106 (prefer email) | ||
| 373 | Rate: negotiable | ||
| 374 | |||
| 375 | Consultation topics: | ||
| 376 | Entire GNU suite - porting, compilation, installation, | ||
| 377 | user-training, administrator-training. | ||
| 378 | |||
| 379 | Method: via any combination of telephone, dialup, Internet, in-person, email. | ||
| 380 | |||
| 381 | Experience: supporting GNU since project inception, original port of | ||
| 382 | GNU Emacs to Sun Solaris, original author of GNU Emacs online tutorial. | ||
| 383 | Expertise in C, Emacs Lisp, Perl, Expect, Oracle, Informix, SunOS, Solaris, | ||
| 384 | NIS, NFS, system-monitoring via paging. Unix System and Database | ||
| 385 | administration or development. | ||
| 386 | |||
| 387 | Updated: 2000-12-13 | ||
| 388 | ^_ | ||
| 389 | Bruce Dawson - <jbd@codemeta.com> | ||
| 390 | CodeMeta, Inc. | ||
| 391 | Manchester, NH USA | ||
| 392 | 800-354-2209 | ||
| 393 | |||
| 394 | Specializing in GNU tools such as CVS, gnats, bash, gawk, fileutils... | ||
| 395 | |||
| 396 | Services: | ||
| 397 | |||
| 398 | o 800 phone support. | ||
| 399 | |||
| 400 | o Modification and development. | ||
| 401 | |||
| 402 | o Training. | ||
| 403 | |||
| 404 | Rate: Fixed rate deliverables or $110/hour for hourly work. | ||
| 405 | |||
| 406 | http://www.codemeta.com | ||
| 407 | |||
| 408 | Updated: 2001-05-09 | ||
| 409 | ^_ | ||
| 410 | Martin Deen Consulting | ||
| 411 | <sunra@mail.hypermart.net> | ||
| 412 | 426 Marietta St. #503 | ||
| 413 | Atlanta, GA 30313 | ||
| 414 | (V) 404-931-5392 | ||
| 415 | http://sunra.hypermart.net | ||
| 416 | |||
| 417 | Consultant with many years supporting the GNU/Linux environment and | ||
| 418 | working with Open Source solutions. Available for hourly and per | ||
| 419 | project work. Hourly rates start at $100/hr. Work can be done on | ||
| 420 | client site, offsite, or remotely via Internet. Can take engagements | ||
| 421 | in Atlanta with little notice, call for arangements elsewhere. | ||
| 422 | |||
| 423 | Updated: 2001-04-20 | ||
| 424 | ^_ | ||
| 425 | DSS Distributed Systems Software, Inc. | ||
| 426 | 3253 Georgia St. <dss@dss.bc.ca> | ||
| 427 | Richmond, British Columbia V7E 2R4 http://www.dss.bc.ca | ||
| 428 | CANADA (604) 270-9559 | ||
| 429 | |||
| 430 | GNU-related services: | ||
| 431 | We specialize in support for GCC (mainly C and C++), including porting, | ||
| 432 | retargeting, and customizing. | ||
| 433 | Also, GNU and other free software that falls within our areas of expertise. | ||
| 434 | |||
| 435 | Expertise: | ||
| 436 | DSS provides software design, implementation, and consulting services. | ||
| 437 | |||
| 438 | Distributed systems: | ||
| 439 | o Client/Server architectures, computer networking, communication | ||
| 440 | protocols | ||
| 441 | o Directory systems, including X.500 and LDAP | ||
| 442 | o High-performance and special-purpose distributed systems and databases: | ||
| 443 | scalability, reliability, availability, transactions | ||
| 444 | o Computer systems performance analysis | ||
| 445 | |||
| 446 | Compilers, translators, and interpreters, including "small" and | ||
| 447 | special-purpose languages | ||
| 448 | |||
| 449 | Rates: | ||
| 450 | Consulting rates are $65-$200 USD per hour, plus | ||
| 451 | applicable taxes. Fixed-cost projects are also possible. | ||
| 452 | |||
| 453 | Updated: 2001-05-10 | ||
| 454 | ^_ | ||
| 455 | John W. Eaton | ||
| 456 | <jwe@gnu.org>, <jwe@net66.com> | ||
| 457 | |||
| 458 | Experience: Original author and current maintainer of GNU Octave | ||
| 459 | (http://www.octave.org). | ||
| 460 | |||
| 461 | Derivatives of the Unix man utility that I wrote in 1990 | ||
| 462 | are currently distributed with several GNU/Linux systems. | ||
| 463 | |||
| 464 | Improved GNU Make's support for VPATH and object | ||
| 465 | libraries on VMS systems. | ||
| 466 | |||
| 467 | Various other enhancements and bug fixes for other free | ||
| 468 | software tools. | ||
| 469 | |||
| 470 | I have more than 18 years experience programming various | ||
| 471 | languages and systems, more than 13 years as a user and | ||
| 472 | system mangler of Unix systems, including Ultrix, SunOS, | ||
| 473 | AIX, HP/UX, BSD, IRIX, Digital Unix, and GNU/Linux. | ||
| 474 | Long-time user of GNU tools on all these platforms. | ||
| 475 | |||
| 476 | Programming: Octave, Matlab, C++, C, Fortran, Emacs Lisp, TeX/LaTeX, | ||
| 477 | AWK, M4, Autoconf, Make, Lex & YACC, Unix shell | ||
| 478 | programming, etc. | ||
| 479 | |||
| 480 | Services: Anything related to programming and extending Octave. | ||
| 481 | Porting, installation, and customization of GNU/Linux and | ||
| 482 | GNU tools. Unix system administration. | ||
| 483 | |||
| 484 | Rates: $100/hour + travel and expenses (if required). Will | ||
| 485 | consider travel for short periods and/or sufficiently | ||
| 486 | interesting jobs, but prefer to work via the net or email. | ||
| 487 | Lower rates for non-profits. | ||
| 488 | |||
| 489 | Updated: 2001-05-14 | ||
| 490 | ^_ | ||
| 491 | Echo Labs <echo@iinet.net.au> | ||
| 492 | 29 Weld St, http://www.iinet.net.au/~echo/ | ||
| 493 | Nedlands, WA 6009 | ||
| 494 | Perth, Australia | ||
| 495 | +61 (0) 41 356 0008 | ||
| 496 | |||
| 497 | Echo Labs is a software consultancy that also provides support and | ||
| 498 | development skills. Specialising in GNU software, particularly Tcl/Tk | ||
| 499 | and Linux. We can deliver systems at a fraction of the cost of those | ||
| 500 | based on more traditional technologies. Internet/intranet, telephony | ||
| 501 | and data communications solutions, for all platforms are undertaken. | ||
| 502 | GUI front-ends done quickly in rapid development process. | ||
| 503 | |||
| 504 | While typically involved in engineering and technical areas, any | ||
| 505 | GNU/Open Source software will be supported. | ||
| 506 | |||
| 507 | For further details see: http://www.iinet.net.au/~echo/ | ||
| 508 | |||
| 509 | Experience: 15+ years C/Unix, Sun, SCO, GNU/Linux, Win/NT. | ||
| 510 | Secure WWW servers (Apache SSL), Ecommerce solutions. | ||
| 511 | Systems programming, device drivers, hardware interfacing. | ||
| 512 | GNU tools/utilities, telephony and Embedded & realtime | ||
| 513 | systems. Communications protocols and implementation. | ||
| 514 | |||
| 515 | Degrees: BAppSc (CS) (Distinction), Curtin University, Perth | ||
| 516 | |||
| 517 | Rates: AUS $50-75/hr neg. | ||
| 518 | |||
| 519 | Updated: 2001-05-09 | ||
| 520 | ^_ | ||
| 521 | Noah Friedman <friedman@splode.com> | ||
| 522 | 6114 La Salle Ave. #739 | ||
| 523 | Oakland, CA 94611-2802 | ||
| 524 | |||
| 525 | Author of several Emacs Lisp packages and parts of Emacs, as well as | ||
| 526 | numerous network and unix system utilities. Co-maintained GNU Texinfo and | ||
| 527 | Autoconf for a couple of years. Experienced unix systems engineer. | ||
| 528 | FSF employee Feb 1991--Sep 1994. | ||
| 529 | |||
| 530 | I can perform installation, porting, and enhancement of all GNU software | ||
| 531 | and any other free software, especially for Linux/GNU systems; design | ||
| 532 | high-capacity hardware-redundant servers for production environments; | ||
| 533 | provide consulting on the use of version control management with CVS; and I | ||
| 534 | am willing to provide handholding for shell programming and Emacs Lisp | ||
| 535 | development. | ||
| 536 | |||
| 537 | Fees negotiable, averaging $100-$150/hour. I can work in the California | ||
| 538 | bay area or anywhere accessible on the Internet. For larger jobs I may be | ||
| 539 | willing to travel. | ||
| 540 | |||
| 541 | Updated: 2001-05-08 | ||
| 542 | ^_ | ||
| 543 | Brian Gough <bjg@network-theory.co.uk> | ||
| 544 | Network Theory Limited http://www.network-theory.co.uk/ | ||
| 545 | Bristol, United Kingdom | ||
| 546 | |||
| 547 | Tel: 0117 3179309 (in UK), +44 117 3179309 (outside UK) | ||
| 548 | |||
| 549 | I provide support and development of free software on a contract | ||
| 550 | basis. I can work at your site, over the internet, or by phone/email. | ||
| 551 | I have extensive experience with many free software packages, | ||
| 552 | particularly for web development. | ||
| 553 | |||
| 554 | I can also provide specialized consulting in numerical software | ||
| 555 | development for scientific and quantitative applications. | ||
| 556 | |||
| 557 | Rate: 40-60 pounds/hour, depending on location. | ||
| 558 | |||
| 559 | Updated: 2001-09-05 | ||
| 560 | ^_ | ||
| 561 | Ronald F. Guilmette <rfg@monkeys.com> | ||
| 562 | RG Consulting | ||
| 563 | 1751 East Roseville Pkwy. #1828 | ||
| 564 | Roseville, CA 95661 | ||
| 565 | Tel: +1 916 786 7945 | ||
| 566 | FAX: +1 916 786 5311 | ||
| 567 | |||
| 568 | Services: Development & porting of GNU software development tools. | ||
| 569 | |||
| 570 | GNU Contributions: | ||
| 571 | Invented, designed, and implemented the protoize and | ||
| 572 | unprotoize tools supplied with GCC2. | ||
| 573 | |||
| 574 | Designed and developed all code to support the generation | ||
| 575 | of Dwarf symbolic debugging information for System V Release | ||
| 576 | 4 in GCC2. | ||
| 577 | |||
| 578 | Performed original port of GNU compilers to SVr4 system. | ||
| 579 | |||
| 580 | Finished port of GNU compilers to Intel i860 RISC | ||
| 581 | processor. | ||
| 582 | |||
| 583 | Experience: 13+ years UNIX systems experience, all working on compilers | ||
| 584 | and related tools. | ||
| 585 | |||
| 586 | 7+ years working professionally on GCC, G++, and GDB under | ||
| 587 | contract to various firms including the Microelectronics | ||
| 588 | and Computer Technology Corporation (MCC), Data General (DG), | ||
| 589 | Network Computing Devices (NCD), and Intel Corp. | ||
| 590 | |||
| 591 | Other qualifications: | ||
| 592 | Developer of the RoadTest (tm) C and C++ commercial | ||
| 593 | compiler test suites. | ||
| 594 | |||
| 595 | Former vice-chairman of UNIX International Programming | ||
| 596 | Languages Special Interest Group (UI/PLSIG). | ||
| 597 | |||
| 598 | Bachelor's and a Master's degrees, both in Computer Science. | ||
| 599 | |||
| 600 | Rates: Variable depending upon contract duration. Call for quote. | ||
| 601 | |||
| 602 | Updated: 2000-12-13 | ||
| 603 | ^_ | ||
| 604 | IDEALX | ||
| 605 | 15-17 avenue de ségur | ||
| 606 | 75007 Paris | ||
| 607 | France | ||
| 608 | |||
| 609 | Tel - +33144420000 Fax - +33144420001 | ||
| 610 | http://www.IDEALX.com, http://www.IDEALX.org | ||
| 611 | |||
| 612 | IDEALX is involved in the development of Open Source solutions,and | ||
| 613 | ensures their deployment and maintenance. | ||
| 614 | Development | ||
| 615 | Technical support | ||
| 616 | Technology watch | ||
| 617 | Consulting | ||
| 618 | Engineering | ||
| 619 | Training | ||
| 620 | |||
| 621 | Rates - Variable | ||
| 622 | |||
| 623 | Updated: 2000-12-13 | ||
| 624 | ^_ | ||
| 625 | Ehud Karni <kehud@iname.com> | ||
| 626 | Israel | ||
| 627 | |||
| 628 | Support of Emacs & Emacs lisp, GNU/Linux, Cygwin. | ||
| 629 | |||
| 630 | Fee: $75/hour. | ||
| 631 | |||
| 632 | Updated: 2001-05-09 | ||
| 633 | ^_ | ||
| 634 | Bradley M. Kuhn | ||
| 635 | <bkuhn@ebb.org> | ||
| 636 | http://www.ebb.org/bkuhn | ||
| 637 | |||
| 638 | I am available for part-time system administration, software development | ||
| 639 | and training. I have extensive experience with system administration of | ||
| 640 | GNU/Linux systems, and Free Software development. I have also taught | ||
| 641 | courses in C++ and Perl. As an employee of the FSF, I have a unique | ||
| 642 | perspective on the free software community. | ||
| 643 | |||
| 644 | Please visit my homepage for more information on my background and skills. | ||
| 645 | My resume is also available there. | ||
| 646 | |||
| 647 | I am available for both 1099 and W2 on-site contracting in the Boston, MA, | ||
| 648 | USA metropolitan area, as well as remote consulting via dialup or Internet | ||
| 649 | connection anywhere in the USA. I am not interested in relocation. | ||
| 650 | However, temporary (two week maximum) jobs with paid expenses at other | ||
| 651 | locations will be considered. | ||
| 652 | |||
| 653 | My rate varies greatly (between $25-$60/hour) depending on the | ||
| 654 | circumstances. Rates for non-profit organizations will be on the lower end | ||
| 655 | of the spectrum, if I support your cause. | ||
| 656 | |||
| 657 | Updated: 2001-06-14 | ||
| 658 | ^_ | ||
| 659 | Paul Gillingwater, CEO | ||
| 660 | CSO Lanifex Unternehmensberatungs & Softwareentwicklung GmbH | ||
| 661 | Praterstrasse 60 | ||
| 662 | A-1020 Vienna, Austria | ||
| 663 | http://www.lanifex.com | ||
| 664 | Phone.: +43/1/2699293-21 | ||
| 665 | Fax.: +43/1/2699293-13 | ||
| 666 | Mobile.: +43/699/19223085 | ||
| 667 | |||
| 668 | CSO Lanifex is an effective team of software developers who are | ||
| 669 | actively implementing Web-based database systems, using a variety of | ||
| 670 | Open Source technologies, including GNU/Linux, PHP, MySQL, Perl and | ||
| 671 | especially the Midgard Project. | ||
| 672 | |||
| 673 | Our speciality is Web development with content management, especially | ||
| 674 | for larger Web portals and e-Commerce systems. We're very much | ||
| 675 | in-favour of Free (as in speech) software, and have used it for almost | ||
| 676 | all of our customers. | ||
| 677 | |||
| 678 | We have eight staff, with a variety of skills, including RHCE, PHP, | ||
| 679 | Perl, C, Java, SQL, network design, security consulting, Internet | ||
| 680 | routing, UMS etc. The CEO personally has over 20 years of experience | ||
| 681 | with UNIX, and more than 10 years experience with a variety of | ||
| 682 | Internet technologies. For a more complete list, please refer to our | ||
| 683 | Web site listed below. | ||
| 684 | |||
| 685 | For further details see: http://www.lanifex.com | ||
| 686 | |||
| 687 | Rates: ATS 1.500/hr neg. | ||
| 688 | |||
| 689 | Updated: 2000-12-19 | ||
| 690 | ^_ | ||
| 691 | Greg Lehey | ||
| 692 | LEMIS | ||
| 693 | PO Box 460 | ||
| 694 | Echunga SA 5153 | ||
| 695 | Australia | ||
| 696 | |||
| 697 | Phone: +61-8-8388-8286 | ||
| 698 | Fax: +61-8-8388-8725 | ||
| 699 | Mobile: +61-418-838-708 | ||
| 700 | Mail <grog@lemis.com> | ||
| 701 | |||
| 702 | Services: Supply, porting, installation, consultation on all GNU | ||
| 703 | products. | ||
| 704 | |||
| 705 | Experience: 25 years OS and compiler experience, ports of most GNU | ||
| 706 | products. Author of ported software CD-ROM for UNIX System V.4.2, | ||
| 707 | "Porting UNIX Software" (O'Reilly), "Installing and Running FreeBSD" | ||
| 708 | and "The Complete FreeBSD" (both Walnut Creek). | ||
| 709 | |||
| 710 | Rates: Choice of AUD 300 per hour or hotline rates AUD 6 per minute. | ||
| 711 | Outside Australia, $US 180 per hour or $US 3.50 per minute. Quick, | ||
| 712 | well prepared questions by mail may be free. | ||
| 713 | |||
| 714 | Updated: 2001-05-09 | ||
| 715 | ^_ | ||
| 716 | Alan Lehotsky <apl@alum.mit.edu> | ||
| 717 | Quality Software Management | ||
| 718 | 634 West St | ||
| 719 | Carlisle, MA 01741 | ||
| 720 | |||
| 721 | Phone: (978)287-0435 | ||
| 722 | Fax: (978)287-0436 | ||
| 723 | |||
| 724 | Services: | ||
| 725 | - Support for GNU compilers, including rehost/retarget | ||
| 726 | - GNU Binutils rehost/retarget. | ||
| 727 | - cgen/sim | ||
| 728 | - Perl internals hacking | ||
| 729 | - General system software work (SW tools, O/S, device drivers) | ||
| 730 | - runtime library (especially floating point) | ||
| 731 | - project management | ||
| 732 | - software process improvement | ||
| 733 | |||
| 734 | Experience: 20+ years of design and implementation of optimizing | ||
| 735 | compilers. "Mr. Bliss" at Digital in the 70's and early | ||
| 736 | 80's. Experience with Motorola 68k, PowerPC, SPARC, Intel | ||
| 737 | x86 and IA64 (Merced), MIPS, NS32K, ADI SHARC DSP, VAX, PDP-11, | ||
| 738 | PDP-10. Wrote or maintained compilers for Ada, BLISS, C, C++, | ||
| 739 | FORTRAN, Pascal, Modula/2, O/S experience includes Unix (OSF/1, | ||
| 740 | SunOS, Solaris, AIX, HP/UX), VAX/VMS, Windows/NT, MacOS. | ||
| 741 | |||
| 742 | 8 years experience with GCC internals, including major changes to | ||
| 743 | support 8 bit bytes on word-address Analog Devices SHARC DSP and | ||
| 744 | general support of PowerPC code generation. Retargetted gcc/binutils | ||
| 745 | cross-tools to ASIC used in optical switch. Retargeted gcc to 8 bit "internet toaster" | ||
| 746 | micro-computer. | ||
| 747 | |||
| 748 | References available | ||
| 749 | |||
| 750 | Rates: $110/hr. | ||
| 751 | fixed price possible for well-defined deliverables. | ||
| 752 | |||
| 753 | Updated: 2001-05-08 | ||
| 754 | ^_ | ||
| 755 | Reuven M. Lerner | ||
| 756 | Lerner Communications Consulting Ltd. | ||
| 757 | PO Box 518 | ||
| 758 | 105 Nahar Ha-Yarden Street | ||
| 759 | Modi'in 71700 | ||
| 760 | Israel <reuven@lerner.co.il> | ||
| 761 | |||
| 762 | Phone: 08-973-2225 (within Israel) | ||
| 763 | +972-8-973-2225 (outside of Israel) | ||
| 764 | |||
| 765 | Fax: 08-973-0477 (within Israel) | ||
| 766 | +972-8-973-0477 (outside of Israel) | ||
| 767 | |||
| 768 | WWW: http://www.lerner.co.il | ||
| 769 | |||
| 770 | We specialize in writing custom Web and Internet applications. In | ||
| 771 | particular: | ||
| 772 | |||
| 773 | - We create database-backed Web sites using Perl, Tcl, Python, Java, | ||
| 774 | Apache, mod_perl, MySQL, PostgreSQL, and (when free software doesn't | ||
| 775 | suffice) Oracle. | ||
| 776 | |||
| 777 | - We offer support and service for system administrators who need help | ||
| 778 | with their GNU/Linux systems. | ||
| 779 | |||
| 780 | - We offer training in a variety of programming languages (Perl, Tcl, | ||
| 781 | Python, and Java) and in GNU/Linux administration. | ||
| 782 | |||
| 783 | Consulting rates: $150/hour, or $100/hour for non-profits | ||
| 784 | |||
| 785 | Updated: 2001-05-09 | ||
| 786 | ^_ | ||
| 787 | Richard Levitte (in TeX: Richard Levitte | ||
| 788 | Levitte Programming Levitte Programming | ||
| 789 | Spannvagen 38, I Spannv\"agen 28, I | ||
| 790 | S-168 35 Bromma S-168 35 Bromma | ||
| 791 | Sweden Sweden) | ||
| 792 | Tel.nr.: +46 (8) 26 52 47 (there is an answering machine) | ||
| 793 | Cellular: +46 (708) 26 53 44 | ||
| 794 | e-mail: <levitte@lp.se> | ||
| 795 | |||
| 796 | What I do: | ||
| 797 | Primarily I work on GNU software for VMS, both VAX and AXP. I've | ||
| 798 | been porting GNU Emacs to VMS since spring 1991. I've ported a | ||
| 799 | bunch of other GNU programs as well. I maintain GNU vmslib. | ||
| 800 | For further info, see http://www.lp.se/~levitte/prof/resume.html | ||
| 801 | |||
| 802 | Programs supported: | ||
| 803 | To a varying degree (ranging from extension and porting to | ||
| 804 | installation and simple questions) at the time of updating this | ||
| 805 | entry: | ||
| 806 | - GNU vmslib, emacs, autoconf, zip, diffutils, m4, patch, texinfo, | ||
| 807 | C/C++; on both VMS and Unix. | ||
| 808 | - Other GNU programs to a small degree; on Unix. | ||
| 809 | For further info, look at http://www.lp.se/products/gnu.html | ||
| 810 | |||
| 811 | Experience: | ||
| 812 | Fluent in TeX/LaTeX and many programming languages. | ||
| 813 | Modified key elements in Emacs (e.g., memory and process management) | ||
| 814 | to work transparently on VMS. I have very good knowledge in the VMS | ||
| 815 | operating system. I'm also knowledged in the a few Unix flavors. | ||
| 816 | For further info, see http://www.lp.se/~levitte/prof/resume.html | ||
| 817 | |||
| 818 | Your Rate: | ||
| 819 | $70-$100/hour (500-800 SEK in sweden), plus expenses. My rates | ||
| 820 | are negotiable, depending on how interesting the project is to me. | ||
| 821 | |||
| 822 | Updated: 2000-05-28 | ||
| 823 | ^_ | ||
| 824 | Gordon Matzigkeit <gord@gnu.org> | ||
| 825 | Box 325 http://fig.org/~gord/ | ||
| 826 | Lumsden, Saskatchewan S0G 3C0 Voice: (306) 731-3011 | ||
| 827 | CANADA | ||
| 828 | |||
| 829 | I will gladly help novice and intermediate computer users to install, | ||
| 830 | understand, and use free software, whether or not I have prior | ||
| 831 | experience with that software. I know my limitations well, and will | ||
| 832 | freely give other contacts if I cannot solve your problem myself. | ||
| 833 | |||
| 834 | I have over 5 years of experience with several of the major free OSes: | ||
| 835 | GNU/Linux (Debian, Red Hat), NetBSD, FreeBSD, and GNU/Hurd. Some of | ||
| 836 | my specialties are networking, Emacs, Automake, Autoconf, C, Perl, and | ||
| 837 | shell script programming. | ||
| 838 | |||
| 839 | My rates are negotiable depending on the task: usually $40-$60 | ||
| 840 | (Canadian) per hour. Flat rates preferred. | ||
| 841 | |||
| 842 | Updated: 2000-12-19 | ||
| 843 | ^_ | ||
| 844 | NetGuide Scandinavia AB <info@netg.se> | ||
| 845 | Tankeg=E5ngen 4 | ||
| 846 | S-417 56 G=F6teborg, Sweden | ||
| 847 | +46 31 50 79 00 voice | ||
| 848 | +46 31 50 79 39 fax | ||
| 849 | http://www.netg.se | ||
| 850 | |||
| 851 | NetGuide Scandinavia AB is a company that does consultant jobs and holds | ||
| 852 | courses in the fields of Unix software, TCP/IP networking and Internet | ||
| 853 | applications. The people behind NetGuide Scandinavia AB have many years of | ||
| 854 | general Unix experience, both as system administrators and as | ||
| 855 | programmers, and also extensive experience in maintaining the GNU | ||
| 856 | programs; in administration as well as finding and fixing bugs. | ||
| 857 | |||
| 858 | Services offered: | ||
| 859 | |||
| 860 | - Installation and customizing GNU and other free software. We will | ||
| 861 | make free software as easy to install and use as shrink wrapped | ||
| 862 | programs. | ||
| 863 | - Service and support subscriptions. | ||
| 864 | - Warranty protection. | ||
| 865 | - Customization and porting. | ||
| 866 | - Subscriptions to new versions which we will send monthly or with | ||
| 867 | any other interval. | ||
| 868 | - Finding, recommending and investigating free software in any | ||
| 869 | area of the customers choice. | ||
| 870 | - Regular consulting. | ||
| 871 | - Support on Internet service software, especially the free | ||
| 872 | - Support on GNU/Linux. | ||
| 873 | - Freeware based courses in Unix usage, C, C++, or any GNU tools | ||
| 874 | |||
| 875 | Rates: For courses, contact us for a quote, | ||
| 876 | For consulting, $60-120/hour, depending on contract length. | ||
| 877 | |||
| 878 | Updated: 2000-12-13 | ||
| 879 | ^_ | ||
| 880 | Thien-Thi Nguyen | ||
| 881 | ttn@glug.org | ||
| 882 | San Diego, CA, USA | ||
| 883 | |||
| 884 | - scheme, common lisp, elisp, c, perl, verilog, sh, etc | ||
| 885 | - software architecture / implementation / testing | ||
| 886 | - hardware design / verification | ||
| 887 | - tools flow / environment tweaking / scripting | ||
| 888 | - simulators / transactors / stimulus generators | ||
| 889 | - glue code / integration | ||
| 890 | |||
| 891 | Resume: http://www.glug.org/people/ttn/resume.html | ||
| 892 | |||
| 893 | Rate: $100/hr, possibly less | ||
| 894 | |||
| 895 | Updated: 2001-05-08 | ||
| 896 | ^_ | ||
| 897 | David Nicol | ||
| 898 | Post office box 45163 | ||
| 899 | Kansas City, Missouri 64171 | ||
| 900 | <david@tipjar.com> | ||
| 901 | http://www.tipjar.com/dnconsult | ||
| 902 | |||
| 903 | Unix, GNU/Linux, Perl installation, C, C++, Lisp, Perl programming. | ||
| 904 | |||
| 905 | CGI programming. | ||
| 906 | |||
| 907 | Installation, porting. | ||
| 908 | |||
| 909 | Specification development, design, implementation, documentation. | ||
| 910 | |||
| 911 | Rate: $60/hour, or fixed contract. On-site support available in | ||
| 912 | greater Kansas City area. | ||
| 913 | |||
| 914 | Updated: 2001-05-08 | ||
| 915 | ^_ | ||
| 916 | Jonas Oberg (TeX: Jonas \"Oberg | ||
| 917 | Skalangsgatan 11B Sk\"al\"angsgatan 11B | ||
| 918 | S-723 36 Vasteras S-723 36 V\"aster\.as | ||
| 919 | Sweden Sweden) | ||
| 920 | |||
| 921 | Phone: +46-21-144831 | ||
| 922 | E-mail: <jonas@gnu.org> | ||
| 923 | |||
| 924 | I offer support for most GNU software including the GNU | ||
| 925 | Hurd and also do system administration on GNU systems. | ||
| 926 | I can do free software development and have a good | ||
| 927 | understanding of automake, autoconf, flex, bison, guile, | ||
| 928 | texinfo and much more. Rates around USD$100. | ||
| 929 | |||
| 930 | Updated: 2001-05-09 | ||
| 931 | ^_ | ||
| 932 | Peter Olsen | ||
| 933 | P.O. Box 410 | ||
| 934 | Simpsonville, MD 21150 | ||
| 935 | |||
| 936 | <p@sigmaxi.org> | ||
| 937 | |||
| 938 | What I do: Mathematical modeling and model building using Gnu | ||
| 939 | and other Free Software. Scientific and engineering | ||
| 940 | analysis, modeling, and programming in FORTRAN, C, LISP, | ||
| 941 | and Java. Statistical analysis. Emacs customization. | ||
| 942 | |||
| 943 | Examples of my previous work: | ||
| 944 | 1. I built the model used predict the | ||
| 945 | amount of work required to clean up the Exxon Valdez oil | ||
| 946 | spill. Model was completed in ten days, used to allocate | ||
| 947 | resources for $2 billion summer cleanup, predictions were | ||
| 948 | accurate. | ||
| 949 | 2. I built a model applying commercial capital | ||
| 950 | investment standards to a Federal Agency budget, helped | ||
| 951 | support $250 Million budget increase. | ||
| 952 | |||
| 953 | Credo: Engineering is the art of applying a professional | ||
| 954 | knowledge of mathematics and the physical sciences to | ||
| 955 | improve the quality of life. | ||
| 956 | |||
| 957 | Rates: $135/hour (+ travel and expenses) on site, | ||
| 958 | $95/hour remote access. | ||
| 959 | |||
| 960 | Notes: 1. Visiting Lecturer for Society for Industrial and Applied | ||
| 961 | Mathematics: Will speak without fee about Valdez model | ||
| 962 | (or other work) to Educational and not-for-profit | ||
| 963 | organizations (plus most-economical travel and living | ||
| 964 | expenses or travel or living arrangements in kind). | ||
| 965 | |||
| 966 | 2. I do not accept offers which pose the danger | ||
| 967 | of conflict of interest with any present or former client | ||
| 968 | or employer. | ||
| 969 | |||
| 970 | |||
| 971 | Updated: 2000-12-13 | ||
| 972 | ^_ | ||
| 973 | Open Systems Computing AS Open Systems Computing AS | ||
| 974 | Kongensgate 9 Rogaland Kunnskapspark, PB 8034 | ||
| 975 | N-0153 Oslo Prof. Olav Hanssensvei 11 | ||
| 976 | Norway N-4068 Stavanger | ||
| 977 | Norway | ||
| 978 | |||
| 979 | Phone: Fax: | ||
| 980 | +47 22 20 40 50 +47 22 20 02 85 | ||
| 981 | |||
| 982 | Web: E-mail: | ||
| 983 | http://www.osc.no <gnu-support@osc.no> | ||
| 984 | |||
| 985 | Open Systems Computing AS can provide programming support for all | ||
| 986 | GNU software -- extending or adopting it to meet customer needs. | ||
| 987 | Prices vary with software and project. Hourly fees are in the $80-120 | ||
| 988 | range. Fixed-priced projects are also available. Phone support is | ||
| 989 | available only for customers with support contracts. | ||
| 990 | |||
| 991 | Updated: 2001-05-09 | ||
| 992 | ^_ | ||
| 993 | Francesco Potortì <pot@gnu.org> | ||
| 994 | Via S.Stefano, 8 | ||
| 995 | 56123 Pisa, Italy | ||
| 996 | Tel. (050)560671 | ||
| 997 | |||
| 998 | Emacs: installation and maintenance, training and tutorials, | ||
| 999 | customisation, extensions, troubleshooting. Author of some of | ||
| 1000 | the packages in the emacs distribution, has made the porting | ||
| 1001 | of emacs to the Motorola Delta architecture. | ||
| 1002 | |||
| 1003 | Other: installation and maintenance of GNU software. Experience with | ||
| 1004 | hylafax, RCS, gperf, etags, smail, indent, diff, gawk, gcc, | ||
| 1005 | screen. Is the current maintainer of etags. | ||
| 1006 | |||
| 1007 | Rates: 100 E/hour. | ||
| 1008 | Prefer e-mail communication to telephone. | ||
| 1009 | |||
| 1010 | Qualifications: Electronic Engineering degree, Pisa. Full time | ||
| 1011 | researcher in CNUCE-CNR. | ||
| 1012 | Familiar with elisp programming, porting of C programs, | ||
| 1013 | low-level TCP/IP programming for embedded systems. | ||
| 1014 | |||
| 1015 | Updated: 2001-05-09 | ||
| 1016 | ^_ | ||
| 1017 | Quoll Systems Pty Ltd, see http://quoll.com.au | ||
| 1018 | 8 Brown St, Fannie Bay, Darwin, NT, Australia. | ||
| 1019 | Phone: +61 8 8941 7150 Fax: +61 8 8941 7151 Mobile: 0409 691 399 | ||
| 1020 | e-mail: <pjm@gnu.org> or <info@quoll.com.au> | ||
| 1021 | |||
| 1022 | QS is a small (4 full-time staff + 15 part-timers) which does a variety | ||
| 1023 | of things in the *IX, technical computing area including: | ||
| 1024 | |||
| 1025 | o Systems development/maintainence (in most programming languages) | ||
| 1026 | o Training (GNU/Linux, FreeBSD, OpenBSD, Apache, Perl, ...) | ||
| 1027 | o Consulting in areas such as security, reliability, | ||
| 1028 | |||
| 1029 | Recent projects have included wind turbine generator control, water | ||
| 1030 | quality databases, remote area satelliate communications, Apache Web | ||
| 1031 | serving, ISP configurations, *nix training. Staff have provided some | ||
| 1032 | small contributions to the GNU and BSD projects over the years. We | ||
| 1033 | also have a bit of expertise in the embedded(inside people) systems | ||
| 1034 | area in addition to the standard building work. | ||
| 1035 | |||
| 1036 | We can provide local (i.e. southern hemisphere/south east asia) support | ||
| 1037 | for most of the vast range of free software systems including: GNU/Linux, | ||
| 1038 | FreeBSD, OpenBSD , OpenSSH, Sendmail, various compilers and networking | ||
| 1039 | tools. Remote support can also be arranged. | ||
| 1040 | |||
| 1041 | Rates: vary depending on the work, period and staff provided but let | ||
| 1042 | us pick 100$US/hr as a starting point for senior staff. | ||
| 1043 | |||
| 1044 | Updated: 2000-12-13 | ||
| 1045 | ^_ | ||
| 1046 | Red Hat, Inc. | ||
| 1047 | <embedded-info@redhat.com> | ||
| 1048 | 1325 Chesapeake Terrace | ||
| 1049 | Sunnyvale, CA 94089 USA | ||
| 1050 | Toll free: 866-2REDHAT ext. 3005 | ||
| 1051 | +1 408 542 9600 voice | ||
| 1052 | +1 408 542 9699 fax | ||
| 1053 | |||
| 1054 | GNUPro Tools | ||
| 1055 | Red Hat provides supported and maintained versions of gcc, g++, gdb | ||
| 1056 | with GUI, GNU linker and GNU macro assembler. In addition, Red Hat | ||
| 1057 | provides these GNU software development tools for well over many | ||
| 1058 | popular host-target configurations. Support includes bug fixes and | ||
| 1059 | semi-annual releases of the toolset. Each release is regression | ||
| 1060 | tested and includes substantial improvements and additions to the | ||
| 1061 | current release. Support is available through Incident support | ||
| 1062 | packages, or Unlimited support for specific user groups. GNUPro is | ||
| 1063 | available with standard, custom, and vintage toolchains for both | ||
| 1064 | native and embedded application development. New target processors | ||
| 1065 | are being added regularly. Rates for support for standard products | ||
| 1066 | start at $12,500. | ||
| 1067 | |||
| 1068 | Embedded Linux | ||
| 1069 | Red Hat offers Red Hat Embedded Linux to companies looking for an open | ||
| 1070 | source and royalty-free runtime solution. Red Hat Embedded Linux | ||
| 1071 | currently supports certain ARM, StrongARM, and MIPS families of | ||
| 1072 | processors. Embedded Linux supports multiple graphics APIs, is | ||
| 1073 | compliant with POSIX APIs and thread support, can be configured as low | ||
| 1074 | as 512k memory footprint including TCP/IP and NFS built into the | ||
| 1075 | kernel, and supports journaling and transparent compression in | ||
| 1076 | filesystems. Support for new processors is available via Red Hat | ||
| 1077 | Professional Services. | ||
| 1078 | |||
| 1079 | Updated: 2001-05-16 | ||
| 1080 | ^_ | ||
| 1081 | Relogic AB | ||
| 1082 | Pipersgatan 26 | ||
| 1083 | Box 868 | ||
| 1084 | SE-112 28 Stockholm | ||
| 1085 | SWEDEN | ||
| 1086 | |||
| 1087 | web http://www.relogic.se | ||
| 1088 | e-mail info@relogic.se | ||
| 1089 | phone +46 708 800 000 | ||
| 1090 | fax +46 708 800 580 | ||
| 1091 | |||
| 1092 | Relogic provides experienced unix developers that know and love GNU | ||
| 1093 | products. We can take on anything from single contractor support to | ||
| 1094 | full scale projects. We know all programming languages and all Unix | ||
| 1095 | dialects. | ||
| 1096 | |||
| 1097 | Updated: 2000-12-14 | ||
| 1098 | ^_ | ||
| 1099 | Phillip Rulon | ||
| 1100 | 122 Blossom Rd. | ||
| 1101 | Westport, MA 02790 | ||
| 1102 | USA | ||
| 1103 | 508.672.3007 | ||
| 1104 | <pjr@gnu.org> | ||
| 1105 | |||
| 1106 | 15 years experience with GNU systems and tools. Available for any free | ||
| 1107 | software project. Most useful for network design and construction or | ||
| 1108 | dynamic web development. Very good Debian, Perl, and Apache. | ||
| 1109 | |||
| 1110 | Boston, travel OK. | ||
| 1111 | $100/hr, flat rate possible. | ||
| 1112 | |||
| 1113 | Updated: 2000-12-18 | ||
| 1114 | ^_ | ||
| 1115 | Stanislav Shalunov <shalunov@mccme.ru> | ||
| 1116 | |||
| 1117 | Customizing GNU Emacs (new modes OK). Installing and troubleshooting | ||
| 1118 | free software. Rate: $60-100/hour. NYC area, telecommuting preferred. | ||
| 1119 | References available. | ||
| 1120 | |||
| 1121 | Updated: 2000-12-12 | ||
| 1122 | ^_ | ||
| 1123 | SRA (Software Research Associates, Inc., Japan) <info-wingnut@sra.co.jp> | ||
| 1124 | 1-1-1, Hirakawa-cho, Chiyoda-ku | ||
| 1125 | Tokyo 102-8605 Japan | ||
| 1126 | |||
| 1127 | +81-3-3234-5610 voice | ||
| 1128 | +81-3-3234-5556 fax | ||
| 1129 | |||
| 1130 | http://www.sra.co.jp/wingnut/ | ||
| 1131 | http://www.sra.co.jp/wingnut/chirashi-e.html | ||
| 1132 | http://www.sra.co.jp/wingnut/service.html | ||
| 1133 | http://osb.sra.co.jp/WingnutSupport/ | ||
| 1134 | |||
| 1135 | We provide GNU software support at a reasonable charge, | ||
| 1136 | aiming to promote the sound growth of free software and to | ||
| 1137 | create a new culture in the software world. | ||
| 1138 | |||
| 1139 | News: | ||
| 1140 | |||
| 1141 | We have just started "GCC and CVS membership support service". | ||
| 1142 | We provide various support menus. Please refer to | ||
| 1143 | http://osb.sra.co.jp/WingnutSupport/ for details. | ||
| 1144 | |||
| 1145 | What we provide is: | ||
| 1146 | |||
| 1147 | 1. Research and development of GNU software. | ||
| 1148 | 2. Development, porting, and customization of GNU software itself. | ||
| 1149 | 3. Helping people who are willing to port and provide GNU software | ||
| 1150 | to their customers, but are unable to do so due to a lack of resources. | ||
| 1151 | 4. Providing a variety of educational and training services including | ||
| 1152 | how to port or to customize. | ||
| 1153 | 5. The result of the work will become free software covered under the | ||
| 1154 | GNU licenses (GPL or LGPL), so it will be possible not only to share | ||
| 1155 | the results with others but to eliminate unnecessary investment also. | ||
| 1156 | 6. Passing the result to the program package maintainers (if needed). | ||
| 1157 | 7. Also, making contributions to FSF (Free Software Foundation, Inc.) | ||
| 1158 | which is the organization that develops and distributes GNU software | ||
| 1159 | worldwide. | ||
| 1160 | |||
| 1161 | Furthermore, we provide services *native to Japan*, that is, | ||
| 1162 | services for Japanese-speaking people --- receiving inquiries and | ||
| 1163 | answering in Japanese. | ||
| 1164 | |||
| 1165 | Rates: | ||
| 1166 | Determined by estimation. | ||
| 1167 | |||
| 1168 | Updated: 2001-05-21 | ||
| 1169 | ^_ | ||
| 1170 | Andre Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org> | ||
| 1171 | Dipl.-Inform. | ||
| 1172 | Berlin, Germany | ||
| 1173 | |||
| 1174 | Maintainer of the GNU Emacs version control package (VC). | ||
| 1175 | |||
| 1176 | I can provide consulting and practical help for the installation and | ||
| 1177 | administration of GNU/Linux systems, in particular Debian. Also | ||
| 1178 | knowledgeable on many other Unix derivates, and network technology. | ||
| 1179 | Installation, porting and customization of GNU software is possible; I | ||
| 1180 | have programming experience in C, C++, Java, and Emacs Lisp, among | ||
| 1181 | others. Expertise in version control using RCS or CVS. I also give | ||
| 1182 | seminars on the above subjects. | ||
| 1183 | |||
| 1184 | Rates: 150 DM/hr (US$ 85) | ||
| 1185 | |||
| 1186 | Updated: 2001-05-09 | ||
| 1187 | ^_ | ||
| 1188 | Name: Julian Stacey <jhs@freebsd.org> <jhs@bim.bsn.com> <jhs@muc.de> | ||
| 1189 | Location: Muenchen, Deutschland (Munich, Germany). | ||
| 1190 | Qualifications: University Degree, BSc Hons Computers & Cybernetics, 1980. | ||
| 1191 | Phone: +49.89.268616 Fax: +49.89.2608126 Data: +49.89.26023276 | ||
| 1192 | Resume: http://bim.bsn.com/~jhs/ Older: http://www.freebsd.org/~jhs/ | ||
| 1193 | Time Zone: +01:00 | ||
| 1194 | Rate: DM 200 - DM 160 / Hour. | ||
| 1195 | Specialisation: Unix (Pref. BSD or Linux), C, X-Windows, FSF tools, firewalls, | ||
| 1196 | systems engineering, hardware interfacing, real time/embedded, | ||
| 1197 | custom design & porting. No { Emacs, Cobol, Microsoft }. | ||
| 1198 | Free Sources: All BSD sources (updated daily), X-Windows, XFree86, FSF. | ||
| 1199 | Personal sources are here: http://bim.bsn.com/~jhs/src/ | ||
| 1200 | Copy Charge dependent on time+postage+media | ||
| 1201 | Free GCC-1.40: For Symmetric Computer Systems Model 375 (native cc is broken). | ||
| 1202 | Languages: I am English. Ich verstehe Deutsch. Je comprend Francais, | ||
| 1203 | (mais je ecris une response en Anglais). Avoid dialect, | ||
| 1204 | (use Hoch Deutsch, not Bayerisch); Spell slowly & clearly, | ||
| 1205 | (umlauts are not recognised); Use single digits: avoid | ||
| 1206 | inverted German pairs (EG "eight hundred, two and thirty", | ||
| 1207 | & convoluted French ("four twenties and fifteen"). | ||
| 1208 | Contact: State aprox. days/weeks/months you want professional | ||
| 1209 | consultancy at full commercial rates, .. OR .. | ||
| 1210 | Note I am NOT a free help desk ! | ||
| 1211 | Post your questions to an Internet newsgroup, & let those with | ||
| 1212 | most time, best knowledge, & inclination answer. If you must | ||
| 1213 | phone me (& I'd much prefer you did Not), Rules apply: First | ||
| 1214 | ask for a few minutes advice "Free Of Charge". (Do not swamp | ||
| 1215 | me with your problem & leave me to deduce you are not a paying | ||
| 1216 | customer). Use some English. Give an email address for | ||
| 1217 | forwarding later info. Volunteer to phone back later to hear | ||
| 1218 | subsequent info/solutions I/friends/net come up with. I do not | ||
| 1219 | pay phone charges to call strangers. | ||
| 1220 | |||
| 1221 | Updated: 2001-05-09 | ||
| 1222 | ^_ | ||
| 1223 | Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org> | ||
| 1224 | 545 Tech Sq, Rm 430 | ||
| 1225 | Cambridge, MA 02139 | ||
| 1226 | |||
| 1227 | Emacs: anything whatever | ||
| 1228 | Is anyone interested in courses in using or extending GNU Emacs? | ||
| 1229 | |||
| 1230 | Original inventor of Emacs and main author of GNU Emacs and GCC. | ||
| 1231 | |||
| 1232 | Rates: $6/min or $250/hr. | ||
| 1233 | |||
| 1234 | Updated: 2000-12-13 | ||
| 1235 | ^_ | ||
| 1236 | Static Free Software | ||
| 1237 | 4119 Alpine Road | ||
| 1238 | Portola Valley, Ca 94028 | ||
| 1239 | (650) 851-2927 | ||
| 1240 | http://www.staticfreesoft.com | ||
| 1241 | |||
| 1242 | Static Free Software developed and supports the "Electric VLSI Design | ||
| 1243 | System". Steven Rubin, the founder of the company and author of | ||
| 1244 | Electric, is available for enhancements, support, and training. | ||
| 1245 | |||
| 1246 | Please see our web page at www.staticfreesoft.com for more information | ||
| 1247 | about our products, services, and prices. | ||
| 1248 | |||
| 1249 | Updated: 2000-12-12 | ||
| 1250 | ^_ | ||
| 1251 | Swing Digital Ltd. <hello@swingdigital.com> | ||
| 1252 | 15-17 Middle Street | ||
| 1253 | Brighton | ||
| 1254 | BN1 1AL | ||
| 1255 | United Kingdom | ||
| 1256 | Tel +44 (0) 1273 20 11 66 | ||
| 1257 | Fax +44 (0) 1273 20 11 68 | ||
| 1258 | http://www.swingdigital.com | ||
| 1259 | |||
| 1260 | Swing Digital actively supports the development of the GNU.FREE | ||
| 1261 | Internet Voting system. Through this support we have gained the | ||
| 1262 | unique expertise to support, install and run GUN.FREE-based Internet | ||
| 1263 | votes. We are also available in a consultancy basis to offer advice | ||
| 1264 | for organisations wishing to run GNU.FREE themselves. | ||
| 1265 | |||
| 1266 | Our consultancy fees start at 900 Euro (550 UK pounds) per day. We | ||
| 1267 | are also able to securely host Internet Votes, prices on application. | ||
| 1268 | |||
| 1269 | Updated: 2001-07-23 | ||
| 1270 | ^_ | ||
| 1271 | Kayvan A. Sylvan <kayvan@sylvan.com> | ||
| 1272 | Sylvan Associates, Inc. | ||
| 1273 | 879 Lewiston Drive | ||
| 1274 | San Jose, CA 95136-1517 | ||
| 1275 | Phone: (408) 978-1407 | ||
| 1276 | Fax: (408) 978-0472 | ||
| 1277 | |||
| 1278 | I will help you port, install and customize GNU Emacs, GCC, G++, GNUmake, | ||
| 1279 | bison, and other GNU tools on almost any architecture and operating | ||
| 1280 | system. Questions answered. GNU C/C++, Java and lisp hacking available. | ||
| 1281 | |||
| 1282 | I will also do ongoing support and periodic upgrades if you get on my GNU | ||
| 1283 | software subscription list. | ||
| 1284 | |||
| 1285 | Rates: $100-$125/hour, depending on type and quantity of work. | ||
| 1286 | Substantial discounts for long-term contracts and also for educational or | ||
| 1287 | non-profit institutions. | ||
| 1288 | |||
| 1289 | Experience: Many different Unix systems (2.9BSD to 4.4BSD, Xenix, SVR3 and | ||
| 1290 | SVR4, Solaris, Linux, FreeBSD). Systems programming and system | ||
| 1291 | administration on all brands of Unix. | ||
| 1292 | |||
| 1293 | Kernel hacking experience. Lots of porting experience. | ||
| 1294 | |||
| 1295 | Updated: 2001-05-08 | ||
| 1296 | ^_ | ||
| 1297 | Alfredo Tomasini | ||
| 1298 | <alto555@earthlink.net>, <alfredo.tomasini@c-cube.com> | ||
| 1299 | |||
| 1300 | GNU/Linux Intel desktop/laptop installation, setup, and networking. | ||
| 1301 | Installation of GNU tools on SunOS and GNU/Linux. | ||
| 1302 | Sed and Gawk script development. | ||
| 1303 | |||
| 1304 | Languages: English and Italian. | ||
| 1305 | |||
| 1306 | Fee: $50/hour. | ||
| 1307 | |||
| 1308 | Updated: 2000-12-13 | ||
| 1309 | ^_ | ||
| 1310 | Leonard H. Tower Jr. <tower@ai.mit.edu> <tower@art.net> | ||
| 1311 | 36 Porter Street | ||
| 1312 | Somerville, MA 02143-2313 | ||
| 1313 | USA | ||
| 1314 | +1-617-623-7739 | ||
| 1315 | |||
| 1316 | Will work on most GNU, GPLed, and Open Source software. | ||
| 1317 | Installation, handholding, trouble shooting, extensions, teaching, etc. | ||
| 1318 | |||
| 1319 | Rates: $ 225.00/hour + travel expenses. Fixed fee quotes available. | ||
| 1320 | Negotiable for non-profits. | ||
| 1321 | |||
| 1322 | Experience: Have hacked on over a dozen architectures in many languages. Have | ||
| 1323 | system mothered too many varieties of Unixes. Assisted rms with the front end | ||
| 1324 | of GCC and its back-end support. Installed and worked with many GNU | ||
| 1325 | programs including GNU Emacs. Resume available on request. | ||
| 1326 | |||
| 1327 | Updated: 2001-05-10 | ||
| 1328 | ^_ | ||
| 1329 | Jody Winston | ||
| 1330 | xprt Computer Consulting, Inc. | ||
| 1331 | 731 Voyager | ||
| 1332 | Houston, TX, 77062 | ||
| 1333 | (281) 480-UNIX, <josephwinston@mac.com> | ||
| 1334 | |||
| 1335 | We have supported, installed, and used the entire GNU software suite | ||
| 1336 | for over 10 years on many different Unix platforms. We have written | ||
| 1337 | character device drivers and proc file systems for custom hardware | ||
| 1338 | running on GNU/Linux. We have developed extensions for tcl and Python. | ||
| 1339 | In addition, we have developed a custom X11 server and X input | ||
| 1340 | extensions. Our consulting rate is $150.00 US dollars per hour, | ||
| 1341 | negotiable, plus a per diem for out of town work. | ||
| 1342 | |||
| 1343 | Updated: 2001-05-08 | ||
| 1344 | ^_ | ||
| 1345 | The Written Word | ||
| 1346 | Web: http://thewrittenword.com | ||
| 1347 | Email: info@thewrittenword.com | ||
| 1348 | Tel: (800) 372-7476 | ||
| 1349 | |||
| 1350 | The Written Word provides CDs of pre-compiled Open Source applications | ||
| 1351 | on popular UNIX variants. Clients can purchase a one-time CD set | ||
| 1352 | ($149/set), or a subscription, which provides four quarterly releases. | ||
| 1353 | Two types of subscription are available: "media only" ($550/year), or | ||
| 1354 | "media and updates" ($1459/year). The "media and updates" | ||
| 1355 | subscription entitles the subscriber, via a web site, to patches, | ||
| 1356 | security fixes, new releases to existing packages, new packages, | ||
| 1357 | online documentation, and changelog information, between releases, and | ||
| 1358 | a central bug tracking system for all packages. | ||
| 1359 | |||
| 1360 | Updated: 2000-11-27 | ||
| 1361 | ^_ | ||
| 1362 | |||
| 1363 | For a current copy of this directory, or to have yourself listed, ask: | ||
| 1364 | fsforder@gnu.org | ||
| 1365 | |||
| 1366 | A current version should be available on our web site at http://www.gnu.org. | ||
| 1367 | |||
| 1368 | ** Please keep the entries in this file alphabetical ** | ||
| 1369 | |||
| 1370 | |||
| 1371 | Copyright (C) 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007 | ||
| 1372 | Free Software Foundation, Inc. | ||
| 1373 | |||
| 1374 | Verbatim copying and distribution of this document are permitted | ||
| 1375 | worldwide, without royalty, in any medium, provided this notice is | ||
| 1376 | preserved. | ||
| 1377 | 9 | ||
| 1378 | arch-tag: 1253ce32-1cbd-428a-ac36-70ed9e3999fc | 10 | arch-tag: 1253ce32-1cbd-428a-ac36-70ed9e3999fc |
| @@ -14,6 +14,16 @@ to the FSF. | |||
| 14 | 14 | ||
| 15 | * Small but important fixes needed in existing features: | 15 | * Small but important fixes needed in existing features: |
| 16 | 16 | ||
| 17 | ** Fix compilation when Xaw3d libraries are present but libxaw is not. | ||
| 18 | In new X11 versions, xaw3dg-dev does not depend on libxaw-dev, so the | ||
| 19 | latter need not be installed. As a result, all the source files that | ||
| 20 | look for include files in X11/Xaw should look in X11/Xaw3d if we are | ||
| 21 | using Xaw3d. | ||
| 22 | |||
| 23 | ** Compute the list of active keymaps *after* reading the first event. | ||
| 24 | |||
| 25 | ** Avoid using "iff" in doc strings. | ||
| 26 | |||
| 17 | ** mouse-autoselect-window should wait to select the window until | 27 | ** mouse-autoselect-window should wait to select the window until |
| 18 | the mouse is put to rest or after a delay or both, so that moving over | 28 | the mouse is put to rest or after a delay or both, so that moving over |
| 19 | a window doesn't select it. | 29 | a window doesn't select it. |
| @@ -82,8 +92,6 @@ current buffer. | |||
| 82 | 92 | ||
| 83 | ** Add function to redraw the tool bar. | 93 | ** Add function to redraw the tool bar. |
| 84 | 94 | ||
| 85 | ** Modify allout.el to use overlays, like outline.el. | ||
| 86 | |||
| 87 | ** M-! M-n should fetch the buffer-file-name as the default. | 95 | ** M-! M-n should fetch the buffer-file-name as the default. |
| 88 | 96 | ||
| 89 | ** Redesign the load-history data structure so it can cope better | 97 | ** Redesign the load-history data structure so it can cope better |
| @@ -92,6 +100,15 @@ current buffer. | |||
| 92 | 100 | ||
| 93 | ** make back_comment use syntax-ppss or equivalent. | 101 | ** make back_comment use syntax-ppss or equivalent. |
| 94 | 102 | ||
| 103 | ** Improve configure's treatment of NON_GNU_CPP on Solaris. | ||
| 104 | (patch available for after Emacs 22) | ||
| 105 | |||
| 106 | ** Consider improving src/sysdep.c's search for a fqdn. | ||
| 107 | http://lists.gnu.org/archive/html/emacs-devel/2007-04/msg00782.html | ||
| 108 | |||
| 109 | ** Find a proper fix for rcirc multiline nick adding. | ||
| 110 | http://lists.gnu.org/archive/html/emacs-devel/2007-04/msg00684.html | ||
| 111 | |||
| 95 | * Important features: | 112 | * Important features: |
| 96 | 113 | ||
| 97 | ** Provide user-friendly ways to list all available font families, | 114 | ** Provide user-friendly ways to list all available font families, |
| @@ -509,9 +526,6 @@ when the body only calls primitives. | |||
| 509 | ** Let LEIM handle the Mode_switch key like XIM does (i.e. a toggle like C-\ | 526 | ** Let LEIM handle the Mode_switch key like XIM does (i.e. a toggle like C-\ |
| 510 | but which can also be used as a modifier). | 527 | but which can also be used as a modifier). |
| 511 | 528 | ||
| 512 | ** Provide the toolbar on ttys. This could map a bit like tmm-menubar | ||
| 513 | for the menubar and buttons could look a bit like those used by customize. | ||
| 514 | |||
| 515 | ** Improve Help buffers: Change the face of previously visited links (like | 529 | ** Improve Help buffers: Change the face of previously visited links (like |
| 516 | Info, but also with regard to namespace), add a forward button to make the | 530 | Info, but also with regard to namespace), add a forward button to make the |
| 517 | Help buffer more browser like and gives the value of lisp expressions | 531 | Help buffer more browser like and gives the value of lisp expressions |
| @@ -529,7 +543,7 @@ but which can also be used as a modifier). | |||
| 529 | 543 | ||
| 530 | * Internal changes | 544 | * Internal changes |
| 531 | 545 | ||
| 532 | ** Cleanup all the GC_ mark bit stuff -- there is no longer any distiction | 546 | ** Cleanup all the GC_ mark bit stuff -- there is no longer any distinction |
| 533 | since the mark bit is no longer stored in the Lisp_Object itself. | 547 | since the mark bit is no longer stored in the Lisp_Object itself. |
| 534 | 548 | ||
| 535 | ** Merge ibuffer.el and buff-menu.el. | 549 | ** Merge ibuffer.el and buff-menu.el. |
| @@ -545,7 +559,7 @@ but which can also be used as a modifier). | |||
| 545 | a derived mode of sendmail.el. Or arrange for messages.el to be split | 559 | a derived mode of sendmail.el. Or arrange for messages.el to be split |
| 546 | into a small core and "the rest" so that we use less resources as long as | 560 | into a small core and "the rest" so that we use less resources as long as |
| 547 | we stick to the features provided in sendmail.el. | 561 | we stick to the features provided in sendmail.el. |
| 548 | 562 | ||
| 549 | ** Replace gmalloc.c with the modified Doug Lea code from the current | 563 | ** Replace gmalloc.c with the modified Doug Lea code from the current |
| 550 | GNU libc so that the special mmapping of buffers can be removed -- | 564 | GNU libc so that the special mmapping of buffers can be removed -- |
| 551 | that apparently loses under Solaris, at least. [fx has mostly done | 565 | that apparently loses under Solaris, at least. [fx has mostly done |
diff --git a/etc/emacs.1 b/etc/emacs.1 index 4ebcd7c632c..7d90d5a4410 100644 --- a/etc/emacs.1 +++ b/etc/emacs.1 | |||
| @@ -19,8 +19,7 @@ | |||
| 19 | .\" Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. | 19 | .\" Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. |
| 20 | .\" | 20 | .\" |
| 21 | '\" t | 21 | '\" t |
| 22 | .TH EMACS 1 "2001 November 23" | 22 | .TH EMACS 1 "2007 April 13" "GNU Emacs 22.1" |
| 23 | .UC 4 | ||
| 24 | .SH NAME | 23 | .SH NAME |
| 25 | emacs \- GNU project Emacs | 24 | emacs \- GNU project Emacs |
| 26 | .SH SYNOPSIS | 25 | .SH SYNOPSIS |
| @@ -40,11 +39,11 @@ written by the author of the original (PDP-10) | |||
| 40 | Richard Stallman. | 39 | Richard Stallman. |
| 41 | .br | 40 | .br |
| 42 | The primary documentation of GNU Emacs is in the GNU Emacs Manual, | 41 | The primary documentation of GNU Emacs is in the GNU Emacs Manual, |
| 43 | which you can read on line using Info, a subsystem of Emacs. Please | 42 | which you can read using Info, either from Emacs or as a standalone |
| 44 | look there for complete and up-to-date documentation. This man page | 43 | program. Please look there for complete and up-to-date documentation. |
| 45 | is updated only when someone volunteers to do so; the Emacs | 44 | This man page is updated only when someone volunteers to do so; the |
| 46 | maintainers' priority goal is to minimize the amount of time this man | 45 | Emacs maintainers' priority goal is to minimize the amount of time |
| 47 | page takes away from other more useful projects. | 46 | this man page takes away from other more useful projects. |
| 48 | .br | 47 | .br |
| 49 | The user functionality of GNU Emacs encompasses | 48 | The user functionality of GNU Emacs encompasses |
| 50 | everything other | 49 | everything other |
| @@ -58,7 +57,7 @@ but the facility assumes that you know how to manipulate | |||
| 58 | .I Emacs | 57 | .I Emacs |
| 59 | windows and buffers. | 58 | windows and buffers. |
| 60 | CTRL-h or F1 enters the Help facility. Help Tutorial (CTRL-h t) | 59 | CTRL-h or F1 enters the Help facility. Help Tutorial (CTRL-h t) |
| 61 | requests an interactive tutorial which can teach beginners the fundamentals | 60 | starts an interactive tutorial which can teach beginners the fundamentals |
| 62 | of | 61 | of |
| 63 | .I Emacs | 62 | .I Emacs |
| 64 | in a few minutes. | 63 | in a few minutes. |
| @@ -77,7 +76,7 @@ outline editing (Outline), compiling (Compile), running subshells | |||
| 77 | within | 76 | within |
| 78 | .I Emacs | 77 | .I Emacs |
| 79 | windows (Shell), running a Lisp read-eval-print loop | 78 | windows (Shell), running a Lisp read-eval-print loop |
| 80 | (Lisp-Interaction-Mode), and automated psychotherapy (Doctor). | 79 | (Lisp-Interaction-Mode), automated psychotherapy (Doctor), and much more. |
| 81 | .PP | 80 | .PP |
| 82 | There is an extensive reference manual, but | 81 | There is an extensive reference manual, but |
| 83 | users of other Emacses | 82 | users of other Emacses |
| @@ -201,11 +200,6 @@ Display the | |||
| 201 | .I Emacs | 200 | .I Emacs |
| 202 | window in reverse video. | 201 | window in reverse video. |
| 203 | .TP | 202 | .TP |
| 204 | .B \-i | ||
| 205 | Use the "kitchen sink" bitmap icon when iconifying the | ||
| 206 | .I Emacs | ||
| 207 | window. | ||
| 208 | .TP | ||
| 209 | .BI \-font " font, " \-fn " font" | 203 | .BI \-font " font, " \-fn " font" |
| 210 | Set the | 204 | Set the |
| 211 | .I Emacs | 205 | .I Emacs |
| @@ -262,8 +256,8 @@ with selecting or deselecting the tool bar and menu bar. | |||
| 262 | .BI \-fg " color" | 256 | .BI \-fg " color" |
| 263 | On color displays, sets the color of the text. | 257 | On color displays, sets the color of the text. |
| 264 | 258 | ||
| 265 | See the file | 259 | Use the command |
| 266 | .I /usr/lib/X11/rgb.txt | 260 | .I M-x list-colors-display |
| 267 | for a list of valid | 261 | for a list of valid |
| 268 | color names. | 262 | color names. |
| 269 | .TP | 263 | .TP |
| @@ -299,7 +293,6 @@ switch when invoking | |||
| 299 | from an | 293 | from an |
| 300 | .IR xterm (1) | 294 | .IR xterm (1) |
| 301 | window, display is done in that window. | 295 | window, display is done in that window. |
| 302 | This must be the first option specified in the command line. | ||
| 303 | .PP | 296 | .PP |
| 304 | You can set | 297 | You can set |
| 305 | .I X | 298 | .I X |
| @@ -431,43 +424,31 @@ make and distribute copies of the Emacs manual. The TeX source to the | |||
| 431 | manual is also included in the Emacs source distribution. | 424 | manual is also included in the Emacs source distribution. |
| 432 | .PP | 425 | .PP |
| 433 | .SH FILES | 426 | .SH FILES |
| 434 | /usr/local/share/info - files for the Info documentation browser | 427 | /usr/local/share/info - files for the Info documentation browser. |
| 435 | (a subsystem of Emacs) to refer to. Currently not much of Unix | 428 | The complete text of the Emacs reference manual is included in a |
| 436 | is documented here, but the complete text of the Emacs reference | 429 | convenient tree structured form. Also includes the Emacs Lisp |
| 437 | manual is included in a convenient tree structured form. | 430 | Reference Manual, useful to anyone wishing to write programs in the |
| 438 | 431 | Emacs Lisp extension language. | |
| 439 | /usr/local/share/emacs/$VERSION/src - C source files and object files | ||
| 440 | 432 | ||
| 441 | /usr/local/share/emacs/$VERSION/lisp - Lisp source files and compiled files | 433 | /usr/local/share/emacs/$VERSION/lisp - Lisp source files and compiled files |
| 442 | that define most editing commands. Some are preloaded; | 434 | that define most editing commands. Some are preloaded; |
| 443 | others are autoloaded from this directory when used. | 435 | others are autoloaded from this directory when used. |
| 444 | 436 | ||
| 445 | /usr/local/share/emacs/$VERSION/etc - various programs that are used with | 437 | /usr/local/libexec/emacs/$VERSION/$ARCH - various programs that are |
| 446 | GNU Emacs, and some files of information. | 438 | used with GNU Emacs. |
| 439 | |||
| 440 | /usr/local/share/emacs/$VERSION/etc - various files of information. | ||
| 447 | 441 | ||
| 448 | /usr/local/share/emacs/$VERSION/etc/DOC.* - contains the documentation | 442 | /usr/local/share/emacs/$VERSION/etc/DOC.* - contains the documentation |
| 449 | strings for the Lisp primitives and preloaded Lisp functions | 443 | strings for the Lisp primitives and preloaded Lisp functions |
| 450 | of GNU Emacs. They are stored here to reduce the size of | 444 | of GNU Emacs. They are stored here to reduce the size of |
| 451 | Emacs proper. | 445 | Emacs proper. |
| 452 | 446 | ||
| 453 | /usr/local/share/emacs/$VERSION/etc/OTHER.EMACSES discusses GNU Emacs | ||
| 454 | vs. other versions of Emacs. | ||
| 455 | .br | 447 | .br |
| 456 | /usr/local/share/emacs/$VERSION/etc/SERVICE lists people offering | 448 | /usr/local/share/emacs/$VERSION/etc/SERVICE lists people offering |
| 457 | various services to assist users of GNU Emacs, including education, | 449 | various services to assist users of GNU Emacs, including education, |
| 458 | troubleshooting, porting and customization. | 450 | troubleshooting, porting and customization. |
| 459 | .br | ||
| 460 | These files also have information useful to anyone wishing to write | ||
| 461 | programs in the Emacs Lisp extension language, which has not yet been fully | ||
| 462 | documented. | ||
| 463 | |||
| 464 | /usr/local/com/emacs/lock - holds lock files that are made for all | ||
| 465 | files being modified in Emacs, to prevent simultaneous modification | ||
| 466 | of one file by two users. | ||
| 467 | 451 | ||
| 468 | .\" START DELETING HERE IF YOU'RE NOT USING X | ||
| 469 | /usr/lib/X11/rgb.txt - list of valid X color names. | ||
| 470 | .\" STOP DELETING HERE IF YOU'RE NOT USING X | ||
| 471 | .PP | 452 | .PP |
| 472 | .SH BUGS | 453 | .SH BUGS |
| 473 | There is a mailing list, bug-gnu-emacs@gnu.org, for reporting Emacs | 454 | There is a mailing list, bug-gnu-emacs@gnu.org, for reporting Emacs |
| @@ -488,9 +469,6 @@ For more information about Emacs mailing lists, see the | |||
| 488 | file /usr/local/emacs/etc/MAILINGLISTS. Bugs tend actually to be | 469 | file /usr/local/emacs/etc/MAILINGLISTS. Bugs tend actually to be |
| 489 | fixed if they can be isolated, so it is in your interest to report | 470 | fixed if they can be isolated, so it is in your interest to report |
| 490 | them in such a way that they can be easily reproduced. | 471 | them in such a way that they can be easily reproduced. |
| 491 | .PP | ||
| 492 | Bugs that I know about are: shell will not work with programs | ||
| 493 | running in Raw mode on some Unix versions. | ||
| 494 | .SH UNRESTRICTIONS | 472 | .SH UNRESTRICTIONS |
| 495 | .PP | 473 | .PP |
| 496 | .I Emacs | 474 | .I Emacs |
| @@ -519,11 +497,10 @@ Richard Stallman encourages you to improve and extend | |||
| 519 | .I Emacs, | 497 | .I Emacs, |
| 520 | and urges that | 498 | and urges that |
| 521 | you contribute your extensions to the GNU library. Eventually GNU | 499 | you contribute your extensions to the GNU library. Eventually GNU |
| 522 | (Gnu's Not Unix) will be a complete replacement for Berkeley | 500 | (Gnu's Not Unix) will be a complete replacement for Unix. |
| 523 | Unix. | ||
| 524 | Everyone will be free to use, copy, study and change the GNU system. | 501 | Everyone will be free to use, copy, study and change the GNU system. |
| 525 | .SH SEE ALSO | 502 | .SH SEE ALSO |
| 526 | X(1), xlsfonts(1), xterm(1), xrdb(1) | 503 | emacsclient(1), etags(1), X(1), xlsfonts(1), xterm(1), xrdb(1) |
| 527 | .SH AUTHORS | 504 | .SH AUTHORS |
| 528 | .PP | 505 | .PP |
| 529 | .I Emacs | 506 | .I Emacs |
| @@ -532,7 +509,7 @@ Joachim Martillo and Robert Krawitz added the X features. | |||
| 532 | .SH COPYING | 509 | .SH COPYING |
| 533 | Copyright | 510 | Copyright |
| 534 | .if t \(co | 511 | .if t \(co |
| 535 | .if n (c) | 512 | .if n (C) |
| 536 | 1995, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, | 513 | 1995, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, |
| 537 | 2006, 2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc. | 514 | 2006, 2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc. |
| 538 | .PP | 515 | .PP |
diff --git a/etc/images/icons/emacs_16.png b/etc/images/icons/emacs_16.png index ca5122b05b2..b419b01b4ee 100644 --- a/etc/images/icons/emacs_16.png +++ b/etc/images/icons/emacs_16.png | |||
| Binary files differ | |||
diff --git a/etc/images/icons/emacs_24.png b/etc/images/icons/emacs_24.png index 95c72d3c49f..790ec7e2bff 100644 --- a/etc/images/icons/emacs_24.png +++ b/etc/images/icons/emacs_24.png | |||
| Binary files differ | |||
diff --git a/etc/images/icons/emacs_32.png b/etc/images/icons/emacs_32.png index 17b4686e182..31fbb47c0d2 100644 --- a/etc/images/icons/emacs_32.png +++ b/etc/images/icons/emacs_32.png | |||
| Binary files differ | |||
diff --git a/etc/images/icons/emacs_48.png b/etc/images/icons/emacs_48.png index 56c6de6f364..f0df0fb6594 100644 --- a/etc/images/icons/emacs_48.png +++ b/etc/images/icons/emacs_48.png | |||
| Binary files differ | |||
